Category: Autocall

10 Questions to Ask When Choosing Fire Alarm System you are designing and engineering a new facility or an existing building, there are many decisions to made and a lot of them have long-term consequences. every major choice you make, you need to weigh factors: the safety, comfort, and sustainability of your the initial capital expense; the design and installation required; the importance of value-added features; the total cost of ownership; the ease of maintenance expandability; the availability of service and support, more. many cases, you and those who manage the facility will to live with the consequences of your decisions for a time. of the most critical decisions you will make is your of a fire alarm and life-safety system. To make the decision, you must consider all factors. Here 10 vital questions you should ask before making your choice. #1: DOES THE VENDOR HAVE THE TO PROVIDE YOUR FACILITY WITH PROTECTION AND VALUE? facility is unique. Some industries and environments conditions that call for specialized fire protection such as high dust or noise levels, or the presence high-value assets or flammable substances. Others, as hospitals and university dormitories, are 24/7 that require special care to avoid disruption occupants. sure your prospective vendor has proven experience your type of facility and its unique requirements and a full portfolio of products, solutions, and services to them. #2: DOES THE VENDOR OFFER SERVICES OR PROVIDE RESOURCES TO YOU DESIGN AND ENGINEER THE SYSTEM?. you designing and engineering a fire and life-safety you don want to be starting from scratch. Look for vendor that can design the system for you or support you all the resources you need to simplify and accelerate the from templates and specification tools to videos and It is also to your advantage to work with a company understands the applicable codes and standards, and help you design a system that will meet the requirements by the local AHJ (authority having jurisdiction). #3: ARE THE SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND AFFORDABLE TO CONFIGURE AND protection products are not created equal, particularly it comes to configuration and installation. Conventional alarm systems require the use of heavier-gauge wiring, dedicated wiring runs from each device to the control That means larger conduit sizes and more wiring, which make configuration and installation challenging and costly. contrast, an addressable fire alarm system allows multiple to be linked in a single circuit and often allows less lighter-gauge wire and smaller conduit to be used. can greatly simplify configuration, and the cost and to install. #4: IS NOTIFICATION DEVICE EASY AND NON-DISRUPTIVE? some fire alarm systems, each device on the system to be manually tested to ensure its proper function. The your network, the more resource and time-intensive effort, and the greater the risk of human error. Testing can be disruptive to occupants. However, many addressable alarm notification devices are self-testing, requiring fewer and less effort. In addition, testing of addressable can be conducted at any time without any disruption building occupants. In addition, each device has its own on the fire alarm system and the intelligence to with the fire alarm panel. So when a situation you know the precise location … and an alarm or message can be delivered to that specific area to ensure the safety of building occupants. #5: IS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT AND INTUITIVE? your system is installed and operating, there a good you will have non-experts in charge of its daily That why your system should be as easy intuitive to operate as possible. Make sure the system important life-safety information and includes that make it easy to operate, such as color graphic displays, touchscreen controls, and pan-and- for precise navigation. An integrated life-safety management workstation can serve this purpose help manage your overall environment. of use also means ease of servicing. For example, fire alarm systems offer remote diagnostics, providing visibility into system operations an

10 Questions to Ask When Choosing Fire Alarm System you are designing and engineering a new facility or an existing building, there are many decisions to made and a lot of them have long-term consequences. every major choice you make, you need to weigh factors: the safety, comfort, and sustainability of your the initial capital expense; the design and installation required; the importance of value-added features; the total cost of ownership; the ease of maintenance expandability; the availability of service and support, more. many cases, you and those who manage the facility will to live with the consequences of your decisions for a time. of the most critical decisions you will make is your of a fire alarm and life-safety system. To make the decision, you must consider all factors. Here 10 vital questions you should ask before making your choice. #1: DOES THE VENDOR HAVE THE TO PROVIDE YOUR FACILITY WITH PROTECTION AND VALUE? facility is unique. Some industries and environments conditions that call for specialized fire protection such as high dust or noise levels, or the presence high-value assets or flammable substances. Others, as hospitals and university dormitories, are 24/7 that require special care to avoid disruption occupants. sure your prospective vendor has proven experience your type of facility and its unique requirements and a full portfolio of products, solutions, and services to them. #2: DOES THE VENDOR OFFER SERVICES OR PROVIDE RESOURCES TO YOU DESIGN AND ENGINEER THE SYSTEM?. you designing and engineering a fire and life-safety you don want to be starting from scratch. Look for vendor that can design the system for you or support you all the resources you need to simplify and accelerate the from templates and specification tools to videos and It is also to your advantage to work with a company understands the applicable codes and standards, and help you design a system that will meet the requirements by the local AHJ (authority having jurisdiction). #3: ARE THE SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND AFFORDABLE TO CONFIGURE AND protection products are not created equal, particularly it comes to configuration and installation. Conventional alarm systems require the use of heavier-gauge wiring, dedicated wiring runs from each device to the control That means larger conduit sizes and more wiring, which make configuration and installation challenging and costly. contrast, an addressable fire alarm system allows multiple to be linked in a single circuit and often allows less lighter-gauge wire and smaller conduit to be used. can greatly simplify configuration, and the cost and to install. #4: IS NOTIFICATION DEVICE EASY AND NON-DISRUPTIVE? some fire alarm systems, each device on the system to be manually tested to ensure its proper function. The your network, the more resource and time-intensive effort, and the greater the risk of human error. Testing can be disruptive to occupants. However, many addressable alarm notification devices are self-testing, requiring fewer and less effort. In addition, testing of addressable can be conducted at any time without any disruption building occupants. In addition, each device has its own on the fire alarm system and the intelligence to with the fire alarm panel. So when a situation you know the precise location … and an alarm or message can be delivered to that specific area to ensure the safety of building occupants. #5: IS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT AND INTUITIVE? your system is installed and operating, there a good you will have non-experts in charge of its daily That why your system should be as easy intuitive to operate as possible. Make sure the system important life-safety information and includes that make it easy to operate, such as color graphic displays, touchscreen controls, and pan-and- for precise navigation. An integrated life-safety management workstation can serve this purpose help manage your overall environment. of use also means ease of servicing. For example, fire alarm systems offer remote diagnostics, providing visibility into system operations an

WHY YOU NEED 850 & 830 SERIES DETECTORS Established Innovators were the first to introduce triple-sensing technology CO, optical and heat detection in a single device. introduction of this next generation solution set a new for the industry, and with the more recent release our fully addressable TrueAlert ES LED notification and addressable speakers featuring revolutionary capability, we continue to raise the bar in the fire industry. Adaptable and Flexible for a Wide Range of and Fire Risks MX 850 & 830 series of fire sensors are designed to be highly allowing the fire alarm system to be tailored to meet a of fire risks. They can be programmed individually with a day night mode and provide different modes of sensitivity. makes the range flexible as each sensor can be adapted for in its specific environment. Better Environmental Performance entire range of MX 850 & 830 series sensors have been with a redesigned smoke chamber. By introducing an screen and conformal coated electronics (including printed boards) inside the sensor, they can better compensate for effects of environmental contamination caused by dust and dirt. gives the range enhanced environmental performance and tolerance in different environments. Reduced False Alarms sensor design, configurable detection modes, dynamic adjustment, and multi-sensor technology are just some the advanced features that help MX 850 & 830 series sensors detect fires and reduce false alarms. Lower Life Time Cost MX 850 & 830 series sensor is designed to save you costs delivering a longer and more reliable service life. The Extended Life (ESL) feature of the MX series range extends their lifetime by automatically raising the alarm threshold the device ages. This means the sensor is able to achieve the amount of drift compensation and the longest possible life with the approved level of sensitivity. Flexible Option MX Sensors are available with or without an inbuilt short isolator to meet all specification requirements preferences. World Class Manufacturing 850 & 830 series sensors are made in world class, globally manufacturing centers located in Europe. Each factory the highest employee safety standards and delivers top products with the least possible impact to the environment. UL Listing 850 & 830 series sensors are UL Listed. Our product and manufacturing procedures are regularly audited inspected by independent test houses from around the world. Triple Sensing Technology MX 850 series triple sensor combines heat, optical and CO in a compact, easy to install package. Each sensor transmits continuous stream of environmental data to the fire control panel. speed processors and sophisticated algorithms evaluate the and determine whether there is a fire. Single sensors only react to one indicator of potential fire, meaning the risk of alarm is potentially greater. Improved Communication MX 850 & 830 series sensors use sophisticated and extremely digital communication protocols to send information to the control unit. This improved communication with the panel, is to achieve a more accurate sensing of fire and a quicker 2020 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

Datasheet Control Fire Alarm Systems Suppression Releasing Panel for Automatic Extinguishing, Deluge and Preaction Control ULC, CSFM Listed, FM alarm control panel designed specifically for suppression operation with: Four initiating device circuits (IDCs) Two notification appliance circuits (NACs) Two releasing appliance circuits (RACs) Two special purpose monitor inputs (SPMs) that accept manual release and manual abort request for Agent Release systems, and and supervisory for Preaction or Deluge systems Three auxiliary relays with selectable functions Easily selected activity timing options release operation includes: Automatic extinguishing release Deluge and preaction sprinkler system release Dual or single hazard area protection Combined agent release and preaction operation** IDCs are selectable for cross-zoning or for activation from a single input Short circuit RAC supervision Compatible with Listed/Approved 24 VDC or 2, 12 VDC series actuators Escalation of Events: Single Audible Appliance Tone: Stage 1 activates Temporal or 20 bpm Time pattern; Stage 2 activates 120 bpm March Time pattern to release timer active; Release activates On Steady to indicate timer expired and actuator is activated Dual Audible Appliance Control** (Single Hazard): RAC 2 provides third NAC for dedicated Stage 1 Bell control; NACs 1 & 2 indicate as On Steady interface provides: Status LEDs per circuit for Alarm, Trouble, and Supervisory (where Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, and System Reset Operating mode selection and timer selections when in programming system components: Coil supervision module A2081-9046, one per RAC Maintenance Switch, one per RAC Abort Switch to: UL Standard 864 and ULC Standard S527 for Suppression Release. 4004R Suppression Release provide conventional fire alarm control circuits and are equipped the features required for a wide variety of single or dual hazard release applications. Capabilities include automatic agent release and deluge and preaction sprinkler control. Requires Software Revision 4.01 or higher. 1: Suppression Release One-Line System Reference Drawing I/O Capabilities. Four IDCs allow for either four separately zones or two, cross-zoned connections. Two SPMs allow manual inputs for release or abort; for waterflow and or release/abort and pressure, depending on system type. releasing appliance circuits (RACs) supervise to the actuator coils activate the actuators when required. The two NACs and the three auxiliary relays provide status condition information. Program Selections. The operator panel has a program mode allows selection of panel operation type and detailed operating using an easily selected sequential programming operation. Log. The last 50 events are stored in non-volatile memory. This is accessed by connecting a technician computer to the port which is also used to set the date and time. Feature Description Panel. The operator panel has alarm and trouble status LEDs for each input and output, visible through the locking door (refer to Operator Panel Function). Unlocking the door access to the Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, and System Reset button switches. to Specifications for more information.) This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7125-2269:0525, 7272-2269:0510, 7150-2269:0540, 7300-2269:0555, 7165-2269:0542 and 7165-2269:0544 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 8 03/2021 Suppression Releasing Panel for Automatic Extinguishing, Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler Control Relay Module Operation: 1 activates on a common trouble associated with its hazard or a trouble. Class B IDCs provide coverage for either two cross-zoned areas four separately zoned areas. IDCs are capable of supporting up to 30 current-limited smoke detectors or elec

Datasheet Fire Alarm Control Panels Series Fire Alarm Control Panels Providing up to Ten IDCs and Four NACs areas requiring from five to ten initiating zones, the Autocall, Series fire alarm control panels provide flexible initiating circuit extensive programmable control capability, and LCD circuit-specific 20 character custom labels. 1: (Beige) Standard Control Panel ULC, CSFM Listed, FM panel operator convenience features: Wide viewing angle 2 x 20 (40 character) alphanumeric LCD and LEDs provide convenient panel status information Operation is programmable using a multi-function keypad and the LCD or via service computer (PC) RS-232 service port provides upload/download PC access for panel and event history logs Software updates are via PC download Convenient library of standard custom label terms Standard on-board DACT provides: Contact ID, 3/1, 4/2, BFSK, and SIA WALKTEST silent or audible system test Voltage and current for both the battery charger and the battery can displayed at the front panel LCD Standard Initiating Device Circuits (IDCs): Five Class B IDCs with optional expansion to ten, all with individual Monitor 2-wire or 4-wire initiating devices including TrueAlarm smoke disable Optional Class A Adapter Module Standard Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs): Class A or Class B outputs with solid state overcurrent protection per each rated for 2 A strobe control Selectable for Autocall SmartSync two-wire horn/strobe control or Power Supply: Provides 3 A maximum @ nominal 24 DC Automatic input power selection operates with 120 VAC or 240 VAC, 50 60 Hz On-board temperature compensated battery charger for up to 12.7 Ah in cabinet (UL and ULC) and up to 25 Ah batteries in separate (UL only) standard features: Programmable Active Status Reminder Two auxiliary relays IDCs, NACs, and Relay outputs are power limited (AC input, battery and City Circuit Module outputs are non-power limited) Available with beige or red cabinet UL listed to Standard 864 option modules: Door mounted 24 LED annunciator (standard on ULC models) 3 A Expansion Power Supply with two on-board 2 A NACs that operate same as standard NACs Expansion IDC module with five Class B IDCs Class A IDC Adapter Module, City Interface Module, and Auxiliary Relay Remote LCD and LED/Switch Annunciators This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0569, 7270-2269:0511, 7272-2269:0510, 7300-2269:0567, 7165-2269:0514 and 7300-0026:0381 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 12 03/2021 Series Fire Alarm Control Panels Providing up to Ten IDCs and Four NACs Feature Details Class B IDCs are each capable of supporting up to 30 Autocall current-limited smoke detectors or electronic heat detectors (see Reference Compatible Autocall Peripherals) as well as manual stations and other compatible contact closure initiating devices. IDCs are capable of A operation with an optional adapter module and can be programmed as Style C (short or open initiates a trouble) for use with current limited only. 2 A On-Board NACs provide conventional reverse polarity operation, selectable as Class A or Class B, with electronic control and overcurrent Operation is selectable for synchronized strobe or SmartSync horn/strobe two-wire operation. Horn control can be selected at the panel Temporal pattern coding, Steady On, Slow March Time of 20 beats per minute (BPM), or Fast March Time of 120 BPM. When selected for SmartSync horn/strobe control, March Time produces 60 BPM. 24 VDC Auxiliary output provides up to 500 mA for system use. (Auxiliary output current is counted for total power supply capacity.) Auxiliary Relay Outputs. Two relay outputs are available, selectable as normally open or normally closed, rated 2 A @ 30 VDC per below: Relay 1 is normally assigned to General Alarm operation but is prog

Datasheet Fire Control Units Fire Detection and Control with Addressable Initiation and Addressable Notification ULC, CSFM Listed, FM, NYC Fire Approved* Standard panel SLC provides up to 100 addressable points; optional loop expansion modules provide an additional isolated with short circuit isolation for the IDNet 2 channel; each loop module also provides an additional 75 addressable points the IDNet 2 channel capacity for a total of up to 250 addressable feature summary: Current and previous panel configuration are both maintained in on- memory to allow easy selection of desired revision An internal Ethernet service port is available for service computer to perform configuration updates, downloads and report downloads, and system software updates Internal USB interface allows a memory stick/thumb drive to store job update revised jobs and panel software, and save detailed reports from the panel modules and connections include: Fire alarm network interface card (NIC) for ES Net Peer-to-Peer network communications, supports either Class B or X operation Up to two additional IDNet 2 addressable device output loop with 75 additional point capacity each Front mounted 48 LED annunciator with custom label inserts. Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI) Remote LED annunciator support through remote unit interface (RUI) port for use with unshielded, twisted pair wiring (UTP) Eight point zone/relay modules individually selectable as IDC or relay 2 A at 30 VDC (resistive) Alarm relays and auxiliary relays Dual RS-232 ports for printer, PC annunciator or third party interface City connections, with or without disconnect switch 4003EC Voice Control Panels 4009 Series IDNAC Repeaters Battery brackets for seismic area protection mechanical: Compact red or platinum cabinet for convenient surface or semi-flush rated NEMA 1 and IP30 Listings reference: UL 864 – Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit Accessories, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control Units, Releasing Device Service UL 2017 – Emergency Alarm System Control Units (CO detection), (FSZI) ULC-S559 – Central Station Fire Alarm System Units (DAYRC) ULC-S527 – Control Units, System, Fire Alarm (UOJZC); Control Unit System, Fire Alarm (UOXXC); Control Units, Releasing Service (SYZVC) 1: 4007ES FACU front view with Autocall ES Net standard combination of addressable initiation and notification in. (109 mm) diagonal color touchscreen display: Convenient and intuitive user interface provides detailed system status individual point information Supports dual language selection, including unicode character A custom background display appears when operation is normal a 3 A IDNAC signaling line circuit (SLC) output power that provides enhanced power delivery to addressable appliances: A constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained during alarm, even battery operation. This allows strobes to operate at higher with lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and drop margin under both primary power and secondary battery Efficiencies include lower strobe currents, wiring distances up to two three times farther than with conventional notification, support more appliances per IDNAC SLC, and smaller gauge wiring. This installation and maintenance savings, with high assurance appliances will operate as normal during worst case alarm IDNAC SLCs are compatible with both TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert notification appliances, and remote 4009 IDNAC to extend power and wiring distance and provide for up to addressable notification appliances. Power supply provides battery backup charging of up to 33 Ah; up to Ah for cabinet mounted batteries and up to 33 Ah batteries for in close-nippled remote battery cabinet. isolated IDNet 2 addressable initiating device SLC: Provides built-in short circuit isolation for monitoring and control of analog sensors and IDNet communications devices; for use either shielded or unshielded, twisted or untwisted single pair outputs are Class A or Class B Th

Datasheet Fire Control Units Hybrid, Fire Detection and Control Unit with Addressable and/or Conventional isolated IDNet 2 addressable initiating device SLC: Current and previous panel configuration maintained in on-board ULC, FM Approved* with Autocall ES Net a variety of new and retrofit applications in. (109 mm) diagonal color touchscreen display: Provides detailed system status and point information Supports dual language selection, including unicode character A custom background display appears when operation is normal point zone/relay module: Each point is selectable as an IDC input or Relay output, Class A IDCs two points (one out and one return); one module is standard you can field install up to three additional modules for a total of 8 point zone/relay modules for each system You can configure each point on the IDC/Relay module as a control rated 2 A at 30 VDC (resistive) as either normally open or normally Power comes directly from the power supply or through the optional VDC Regulator Module You can select the IDC end-of-line (EOL) resistor value from a wide of resistance values for retrofit convenience Provides built-in short circuit isolation for monitoring and control of analog sensors and IDNet communications monitoring and devices; for use with either shielded or unshielded, twisted or single pair wiring; outputs are Class A or Class B Standard panel signaling line circuit (SLC) provides up to 100 points; optional additional loop expansion modules an additional isolated loop with short circuit isolation for IDNet 2 channel; each loop expansion module also provides an 75 addressable points supply: with 6 A total available current You can select the NAC EOL resistor value from a wide range of values for retrofit convenience Additional notification power capacity is available using the 4009 IDNet Extender Battery backup charging of up to 33 Ah; up to 18 Ah for cabinet- batteries and up to 33 Ah for batteries mounted close- remote battery cabinet mechanical: Red or platinum cabinet; rated NEMA 1 and IP30 Listings reference: UL 864 – Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit Accessories, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control Units, Releasing Device Service UL 2017 – Emergency Alarm System Control Units (CO detection), (FSZI) ULC-S559 – Central Station Fire Alarm System Units (DAYRC) ULC-S527 – Control Units, System, Fire Alarm (UOJZC); Control Unit System, Fire Alarm (UOXXC); Control Units, Releasing Service (SYZVC) Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Four notification appliance circuits (NACs) selectable as Class A or Class X operation 1: 4007ES Hybrid Unit front view feature summary: An internal Ethernet service port is available for service computer to perform configuration updates, downloads and report downloads, and update system software Internal USB interface allows a memory stick to store job revisions, revised jobs and panel software, and save detailed system from the panel modules and connections include: Fire alarm network interface card (NIC) for ES Net Peer-to-Peer network communications, supports either Class B or Up to two additional IDNet 2 addressable device output loop with short circuit fault protection and with 75 additional capacity each Front mounted 48 LED annunciator with custom label inserts; LEDs programmable for up to 24 IDC zones of alarm and trouble or other custom annunciation requirements Remote LED annunciator support through remote user interface (RUI) port for use with UTP wiring Dual RS-232 ports for printer, PC annunciator or third party interface Alarm relays and auxiliary relays City connections, with or without disconnect switch 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders to extend NAC capability for power and Battery brackets for seismic area protection; see Mechanical for more information

TrueAlert Addressable Notification IDNAC Repeater; Power and Distance Extender ULC, CSFM Listed, FM IDNAC Repeaters provide enhanced power delivery to ES addressable notification appliances by IDNAC SLCs: Output voltage in alarm is maintained by an efficient switching at 29 VDC during both AC input and battery backup allowing strobes to operate at lower current With lower current strobes and regulated output voltage, wiring can be extended 2 to 3 times that of conventional notification, loading can be increased, or smaller wire gauge can be used, resulting in installation savings with high assurance that appliances operate during normal system testing will operate during worst alarm conditions IDNAC Repeaters receive an IDNAC SLC input and provide a 3 A SLC output to extend SLC distance and power: Appliance control and address limit remains with the host IDNAC panel. Repeater status is communicated to the control panel system diagnostics and also locally indicated Repeater output extends supervisory capacity by up to 139 additional loads or 3 A Input SLC connection can be Class B or Class A Repeater output can be a Class A loop or a Class B output with internal for up to four (4) T-tapped output branches (Class A requires A009-9814 Class A Adapter) Operation requires one IDNAC SLC address; Repeaters can be as one in series, or up to five (5) in parallel AC power input is 120 VAC or 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, auto-select An on-board battery charger is provided with low AC battery selectable per Repeater (required for ULC listed Operation is compatible with TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable appliances and accessories Available with platinum or red cabinet Listed to UL 864 and ULC S527 wiring options are available: Wiring options include Class B multiple branch (up to 4) output, Class A extension, and Class A riser to Class B branches or a Class A loop When the Repeater is part of a Class A loop from the IDNAC SLC source up to twice the distance for the loop is available; (Class A loop requires A009-9814 Class A Adapter) 1: IDNAC Repeater Extends and Current of IDNAC SLC A Adapter A009-9814: Required when extending a Class A loop or to provide a Class A local SLC output Operation provides short circuit isolation between input and output for improved IDNAC SLC survivability battery Charger Power supply charges up to 12.7 Ah batteries for in cabinet mounting up to 25 Ah batteries with model A009-9801 external battery auxiliary output: A 200 mA, 29 VDC constant auxiliary output is available; operation is during battery backup This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0553 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 7 07/2021 IDNAC Repeater; Power and Distance Extender IDNAC SLCs fire alarm control panels with IDNAC SLC outputs provide individual address and control of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES addressable notification When an IDNAC SLC reaches the current limit or the distance limit of the source IDNAC SLC, use of 4009 IDNAC Repeaters extends the SLC with an additional 3 A of SLC current and up to 139 unit loads of additional supervisory capacity. IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained in alarm, even during battery standby, allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage drop margin under both primary power and secondary battery standby. include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all providing installation and maintenance savings with high assurance that appliances operate during normal system testing will operate during worst case alarm conditions. wiring configurations wiring configurations are available to provide a variety

UL, ULC, FM Approved* Fire Alarm Controls IDNet NAC Extender for Control with IDNet Communications or Conventional NACs flexibility. You can mount the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender to a compatible dedicated host panel or remotely for convenient distribution. Multiple operation modes and multiple connection further increase location flexibility. information. For additional operation detail and information, refer to Installation Instructions 574-181 and wiring diagram 842-068. additional notification appliance circuit (NAC) capacity flexible operation modes and power-limited design Class B NACs are standard and have the following features: Rated 2 A each for conventional reverse polarity 24 VDC notification and providing multiple operation modes You can select the NAC to synchronize Autocall visible notification flashes. Control support for TrueAlert non-addressable notification appliances with SmartSync two-wire control mode. control options: IDNet addressable communications from a 4007ES, 4010, 4010ES, or Fire Alarm Control Panel. 4100U requires revision 11 software or higher for compatibility. requires revision 2 software or higher for compatibility. Control from one or two conventional 24 VDC NACs with multiple control options communications control benefits: Status monitoring and individual NAC control using a single address for 4009 IDNet NAC Extender IDNet Device Level earth fault location support operation is available with either input choice 8 A power supply or battery charger: Charges internal batteries up to 12.7 Ah or up to 18 Ah batteries in cabinet Provides status monitoring of battery, input power, and earth faults Rated 8 A for Special Application appliances; including 4901, 4903, and 4906 Series horns, strobes, horn/strobes, and speaker/ Rated 6 A for Regulated 24 DC appliance power 4009 IDNet NAC Extender modules: IDNet Communications Repeater provides Class B or Class A output IDNet Communications Fiber Optic Receiver/Repeater, available as B or Class X Four additional Class B NACs, rated 1.5 A for Special Application 1 A for Regulated 24 DC appliance power Class A, Two Circuit Adapter Module Listed to Standard 864 Accessories communication fiber optic transmitters: For applications requiring the data integrity available with fiber optic Available as Class B or Class X Mountable in standard six-gang electrical box battery cabinet for 18 Ah batteries compliance. Complying with the notification requirements of ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act) may require more notification power than is available within the fire alarm control panel. additional power is required, a 4009 IDNet NAC Extender can up to 8 A of NAC power with up to eight, supervised reverse NACs. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. 1: 4009 IDNet NAC Extender reference drawing Rev. 16 06/2021 IDNet NAC Extender for Control with IDNet Communications or Conventional NACs and operation information addressable communications compatible. You can control up to ten, 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders for each 4007ES, 4010ES or 4100ES IDNet channel. You can control each output NAC individually for general alarm or selective area notification requiring only one point address each Extender. You can also control Individual Extender NACs manually from the host panel. IDNet controlled extenders inform the host panel of using IDNet communications. IDNet repeaters. IDNet communications can be repeated with the optional IDNet Repeater Module or with the optional Fiber Optic Module. Up to 100 of the IDNet channel points can be repeated once. Refer to Typical IDNet connection example and 4009 IDNet NAC specifications for details. Repeated IDNet communications also support the device level earth fault location utility of the host panel. control applications. You can control the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender directly from the NAC for applications where an existing, or new NAC needs additional power. You can connect one or two NACs, from the same, or different host fire alarm control panels, to control the IDNet NAC Extender output NACs. M

Datasheet Fire Control Units Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Control Unit Modules and ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Approved* with Autocall ES Net network system features: Models available with Color ES Touch Screen Display or Monochrome 2 x 40 Character Display Capacity for up to 1000 addressable IDNet points, or up to 1000 MX Loop points and up to 127 VESDA SLI points, with up 2000 points of annunciation and up to 20 internal and external card CPU assembly includes dedicated compact flash memory for on-site information storage and convenient Ethernet service port 8 A power supply with up to 2 A of auxiliary power and battery charger for up to 110 Ah batteries (UL) or up to 50 Ah batteries (ULC); Ah max in one bay control cabinet, 50 Ah max with A100-0650 shelf in two bay control cabinet 4 onboard Class A or B, 3 A NACs and one programmable auxiliary output rated for 2 Remote annunciator module support through Remote Unit Interface communications port, either Class B or Class A operation 48 LED Control Unit mount annunciation provides 40 Red and 8 Yellow LEDs (select models), optional LED kits are available for LED configurations Main System Supply 2 and door mounted modules, and options include: City Connect Module Alarm Relay module Battery brackets for seismic area protection block space modules include: Fire Alarm Network Interface Card (NIC) for ES Net Peer to-Peer network communications, supports either Class B or X operation Ethernet connectivity options include ES Net Network Interface Card, Network Interface Card (BNIC) and BACpac Ethernet Portal Dual RS-232 Module, for printer or third party interface VESDA Air Aspiration High Level Interface Serial DACT Additional IDNet and MX Loop addressable channels 8-Point Zone/Relay Module 4-Point Auxiliary Relay Module with or without Feedback with Autocall remotely located: 4098-9757 QuickConnect2 TrueAlarm smoke sensors 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (4009A) A4081 Series, 110 Ah Battery Chargers 4100-7400 Series Graphic Annunciators A4606-9102 Remote LCD Annunciator, A100-9400 Series Remote ES Screen Displays, A100-9400 Series Remote InfoAlarm Command and A602 Series Status Command Units (SCU) and Remote Units (RCU) Annunciators IP communicator compatibility 1: 1-Bay Cabinet with 2 x 40 Monochrome LCD Display 2: 1-Bay Cabinet with with 2 x 40 LCD Display and LED Annunciation 3: 2-Bay Cabinet with 2 x 40 Monochrome LCD Display Agency listings UL 864 – Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit Accessories, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control Units, Releasing Device Service Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL) UL 1076 – Proprietary Alarm Units (APOU) UL 1730 – Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories (UULH) UL 2017 – Emergency Alarm System Control Units, CO detection (FSZI); Equipment Management (QVAX) ULC-S527 – Control Units, System, Fire Alarm (UOJZ7); Control Unit System, Fire Alarm (UOXX7); Control Units, Releasing Service (SYZV7) ULC-S559 – Central Station Fire Alarm System Units (DAYR7) ULC/ORD-C1076 – Proprietary Burglar Alarm System Units (APOU7) ULC/ORD-C100 – Smoke Control System Equipment, (UUKL7) series fire detection and control units series fire detection and control units provide leading operator, and service features for customer applications the mid-range addressable fire alarm systems market. An onboard port provides fast external system communications to expedite and service activity. Dedicated compact flash memory provides secure on-site system information storage of job configuration files. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7120-2269:0546, 7272-2269:0509, 7272-2269:0537, 7165-2269:0541 and 7165-2269:0542 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Refer to Tables 3 and for applicable listings at time of publication. Additional listings may be applicable; cont

Datasheet Fire Control Units Fire Detection with IDNAC, Fire Alarm Control Unit and Accessories ULC, CSFM Listed, FM, NYC Fire Approved* with Autocall ES Net fire alarm network. system includes: Models available with Color ES Touch Screen Display or Monochrome 2 x 40 Character Display Capacity for up to 1000 addressable IDNet points, and up to 127 Air Aspiration Systems interface points, with up to 2000 points annunciation Capacity for up to 20 internal and external card addresses CPU assembly includes dedicated compact flash memory for onsite information storage an Enhanced System Supply (ESS) that provides power battery charging (6 A output): Dual 3 A on-board IDNAC signaling line circuits (SLCs) with enhanced delivery to addressable notification appliances An IDNAC SLC maintains a constant 29 VDC source voltage during even during battery operation, allowing strobes to operate higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent draw and voltage drop margin under both primary power and battery standby Efficiencies include lower strobe currents, wiring distances up to two three times farther than with conventional notification, support more appliances for each IDNAC SLC, ability to use smaller wiring, all with installation and maintenance savings with high that appliances that operate during normal system testing during worst case alarm conditions IDNAC SLCs are compatible with both TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert notification appliances, and remote 4009 IDNAC to extend power and wiring distance even farther and supervisory capacity by up to 139 additional unit loads or 3 A On-board IDNet 2 dual loop SLCs with addressable initiating device through two electrically isolated channels for TrueAlarm analog and IDNet communications monitoring and control devices an electrically isolated output channel. You can use this with either or unshielded, twisted or untwisted single pair wiring; and it dual short circuit isolating output loops. Battery charger for up to 110 Ah batteries (UL) or up to 50 Ah batteries 33 Ah maximum in control unit cabinet for 1 bay systems, 50 Ah 2 bay systems. 2 A programmable function auxiliary output Remote annunciator module support through Remote Unit Interface communications port, for either Class B or Class A operation 48 LED panel mount annunciation with 40 Red and 8 Yellow LEDs (select models), optional LED kits are available to individual LED color to Green or Blue to meet specific site ESS mounted modules include: City Connect Module Alarm Relay Module Battery brackets for seismic area protection 1: 1-Bay Cabinet 2: 1-Bay Cabinet with LED Annunciation 3: 2-Bay Cabinet block space modules include: Fire Alarm Network Interface Cards (NIC) for ES Net Peer-to-Peer fire network communications, supports either Class B or Class X Ethernet connectivity options include ES Net NIC and BACpac Ethernet Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI) Dual RS-232 Module, for printer or third party interface VESDA Air Aspiration High Level Interface Serial DACT 8-Point Zone or Relay Module 4 Point Auxiliary Relay module with or without Feedback Additional IDNET addressable channels with Autocall remotely located: 4098-9757 QuickConnect2 TrueAlarm smoke sensors A4081 Series, 110 Ah Battery Chargers 4100-7400 Series Graphic Annunciators A606-9102 Remote LCD Annunciator, A100-9400 Series Remote ES Screen Displays, A100-9400 Series Remote InfoAlarm Command This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7120-2269:0546, 7272-2269:0537, 7165-2269:0541 and 7165-2269:0542 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6272. Refer to 6 and 7 for applicable listings at time of publication. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Refer to specific product listings in tables 5 and

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; NYC Fire Dept, Approved* Fire Control Units Automatic Extinguishing Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Releasing Control control using the Autocall 4010ES Fire Alarm Control to provide: Coverage for multiple areas of Automatic Extinguishing Release and/ Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Release including audible of events Control of compatible Listed/Approved valves and actuators Releasing Appliance Circuits (RACs) by connecting Notification Circuits (NACs) to Suppression Release Peripherals (SRP) for supervision and control Four, 3 Amp NACs in the control unit for use with SRPs and required appliances Additional actuator circuit control and additional NACs are available 4009 Addressable NAC Extenders and Suppression Peripherals Escalation of Events: Temporal or 20 March Time pattern for first cross-zone alarm 120 bpm March Time pattern indicates releasing timer active On steady indicates releasing timer expired and actuator is activated Note: Requires NACs dedicated to conventional horn control (not operation) with strobes controlled on separate NACs IDNet NAC Extenders provide: Up to eight NACs for notification requirements and for NAC input to Release Peripherals Control is via IDNet addressable communications Suppression Release Peripheral (SRP) Dual Input Control Logic: Dual input control logic requires that both IDNet communications and an activated NAC are present to initiate the desired RAC output provides wiring supervision to the actuator including of coil continuity and short circuit supervision to the coil module Release Peripheral control features: An onboard DC-DC regulator compensates for voltage drops to the and ensures proper control circuit voltage over a wide range Provides a single RAC for control of actuators for up to 2 A using a 3 A input (1 A using a 2 A NAC input) system components: 4010ES Series control unit with Releasing Appliqu Dedicated NAC output from 4010ES (or compatible NAC Extender) Coil supervision module, one per RAC Maintenance Switch, one per RAC Abort Switch connected via an addressable interface module combined with Suppression Release Peripherals, the 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Unit provides actuator supervision and control use in automatic extinguishing, and deluge or preaction releasing Hazard area initiating and notification devices are controlled either conventional or addressable circuits per standard 4010ES The necessary releasing system logic is implemented within 4010ES control unit as required for the local application. Extinguishing Release Systems systems automatically activate electrically controlled actuators the release of a fire extinguishing agent (such as dry chemical, water foam, CO2, or clean agent) in response to fire detection device as determined by programming of the host fire alarm control unit. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings ,7300-2269:0507, 7165-2269:0541, 7165-2269:0542 and 7300-2269:0567 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 11 7/2021 Automatic Extinguishing Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Releasing Control Extinguishing Release Systems are required to have minimum of 24 hours of standby power. Initiating devices must be for the application, and may be wired either Class A B. Control actuators must be electrically compatible with the control circuits and power supplies, and are wired Class B to provide coil Agency listings UL 864 – Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit Accessories, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control Units, Releasing Device Service Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL) UL 1076 – Proprietary Alarm Units (APOU) UL 1730 – Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories (UULH) UL 2017 – Emergency Alarm System Control Units, CO detection (FSZI); Equipment Man

Datasheet Fire Control Units Extinguishing, Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Releasing Control ULC, CSFM Listed; NYC Fire Dept, Approved* control using the Autocall 4010ES Fire Alarm Control to provide the following features: Coverage for multiple areas of Automatic Extinguishing Release and/ Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Release including audible of events Control of compatible Listed/Approved valves and actuators Releasing Appliance Circuits (RACs) by connecting Notification Circuits (NACs) to Suppression Release Peripherals for supervision and control Four 3 Amp NACs in the control unit for use with Suppression Release (SRP) and required notification appliances Additional actuator circuit control and additional NACs are available 4009 IDNet Addressable NAC Extenders and Suppression Peripherals Escalation of Events Temporal or 20 bpm March Time pattern for first cross zone alarm 120 bpm March Time pattern indicates releasing timer active On steady indicates releasing timer expired and actuator is activated Requires NACs dedicated to conventional horn control (not SmartSync with strobes controlled on separate NACs IDNet NAC Extenders provide the following features: Up to eight NACs for notification requirements and for NAC input to Release Peripherals Control is via IDNet addressable communications Suppression Release Peripheral (SRP) Dual Input Control Logic Dual input control logic requires that both IDNet communications and an activated NAC are present to initiate the desired RAC output provides wiring supervision to the actuator including of coil continuity and short circuit supervision to the coil module Release Peripheral control features An on-board DC-DC regulator compensates for voltage drops to the and ensures proper control circuit voltage over a wide range Provides a single RAC for control of actuators for up to 2 A using a 3 A input (1 A using a 2 A NAC input) system components 4010ES Series control unit with Releasing Appliqu Dedicated NAC output from 4010ES, or compatible NAC Extender Coil supervision module, one per RAC Maintenance Switch, one per RAC Abort Switch connected via an addressable interface module 1: 4010ES Release Control Simplified Block Diagram combined with Suppression Release Peripherals, the 4010ES fire alarm control unit provides actuator supervision and control use in automatic extinguishing, and deluge or preaction releasing Hazard area initiating and notification devices are controlled either conventional or addressable circuits per standard 4010ES The necessary releasing system logic is implemented within 4010ES control unit as required for the local application. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0555, 7165-2269:0541, 7165-2269:0542, and 7300-2269:0567 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 16 07/2021 Extinguishing, Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Releasing Control FM Approved Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler operation that: initiating device circuits be Class A and wired Listed/Approved devices; standby power capacity must be minimum of 90 hours with 10 minutes of alarm; and that Automatic Water Control Valves must be used. Maintenance Switches, one per RAC, are required per NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code to allow the system be tested or serviced without actuating the fire suppression Their use may not be allowed in some jurisdictions, always local requirements. When used, Autocall Maintenance are required to ensure that operation initiates a condition. Abort Switches are available when abort operation is required. used, connect to an addressable Supervised IAM model or similar addressable adapter module. The Autocall switch and the IAM mount in a single gang box, 2 1/2″ depth. Addressable Manual Releasing Stations are used to initiate

Datasheet Fire Control Units Basic Addressable Fire Detection and Control Unit Modules and Accessories ULC Approved, CSFM Listed, FM with Autocall ES Net fire alarm network system features: Models available with Color ES Touch Screen Display or Monochrome 2 x 40 Character Display Capacity for up to 1000 addressable IDNet points, up to 127 VESDA Aspiration points, up to 2000 points of annunciation, and up to 20 and external card addresses CPU assembly includes dedicated compact flash memory for on-site information storage and convenient Ethernet service port 8 A power supply with up to 2 A of auxiliary power and battery capacity for up to 110 Ah batteries (UL) ; 50 Ah maximum with battery shelf in two-bay control cabinet Four onboard Class A or B, 3 A notification appliance circuits (NACs) one programmable auxiliary relay output rated for 2 A at 32 VDC IDNet addressable device communications that support TrueAlarm sensors and IDNet communications monitoring and control with an electrically isolated output channel allowing use with shielded or unshielded, twisted or untwisted single pair wiring; providing dual short circuit isolating output loops Remote annunciator module support with remote unit interface (RUI) port, either Class B or Class A operation 48 LED panel mount annunciation provides 40 red and 8 yellow LEDs (select models), optional LED kits are available for LED configurations Available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content user requires a two-bay cabinet Main System Supply 2 and door mounted modules, and options include: City Connect Module Alarm relay module Battery brackets for seismic area protection block space modules include: Fire alarm network interface card (NIC) for ES Net Peer-to-peer network communications, supports either Class B or Ethernet connectivity options include ES Net NIC and BACpac Ethernet X operation Dual RS-232 Module for printer or third party interface VESDA Air Aspiration High Level Interface Serial DACT 8-Point Zone/Relay Module 4-Point Auxiliary Relay Module with or without Feedback Additional IDNet addressable channels Eight point zone/relay module, Class A or B. You can select each point an IDC input or relay output. Class A IDCs require two points – out and one return. Relays rated for 2 A at 30 VDC (resistive). as normally open or closed. 1: 2-Bay 4010ES Fire Control Panel 2×40 Monochrome LCD Display Agency Listing: UL 864 – Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit Accessories, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control Units, Releasing Device Service Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL) UL 1076 – Proprietary Alarm Units (APOU) UL 1730 – Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories (UULH) UL 2017 – Emergency Alarm System Control Units, CO detection (FSZI); Equipment Management (QVAX) ULC-S527 – Control Units, System, Fire Alarm (UOJZ7); Control Unit System, Fire Alarm (UOXX7); Control Units, Releasing Service (SYZV7) ULC-S559 – Central Station Fire Alarm System Units (DAYR7) ULC/ORD-C1076 – Proprietary Burglar Alarm System Units (APOU7) ULC/ORD-C100 – Smoke Control System Equipment, (UUKL7) This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7120-2269:0546, 7272-2269:0509, 7272-2269:0537, 7165-2269:0541, 7165-2269:0542 and 7165-0026:0369 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. to Tables 3 and 4 for applicable listings at time of publication. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. For specific product listings refer to 2 and 3. AC4010-0004 Rev. 27 11/2021 Basic Addressable Fire Detection and Control Unit Modules and Accessories series fire detection and control units provide leading edge installation, operator, and service features for customer ap

UL, ULC, CSFM listed, FM expanded content display interface for Autocall 4010ES fire alarm control units available for: 4010ES fire alarm control units (stand-alone or networked, requires bay cabinet) Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers that mount in a dedicated (4010ES control units support Remote InfoAlarm Command independent of host control unit display type) UL listed to Standard 864 Command Centers provide customized operating in System primary display choices include: First and Most First 5 and Most Recent, First 8, Site Plan with activity status General Alarm, or Direct to List; selectable individually by event System reports are easily viewed; logs can be read with minimal required Up to six per screen provide functions that vary with the screen information aiding operators to determine how to Up to two languages are available per system, easily selected by International models allow customized language legends for operator Information sent to Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers can be key press and status LEDs by point properties: 320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an active area of 4.53 x 3.4 H (115 mm x 86 mm) displaying up to 854 characters using ASCII character font Bright white LED backlighting provides efficient and long lasting operation is selectable as continuous or off with power fail with no key presses more information. The InfoAlarm Command Center an expanded content, multi-line LCD interface that requires key presses to access detailed information. Because it is system- its detailed information is provided without requiring separate equipment. Command Center Control Unit. By using a larger area instead of an individual text line display, the LCD provides text for Alarm, Priority 2, Supervisory, or Trouble. The format is and able to be customized per application allowing additional to be presented to suit the specific application. Fire Control Units Command Center for the 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Unit 1: Command for Control Unit Mounting 2: Command Center in Remote Cabinet Series InfoAlarm Command Centers for 4010ES fire alarm systems a large display with extended information content, dual language including 2 byte character languages, and an intuitive control interface per the following: Up to 10 InfoAlarm Command Centers are supported per 4010ES unit; able to allow one InfoAlarm Command Center to take- and to designate access levels for interfaces not in-control; can be programmed for in-control status indications Menu-driven format conveniently prompts operators for the next required Key controls are provided to select the highlighted entry, load next of information, or jump to top or bottom of activity lists Direct point callup displays individual points alphabetically and then in on the logical choice as more point information is entered A Site Plan bitmap can be displayed for reference; icons can be added indicate system status Up to 50 custom point detail messages can be generated Date formats are either MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY Time formats are either 24 hour or 12 hour with AM/PM System Normal screen supports a gray scale bitmap (watermark) for name, company logo, or site plan This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. For specific product listings refer table 1. Rev. 6 03/2021 Command Center for the 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Unit Plan with Event Icons Plan Bitmap.The InfoAlarm Command Center supports a site plan bitmap image (size is 281 pixels wide by 192 pixels high) can also display icons indicating activity and location. Shown to the is a sample site plan with icons shown in each building area. For

Datasheet Fire Control Units Fire Detection with IDNAC Control Unit Modules and Accessories ULC, CSFM Listed, FM, NYC Fire Approved* with Autocall ES Net fire alarm network system includes: Models available with Color ES Touch Screen Display or Monochrome 2 x 40 Character Display Capacity for up to 1000 addressable IDNet points, up to 127 VESDA Aspiration Systems interface points and up to 254 addressable appliances with up to 2000 points of Annunciation; and up 20 internal and external card addresses CPU assembly includes dedicated compact flash memory for on-site information storage and convenient Ethernet service port an Enhanced System Supply (ESS) that provides power battery charging (6 A output): Dual 3 A on-board IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs) provide power delivery to addressable notification appliances With an IDNAC SLC, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained alarm, even during battery operation, allowing strobes to at higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent draw and voltage drop margin under both primary power and battery standby Efficiencies include lower strobe currents, wiring distances up to two three times farther than with conventional notification, support for appliances per IDNAC SLC, ability to use smaller gauge wiring, providing installation and maintenance savings with high assurance appliances that operate during normal system testing will operate worst case alarm conditions IDNAC SLCs are compatible with both TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert notification appliances, and remote 4009 IDNAC to extend power and wiring distance even farther and supervisory capacity by up to 139 additional unit loads or 3 A Addressable initiating device control is provided by on-board IDNet dual loop SLCs that provide two electrically isolated channels that TrueAlarm analog sensors and IDNet communications and control devices with an electrically isolated output allowing use with either shielded or unshielded, twisted or single pair wiring; and providing dual short circuit isolating loops Battery charger for up to 110 Ah batteries (UL) or up to 50 Ah batteries 33 Ah max in control unit cabinet for 1 Bay Systems, 50Ah for 2 systems. 2 A programmable function auxiliary output Remote annunciator module support via RUI communications port, A or B operation 48 LED panel mount annunciation provides 40 Red and 8 Yellow LEDs, (select models), optional LED kits are available to individual LED color to Green or Blue to meet specific site 1: 2-Bay Cabinet 2: 1-Bay Cabinet with LED Annunciation 3: 1-Bay Cabinet ESS mounted modules, door mounted modules, and options include: City Connect Module Alarm Relay Module Battery brackets for seismic area protection block space modules include: Fire alarm network interface cards (NIC) for ES Net peer-to-peer fire network communications, supports either Class B or Class X Ethernet connectivity options include Building Network Interface Card and BACpac Ethernet Portal Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI) Dual RS-232 Module (for printer, PC annunciator or third party VESDA Air Aspiration High Level Interface Serial DACT 8-Point Zone/Relay Module 4-Point Auxiliary Relay Module with or without Feedback Additional IDNet addressable channels with Autocall remotely located 4098-9757 QuickConnect2 TrueAlarm smoke sensors A4081 Series, 110 Ah Battery Chargers 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders and IDNAC Repeaters 4100-7400 Series Graphic Annunciators A4606-9102 Remote LCD Annunciator, A100-9400 Series Remote ES Screen Displays, A100-9400 Series Remote InfoAlarm Command and A602 Series Status Command Units (SCU) and Remote Units (RCU) Annunciators IP communicator compatibility This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7120-2269:0546, 7272-2269:0537, 7165-2269:0541 and 7165-2269:0542 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6272. Refer to

UL, ULC, CSFM Approved* Accessories, LED Annunciators Series Graphic Annunciator Modules; LED/Switch Modules and 24 Point I/O Graphic modules for LED and switch control of custom graphic panels including: A100-7401, 24 Point I/O Graphic Modules with points selectable as switch inputs or LED outputs A100-7402, 64 Switch and 64 LED Driver Module with 32 on-board LED A100-7403, 32 Point LED Driver Modules A100-7404, 32 Point LED Switch Input Modules compatibility: For use with Autocall 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES series fire alarm units door mounting options are available: Semi-flush or surface mount cabinets in beige or red, with or without a Interface modules can be mounted in the same cabinet as the graphic or mounted nearby Plate-mounted for mounting in cabinet by others Interface modules are UL listed for use in agency listed custom graphic panels and status supervision: Supervised remote unit interface communications (RUI) require a twisted, wire pair (some applications may require shields) to the alarm control unit (power is supplied via a second wire pair) Multiple annunciator module types can be connected to same wiring Convenient wiring connections are via pluggable terminal blocks listed to Standard 864 for: Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ) Smoke Control Service (UUKL) Control. remote annunciator graphic control modules complement 4007ES, 4010ES and 4100ES (and other installed legacy panels) providing LED/lamp/relay drivers and switch inputs to allow custom displays to be designed for specific facility requirements, such as smoke control (UUKL) systems. Wiring is minimized by signaling line (SLC) communications that also provides supervision. the event of communications loss, a trouble will be displayed at fire alarm control panel and can also be identified at the remote if desired. Flexibility. packaging flexibility, these modules are plate-mounted, allowing with vended graphics assemblies. These modules also convenient terminal block wiring connections and use compact cable connectors for multiple module interconnection. 1: Fire Alarm Control Unit Connected to a Graphic Annunciator and a Remote LCD Annunciator This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7120-2269:0546 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 7 01/2020 Series Graphic Annunciator Modules; LED/Switch Modules and 24 Point I/O Graphic Module Control Module Descriptions 24 Point I/O Graphic Module: 24 Points, selectable as either a switch input or a lamp/relay driver output Switch monitoring includes: unsupervised, supervision for opens, supervision for opens or shorts, and supervised monitoring of HOA (hand/off/auto) Switches can be momentary or maintained, 2 position or 3 position, maximum distance is 2500 ft (762 m), or 65 from the module Each LED/lamp/relay driver is rated at 150 mA @ 24 VDC per point, inrush is current limited for compatibility with incandescent bulbs (relays need to diode suppressed at the relay coil) maximum distance is 600 ft (183 m), or 2 from the module LED/lamp/relay driver outputs are supervised for open circuits and can be set as on continuous, or pulsed at a slow or fast rate Additional inputs are included for communicating a remote power supply trouble and for lamp testing, the module can also be configured to provide indication of communications loss 64/64 LED/Switch Controller Module: Support for up to 64 switches and 64 LEDs (switches are unsupervised) Includes 32 LED driver outputs on-board for direct LED connection Full capacity is achieved by using a A100-7403, 32 Point LED Driver Module, and two A100-7404, 32 Point Switch Modules Multiplexed LED drivers provide 40 mA peak, 5 mA average, 60 Hz rate, 12.5% duty cycle for direct LED drive and can be steady on, or slow or fast LEDs are supervised for open circuits, LED and switch module connections are supervised

Datasheet Fire Control Panels Series Remote InfoAlarm Command Center for the 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panel ULC, CSFM Listed, FM multi-line expanded content display interface for 4010ES Series fire alarm control units: Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers that mount in a dedicated 4010ES control units support Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers of host panel display type UL listed to Standard 864 Command Centers provide customized operating in System primary display choices include: First and Most First 5 and Most Recent, First 8, Site Plan with activity status General Alarm, or Direct to List; selectable individually by event System reports are easily viewed; logs can be read with minimal required Up to six per screen provide functions that vary with the screen information aiding operators to determine how to Up to two languages are available per system, easily selected by key press (systems with IMS/GCC/NPU or 2 x 40 LCD or annunciators require one language to be the default font) International models allow customized language legends for operator and status LEDs by point Information sent to Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers can be properties: 320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an active area of 4.53 in. x 3.4 in. H (115 mm x 86 mm) displaying up to 854 characters using ASCII character font Bright white LED backlighting provides efficient and long lasting operation is selectable as continuous or off with power fail with no key presses more information. The InfoAlarm Command Center an expanded content, multi-line LCD interface that requires key presses to access detailed information. Because it is its detailed information is provided without requiring supplementary equipment. Command Center Control Panel. By using a larger area instead of an individual text line display, the LCD provides text for Alarm, Priority 2, Supervisory, or Trouble. The format is and able to be customized per application allowing additional to be presented to suit the specific application. 1: Command Center in Remote Cabinet InfoAlarm Command Centers for 4010ES fire alarm systems a large display with extended information content, dual language including 2 byte character languages, and an intuitive control interface per the following: Up to 10 Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers are supported per control unit; able to allow one InfoAlarm Command Center take-control and to designate access levels for interfaces not LEDs can be programmed for in-control status indications Menu-driven format conveniently prompts operators for the next required Key controls are provided to select the highlighted entry, load next of information, or jump to top or bottom of activity lists Direct point callup displays individual points alphabetically and then in on the logical choice as more point information is entered A Site Plan bitmap can be displayed for reference; icons can be added indicate system status Up to 50 custom point detail messages can be generated Date formats are either MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY Time formats are either 24 hour or 12 hour with AM/PM System Normal screen supports a gray scale bitmap (watermark) for name, company logo, or site plan This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 8 03/2021 Series Remote InfoAlarm Command Center for the 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panel Interface Operation Reference Refer to International Display Details for international InfoAlarm user interface reference information. 2: Interface Operation Reference 2 Rev. 8 03/2021 Series Remote InfoAlarm Command Center for the 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panel Feature Reference 3:

Datasheet Fire Control Units Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories ULC, CSFM Listed, FM, NYC Fire Approved* refer to data sheet AC4100-0061 Electrically isolated output IDNet 2 (two loop) and IDNet 2+2 (four loop) with short circuit isolation output loops allowing use with shielded or unshielded, twisted or untwisted single pair wiring Fire Alarm Network Interfaces, DACTs, city connections, and up to five ports for printers and terminals IDNAC signalling line circuits (SLCs) for addressable appliance control Alarm relays, auxiliary relays, additional power supplies, IDC modules, expansion modules VESDA Air Aspiration Systems interface, ASHRAE BACnet Interface LED/switch modules and panel mount printers Emergency communications systems (ECS) equipment; 8 channel audio or 2 channel analog audio 8-point zone/relay module, each point is selectable as an IDC input or output. Class A IDCs require two points (one out and one return). rated for 2 A @ 30 VDC (resistive) and configurable as either open or normally closed. Compatible with Autocall remotely located 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders, to ten for each IDNet SLC information* UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke Control Service Releasing Device Service (SYZV), Emergency Communication Relocation Equipment (UOQY) UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units – Burglar (APOU) UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX), Emergency Alarm Control Units (FSZI) UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM) CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (UOJZ7), Releasing Service (SYZV7) CAN/ULC-S559 Central Station Fire Alarm System Units (DAYR7) ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (APOU7) ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL7) Feature Summary provides dual configuration programs Two programs allow for optimal system protection and commissioning with one active program and one reserve Downtime is reduced because the system stays running during based programmer features Convenient front panel accessed Ethernet port for quick and easy of site-specific programming Modifications can be uploaded as well as downloaded for greater flexibility Firmware enhancements are made through software downloads to the flash memory interface features TrueAlarm individual analog sensing with front panel information and access “Dirty” TrueAlarm sensor maintenance alerts, service and status including “almost dirty” 1: 4100ES Cabinets are with one, two, or three bays Controller (top) bay: Models available with Color ES Touch Screen Display (shown in Figure Monochrome 2 line x 40 Character Display, or Monochrome Display 32-Bit Master Controller with color-coded operator interface including switches for high-confidence feedback Dual configuration program CPU, convenient service port access, and for up to 3000 addressable points CPU assembly includes 2 GB dedicated compact flash memory for on- system programming and information storage ES Power Supply (ES-PS) and charger with onboard alarm relay, auxiliary power output and provisions for one 4 in. 10 in. or two 4 in. x 5 in. compatible option cards such as IDNet2 device interface, Conventional NAC or Addressable SLC modules; refer to 579-1288AC installation instructions for details compatibility: with Autocall ES Net Fire Alarm Network addressable interfaces include: 250 point addressable IDNet 2 SLC channel with electrically isolated short circuit isolating loops that supports TrueAlarm analog and IDNet communications monitoring and control devices Remote annunciator module support through RUI+ (remote unit communications port modules include: Building Network Interface Module (BNIC) for Ethernet connectivity TrueAlarm magnet test indication appears as distinct “test abnormal” This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Approved* Fire Control Panels Addressable Fire Detection and Control Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications voice/alarm communications provide: Alarm/evacuation signal generation with multiple built-in tones Standard or customized digital message storage and message Automatic or manual operation Mass Notification operation channels are available: Analog audio systems provide dual channel operation Digital audio systems provide up to eight channels over a single wire features: Up to five supervised remote microphone inputs Spoken voice coding from the digital message player Multiple digitally recorded human voice messages Spoken WALKTEST system testing Separate evacuation, drill, and optional “All Clear” voice messages and Ready-to-talk microphone indicator on front panel audio control Local panel speaker for tone/message broadcast verification MINIPLEX Voice Transponders are available for distributed audio are available with analog or digital input: Flex-35 (35 W) and Flex-50 (50 W) amplifiers provide a dual channel with configurable operation modes 100 W primary and backup, single channel amplifiers include a built-in supply Amplifiers are available for 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS output with on- power-limited NACs (only one voltage choice per system) Built-in Temporal Pattern horn tone provides default backup signal Optional modules provide power-limited NAC expansion, convert B NACs to Class A operation, and provide Constant Supervision for Non-Alarm Audio (NAA) applications (NAA requires hardware, and software revision 11.08 or higher) telephone systems: Master telephone can simultaneously talk with up to 6 remote and can be connected as an audio input for broadcast Ring signal on remote firefighter telephone indicates that a call request initiated and a hold signal indicates that a connected line has been Telephone circuits are supervised for open and short circuits, too many connected, and the master telephone is supervised for integrity Degraded mode allows remote telephones to remain connected to other in the event of a communications loss 1: 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel with Touch Screen Display and Voice Options information* UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke Control Service Releasing Device Service (SYZV), Emergency Communication Relocation Equipment (UOQY) UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units – Burglar (APOU) UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX), Emergency Alarm Control Units (FSZI) UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM) CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (UOJZ7), Releasing Service (SYZV7) CAN/ULC-S559 Central Station Fire Alarm System Units (DAYR7) ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (APOU7) ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL7) Audio Systems Audio Systems provide voice communication, alarm tones, and/ digitally prerecorded voice messages to alert occupants of fire or emergency situations. Evacuation signaling may be automatically via alarm initiated event programs or by firefighting personnel the operator controls. Controller Module Description Audio Controller Module provides digitized alarm tones and recorded voice messages and message construction, and both microphone inputs and other auxiliary inputs connected the optional Auxiliary Audio Input Module. Tones and voice messages digitally recorded and stored in the audio control module message Rev. 5 07/2021 This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Addressable Fire Detection and Control Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment Slow Whoop, a slowly ascending tone

A100-3109 IDNet 2, A100-3110 IDNet 2+2 and A100-3111 IDNet Loop card Installation Instructions warnings, and regulatory information AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Follow the instructions in this installation manual. These instructions must be followed to avoid damage to product and associated equipment. Product operation and reliability depend upon proper installation. NOT INSTALL ANY AUTOCALL PRODUCT THAT APPEARS DAMAGED Upon unpacking your Autocall product, inspect the of the carton for shipping damage. If damage is apparent, immediately file a claim with the carrier and notify an authorized product supplier. HAZARD Disconnect electrical field power when making any internal adjustments or repairs. All repairs should be by a representative or an authorized agent of your local Autocall product supplier. HAZARD Static electricity can damage components. Handle as follows: Ground yourself before opening or installing components. Prior to installation, keep components wrapped in anti-static material at all times. SAFETY HAZARD Under certain fiber optic application conditions, the optical output of this device may exceed eye safety limits. Do use magnification (such as a microscope or other focusing equipment) when viewing the output of this device. ACID WARNING Battery contains sulfuric acid, which can cause severe burns to the skin and eyes and can destroy fabric. any leaking or damaged battery while wearing appropriate protective gear. If you come in contact with sulfuric acid, immediately skin or eyes with water for 15 minutes and seek immediate medical attention. RULES AND REGULATIONS PART 15 This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. REACCPTANCE TEST AFTER SOFTWARE CHANGES To ensure proper system operation, this product must be tested in accordance with after any programming operation or change in site-specific software. Reacceptance testing is required after any change, addition or deletion system components, or after any modification, repair or adjustment to system hardware or wiring. All components, circuits, system operations, or functions known to be affected by a change must be 100% tested. In addition, to ensure that other operations are not inadvertently affected, least 10% of initiating devices that are not directly affected by the change, up to a maximum of 50 devices, must also be tested and proper system verified. 72 is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association. IDNet 2* card provides the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) with one IDNet Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) (or channel) and with up to isolated loop outputs. This card is used with compatible** IDNet devices and allows the system CPU to communicate with to 250 initiating devices, such as smoke sensors and pull stations. IDNet communications provide overall operation improvement, isolated output loops allow a short circuit on one loop to avoid the other loops. are two available configurations for the IDNet 2 card: A100-3109 IDNet 2 card: This is the basic configuration which the FACP with two Class B / DCLB (or Class A / DCLA or X / DCLC) loop outputs that are isolated from each other as A100-3110 IDNet 2+2 card: In this configuration, the A100-3109 2 card is fitted with two A100-3111 IDNet Loop cards and the FACP with four Class B / DCLB (or Class A / DCLA Class X / DCLC) isolated IDNet loops. Two isolated loops are by the card and one isolated loop is added per IDNet card. Unless specified otherwise, the term 2 is used in this manual to both the IDNet 2 and the IDNet 2+2 cards. The A100-3111 IDNet Loop daughter card can be purchased separately and placed on a pre-installed IDNet 2 card that is not EPS-mounted. once it is added to the IDNet card, the compatibility and programming requirements will become the same as with the IDNet 2+2 card. Verify FACP system programmer, executive, and slave software

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* ES Network (ES Net) Network Display Unit (NDU) Annunciator Panels with EPS Power Supplies for ES Display Unit (NDU) provides annunciation for up to network points The basic NDU is a special purpose master controller that includes an Net network interface card. An NDU with a voice command center (VCC) mounted in the same provides an additional separate network node within the cabinet for control of network level emergency voice/alarm equipment master controller equipment (top bay) Master controller assembly with operator interface 4100ES CPU with dual configuration programs, convenient service port and capacity for up to 12,000 points System power supply (SPS) and charger (9 A total) with on-board auxiliary output Operator interface that is conveniently color coded with raised providing high confidence feedback Available with InfoAlarm command center expanded content user (refer to data sheet AC4100-0101) Construction that is optimized for easy installation, upgrade, and Glass door (ordered separately) provides view of available operator visible behind locked door addressable interfaces include: Remote annunciator module support via RUI (remote unit interface) port field installed option modules include: DACT and city connection RS-232 ports for printers or maintenance terminals Alarm relays and expansion power supplies Battery brackets for seismic area protection. equipment (second expansion bay) VCC includes enhanced power supply (EPS) and battery charger (9 A with on-board IDNAC SLCs (signaling line circuit) for addressable control, electrically isolated IDNet 2 addressable device module with dual short circuit isolating output loops, and function auxiliary output For additional information concerning EPS power supplies and their features, and on IDNet 2 communications modules, refer 4100ES data sheet AC4100-0100 and refer to additional related data sheet list. Voice control options are similar to a networked fire alarm control with an extensive list of modules available for initiating, and user interface 4100ES NDU with VCC for ES Net is a network level annunciator and system/point controller with Network voice control equipment. provides alphanumeric annunciation for up to 12,000 Network points point lists and can be programmed to function as the network controller for Alarm Silence, Trouble Acknowledge, and System 1: one-line diagram showing an NDU with VCC information UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Releasing Device Service UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units – Burglar (APOU) UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX), Emergency Alarm Control Units (FSZI) UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM) CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (UOJZ7), Releasing Service (SYZV7) ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (APOU7) ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL7) Net Network Overview connected to other ES Net network nodes, individual fire alarm panels become components of a distributed intelligence system. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. See product for models that are UL listed. Rev. 5 01/2020 Network Display Unit (NDU) Annunciator Panels with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net with VCC internal module bay reference panel that directly connects to the network is called a network and is capable of performing individual supervision and control its locally connected devices but has the ability to inform the 4100ES (as well as other network control panels) of point status and panel This allows system information to reach the proper location appropriate system response. 4100ES NDUs (separately packa

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* ES Network (ES Net) Network Display Units with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net Display Unit (NDU) provides annunciation for up to ES Net network points: The basic NDU is a special purpose master controller that includes an Net network interface card. Combining a basic NDU with a Voice Command Center (VCC) provides additional separate Network node within the same cabinet for of Network level Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Controller (top) bay: Master controller assembly with operator interface Enhanced CPU with dual configuration programs, convenient service access, and capacity for up to 12,000 points System power supply (SPS) and charger (9 A total) with on-board auxiliary output Operator interface that is conveniently color coded with raised providing high confidence feedback Available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content user (refer to data sheet AC4100-0045) Construction that is optimized for easy installation, upgrade, and Glass door (ordered separately) provides view of available operator visible behind locked door addressable interfaces include: Remote annunciator module support via RUI (remote unit interface) port field installed option modules include: DACT and City Connection RS-232 ports for printers or maintenance terminals Alarm relays and expansion power supplies Battery brackets for seismic area protection NDU with VCC: Optional features are similar to a networked fire alarm control panel an extensive list of modules are available for; initiating, notification, user interface information UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Releasing Device Service UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units – Burglar (APOU) UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX), Emergency Alarm Control Units (FSZI) UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM) CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (UOJZ7), Releasing Service (SYZV7) ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (APOU7) ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL7) 1: Net Network One-Line Showing an NDU with VCC 4100ES Network Display Unit for ES Net is a network level and manual system/point controller. It provides annunciation for up to 12,000 Network points and/or lists and can be programmed to function as the network master for Alarm Silence, Trouble Acknowledge, and System Reset. Net Network Overview connected to other ES Net nodes, individual fire alarm control become components of a distributed intelligence system. Each that directly connects to the network is called a network “node” is capable of performing individual supervision and control on locally connected devices but has the ability to inform the 4100ES (as well as other network control panels) of point status and panel This allows system information to reach the proper location appropriate system response. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7165-2269:0542 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest See product specifications for models that are UL listed. Rev. 6 3/2020 Network Display Units with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net 4100ES NDUs (separately packaged) can be connected to a to duplicate common information at separate locations, or selected information by type such as troubles, alarms, control, etc. with VCC internal module bay reference module details (top bay) master controller & motherboard includes a controller, master controller motherboard, ES Net NIC, SPS power supply The master controller mounts in slot 4 of a two slot motherboard 3 and 4 of the master controller bay) and provides one RUI+ channel (Class B or Class A), available at slot 4. An ES network interface card is mounted in slot 3. The NDU bay RUI+ communications output (conf

Datasheet Fire Control Units Network Display Units with Voice Command Center and ES-PS Power Supplies for Net ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Approved* with ES Network (ES Net) Display Unit (NDU) provides annunciation for up to network points: The basic Network Display Unit (NDU) includes an ES Net network card and functions as a special purpose master controller to providing annunciation of up to 12,000 network points An NDU with a Voice Command Center (VCC) mounted in the same provides an additional separate Network node with the full of a 4100ES fire alarm control unit including the ability to as the Network Voice Command Center master controller equipment (top bay): Master controller assembly with operator interface CPU with dual configuration programs, convenient service port access, capacity for up to 12,000 points ES power supply (ES-PS) and charger (9.5 A total, 12.7 A when using fan module A100-5131) with on-board alarm relay and auxiliary power output Models available with Color ES Touch Screen Display, Monochrome 2 x 40 Character Display, or Monochrome InfoAlarm Display Construction that is optimized for easy installation, upgrade, and Glass door (ordered separately) provides view of available operator visible behind locked door addressable interfaces include: Remote annunciator module support via RUI (remote unit interface) port option modules include: DACT and City Connection RS-232 ports for printers or maintenance terminals Alarm relays and expansion power supplies Remote Unit Interface 24 Point I/O BACpac Ethernet Interface Master Clock Interface equipment (second expansion bay) VCC includes ES Power Supply (ES-PS) and battery charger (9.5 A up to 12.7A when using optional fan module A100-5131) with function auxiliary power output For additional information on supported 4100ES basic panel features specifications refer to data sheet AC4100-1031 Voice control options are similar to a networked fire alarm control unit an extensive list of modules available for initiating, notification, user interface; refer to data sheet AC4100-1034 for details 1: Network one-line diagram showing an NDU with VCC information*: UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke Control Service Releasing Device Service (SYZV), Emergency Communication Relocation Equipment (UOQY) UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units – Burglar (APOU) UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX), Emergency Alarm Control Units (FSZI) UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM) CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (UOJZ7), Releasing Service (SYZV7) CAN/ULC-S559 Central Station Fire Alarm System Units (DAYR7) ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (APOU7) ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL7) Feature Summary: Selectable service override allows authorized operators to clear alarm This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. AC4100-1077 Rev. 7 11/2021 Network Display Units with Voice Command Center and ES-PS Power Supplies for ES Net during system reset even if status has gone to trouble reset occurred Duplicate address error detection Convenient PC programming using a Microsoft Windows user interface program 4100ES NDU with VCC for ES Net is a network level annunciator manual system/point controller with optional network voice control It provides alphanumeric annunciation for up to 12,000 points and/or point lists and can be programmed to function as network master controller for Alarm Silence, Trouble

Datasheet Fire Alarm Systems Redundant CPU Fire Alarm Control Units ULC, and CSFM Listed; FM NYC Fire Dept* Redundant CPU Controller Card switches system operation to a back- CPU and Power Converter board in the event of CPU or Power failure. This is achieved through the use of two CPU bays, a and a secondary. A primary CPU bay contains the primary CPU the additional controller cards necessary to switch to a secondary if a trouble occurs. The primary system power supply (SPS) is in the primary CPU bay. secondary CPU bay contains the secondary CPU and a secondary Figure 3 shows a typical layout of the components within a CPU Fire Alarm Control Unit cabinet. A100-9121 model includes two additional redundant 2 x 40 user assemblies; one primary and one backup. The A100-9122 A100-9222 models include a single InfoAlarm large screen display interface; redundancy is provided for the CPU and Power Supply 2: Redundant CPU 2 x 40 Display with Three-Bay Cabinet CPU Features for hot standby redundant CPU provides redundancy and automatic backup in case of main CPU or power supply failure. If there is a failure in the CPU or system power supply, all communications and power for control unit operation automatically switch to the redundant CPU power supply. redundant power supply dedicated system power supply (SPS) powers the the redundant CPU. two-bay assembly primary CPU and power supply and the backup CPU and power both require a separate bay of space in the control unit. with standard 2×40 user interface or InfoAlarm user 1: Redundant CPU InfoAlarm with Three-Bay Cabinet Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 1 06/2021 Redundant CPU Fire Alarm Control Units Information UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke Control Service (UUKL), Releasing Device Service (SYZV) UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units – Burglar (APOU) UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX), Emergency Alarm System Control Units (FSZI) UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM) CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (UOJZ7), Releasing Device Service (SYZV7) ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (APOU7) ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL7) Diagram 3: Primary and Secondary Bay reference diagram CPU Product Selection CPU with 2×40 Display and English Keys CPU with Display and Raised Keys CPU with Display, Flat Keys Slide in Labels for Key Descriptions to VAC, Hz 1: 4100ES Redundant CPU Fire Alarm Control Units mA mA mA mA VAC, Hz CPU Fire Alarm Control Unit with two 2×40 operator interfaces, two CPU cards and two 9 A SPS supplies in a two bay assembly, one of each for and backup. Active SPS battery charger in Bay only. External RUI connections require A100-1291 RUI modules. CPU Fire Alarm Control Unit with one user interface, two CPU cards, and two 9 A power supplies in a two bay assembly. Active SPS charger in Bay 1 only. External RUI connections A100-1291 RUI expansion modules. ULC, CSFM, Fire ULC, CSFM, Fire FM, NYC Dept Do not use circuit connections on primary and secondary SPS power supplies. Not compatible with ES Net network panels. 2 Rev. 1 06/2021 Redundant CPU Fire Alarm Control Units 2: InfoAlarm Command Center Memory Option, may be required to be ordered separately, refer to description details Memory Expansion Module; included with NDU systems; required for all InfoAlarm Command Centers connected to a unit if are using 2 byte character fonts; 6 Meg module mounts on rear of display board 3: Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Control Assembly with Cabinet for Surface Mounting Number/Cabinet Color and FM InfoAlarm Command Center with cabinet; for surface mounting; mounting box and door assembly with glass insert; u

UL, ULC , CSFM Listed, NYC Fire Approved* Fire Control Panels with IDNAC Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and providing dual short circuit isolating output loops MINIPLEX Transponder and remote LCD and LED annunciator support RUI+ (isolated or un-isolated) communications port (see Standard Bay Module Details) power supplies (EPS) provide enhanced power delivery SLCs to addressable notification appliances With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained alarm, even during battery operation, allowing strobes to at higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent draw and voltage drop margin under both primary power and battery standby Efficiencies include lower strobe currents, wiring distances up to 2 to times farther than with conventional notification, support for more per IDNAC SLC, and the ability to use smaller gauge wiring providing installation and maintenance savings with high assurance appliances that operate during normal system testing will also during worst case alarm conditions IDNAC SLCs are compatible with both TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert notification appliances, and remote 4009 IDNAC to extend power and wiring distance even farther modules and connections Fire Alarm Network Interfaces, city connections, and up to five (5) ports for printers and terminals Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) for Ethernet connectivity Side mounted DACT assembly requiring minimal panel space; DACT is with IP Communicators Emergency communications systems (ECS) equipment; 8 channel audio or 2 channel analog audio Additional IDNet 2 communications SLCs, IDNet 2+2 Modules with short circuit isolating output loops; additional power supplies, relays, and auxiliary relays LED/switch modules and panel mount printers; VESDA Air Aspiration interface, ASHRAE BACnet Interface, TCP/IP Bridges Battery brackets for seismic area protection 4100ES compatible legacy interface modules, including control of (non-addressable) NACS 8-point zone/relay module, each point is selectable as an IDC input or output. Class A IDCs require 2 points (one out and one return). rated for 2 A @ 30 VDC (resistive). Configurable as normally or closed. Listings reference: UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Releasing Device Service UL 1076. Proprietary Alarm Units – Burglar (APOU) UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX), Emergency Alarm Control Units (FSZI) UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM) Feature Summary provides dual configuration programs Two programs allow for optimal system protection and commissioning with one active program and one reserve; downtime is because the system stays running during download 1: cabinets are available with two or three bays (2 bay cabinet shown) with Autocall ES Net Fire Alarm Networks Controller (top) bay standard equipment 32-Bit Master Controller with color-coded operator interface and switches for high confidence feedback Dual configuration program CPU, convenient service port access, and for up to 2500 addressable points CPU assembly includes 2 GB dedicated compact flash memory for on- system programming and information storage An Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) and battery charger (9 A output) on-board: IDNAC SLCs (signaling line circuit) for addressable control, an IDNet 2 Module for addressable device control; programmable function auxiliary output Also available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content user (see data sheet AC4100-0045 ) addressable device interfaces include: 250 point addressable device IDNet 2 SLC that supports TrueAlarm sensors and IDNet communications monitoring and control with an electrically isolated output channel allowing use with shielded or unshielded, twisted or untwisted single pair wiring; This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7120-2269:0546, 7272-2269:0537 and 7165-2269:0542 for allowable values and/or conditions

Datasheet Accessories Compatible External Battery Cabinet with Charger, 4100 Series ULC, CSFM Listed, FM battery cabinet with charger for use with Autocall model and 4010ES addressable fire alarm control panels: For mounting and charging of sealed lead-acid batteries up to 110 Ah ordered separately Enclosure is a surface mounted red cabinet that mounts close-nippled the control panel cabinet, (within 20 ft [6 m] and connected with Models are available for operation at 120 VAC or 220/230/240 VAC charger details: Charger provides dual rate operation with temperature compensation dynamic battery testing to detect for low voltage or missing battery Battery voltage, charger voltage and current, and charger status are all to the control panel and available for display Earth fault detection and depleted battery cutout are selectable UL listed to Standard 864 ULC listed to Standard S527 4100ES, and 4010ES fire alarm control panels Use mounted within their enclosures. For system applications additional battery backup, these battery cabinets with battery accommodate batteries up to 110 Ah. and control The control panel indicates status conditioned required. battery cutout. For ULC listed systems, the low battery cutout disconnects the batteries when they reach low voltage cutoff. selection 1: External battery cabinet with charger VAC Input input, multi- Compatible Battery Cabinet with for batteries up to 110 Ah 2: Battery reference (ordered separately) per Ah Sealed Battery 12 VDC 1: 4100ES/4010ES battery cabinet with charger 2: batteries, two required 24 V system (exact appearance may vary) reference 3: Additional reference Instructions Reference Battery Data Cabinet without charger for to 110 Ah Batteries This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 7 07/2021 Compatible External Battery Cabinet with Charger, 4100 Series and charger specifications Type Type and Capacity Output Voltage Standby Current Requirement Output Protection VAC Input Models VAC Input Models Range Range Connections from Control Panel Hardware and Cables 4: General specifications rate, temperature compensated, for batteries 55 Ah to 110 Ah. Recharges batteries within 48 hours per UL Standard 864, and to 70% capacity in 12 per ULC Standard S527 lead-acid. Batteries are ordered separately VDC nominal mA A fast acting fuse. Charger is reverse polarity protected 5: Input power requirements to 132 VAC, 60 Hz A maximum to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, (separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC) A maximum 6: Environmental and mechanical Input Output to 122 (0 C to 50 C) to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 100.4 F (38 C) maximum block for 14 to 12 AWG block for 14 to 6 AWG wire, 5 terminals each for (+) and ( ft (6 m) maximum, in conduit and cables to connect to 2081-9279, 110 Ah batteries; communications harness, ft long (6 m); battery connection harness to power distribution module (PDM) wire equivalents: 14 AWG = 2.08 mm2; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm; 6 AWG = 13.3 mm2 Battery specifications Voltage 7: Battery specifications Ah (rating at 20 hour discharge rate) V per battery, 2 required for 24 V system current terminal posts in. W x 9 in. H x 10-1/2 in. D (284 mm x 230 mm x 267 mm) lbs (37 kg) 2 R

5 Things You Need to Know About 2019 Edition of NFPA 72 2019 edition of NFPA 72 is here. Are you ready for it? been three years since the National Fire Protection (NFPA) published the most recent edition of wide-ranging standard that spans application, location, performance, inspection, testing, and of fire alarm systems, fire warning equipment emergency warning equipment, and their components. then, thousands of volunteers have contributed ideas recommendations, the technical committee has debated changes, and the final text has been proposed. A vote held in June of 2018 and the 2019 edition was officially in September 2018. you an architect, engineer, contractor, or building NFPA 72 matters. It will have an impact on you design, test, install, and maintain life-safety systems the future. 2019 update is a significant one; there are nearly 200 in the document, ranging from minor edits of to major new processes. even if your jurisdiction will not immediately adopt the edition of NFPA 72, it important to know what on way. will enable you to plan for the future and gain insight how technologies like the Internet of Things (IoT) are life-safety and building systems. are five things you need to know about the 2019 edition NFPA 72: MAJOR CHANGES ARE COMING TO CARBON DETECTION. carbon monoxide detection was covered by a standard, NFPA 720. This became an issue because 720 and NFPA 72 were not in sync with each other, unnecessary complication. Now, as of 2019, all monoxide information is being incorporated into 72.This means that, when a local building code carbon monoxide detection in a facility, your bet is to turn to NFPA 72 for direction on how best comply. NFPA 72 will give you explicit direction on the and location of carbon monoxide detectors to satisfy code requirements and design an optimal system. My is that you begin familiarizing yourself these specifications so you can start to work them into designs. THERE ARE NEW MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM HEIGHTS FOR FIRE ALARM CONTROL may seem odd that these specifications have never been of NFPA 72, but now they are. Control units now need to installed between 1.5 feet and 5.5 feet above the finished This may affect how you design and engineer systems. represents an important advance in smart building and the integration of building and life-safety As IoT expands into life-safety, the pace of change accelerating. will need to develop expertise on how best to take of the opportunities it presents, so it smart to on top of these developments. than waiting, I suggest you begin making these part of your designs even if your jurisdiction is an or two behind the 2019 version. ELEVATOR RECALL AND EVACUATION ARE GETTING SPECIFIC. buildings become smarter, they create new opportunities use elevators for evacuation in emergencies. The NFPA 72 for them is Occupant Evacuation Elevators (OEE). The now provides full codification of requirements and on everything from how to shut down elevators signage requirements, to hardening and smoke detector for OEEs. availability of OEEs represents a major step forward in ability to support safe evacuations. As you design and new buildings, start thinking about how best to OEEs to help save more lives. CLASS N PATHWAYS CONTINUE TO MAKE 2016 edition of NFPA 72 created a new circuit called Class N pathways. These pathways permit use of non-life-safety networks and Ethernet when life-safety systems. Class N pathways opened a whole new world of opportunity and flexibility for who design and build fire alarm systems. Now, the 2019 edition of NFPA 72, more guidance is being on how life-safety and other building systems can pathways. YOU ARE KEY TO THE PROCESS. NFPA has made the process of updating NFPA 72 open, and inclusive and the organization values opinion. Don sit on the sidelines. Your knowledge, and feedback will help ensure that life-safety standards to improve in a way that makes sense for everyone. do you begin? If you new to NFPA 72, read

Datasheet LED Notification Appliance Accessories Series LED Appliance Cover Selection Reference Approved* (A/O) Mount Addressable Horns AC59AO-0001 1: Horn (A/O) Red White only / FIRE (V/O) Mount Multi-Candela Strobes AC59VO-0001 2: Strobe (V/O) only White Red White White (A/V) Mount Multi-Candela Horn/LED Strobe AC59AV-0001 3: Audible/Visible (A/V) only White White These appliance covers are for use with Autocall listed/approved audible, visible, or combination audible/visible TrueAlert ES notification They are available to be selected as part of a configured appliance order, or to change application type or color on-site, or for direct cover White lettering is used on red covers and red lettering is used on white covers. Further agency listings and approvals are not applicable. Rev. 3 04/2021 V/O Mount, Visible Only, Audible/Visible AC59WP-0001 4: Weatherproof V/O only Red White Red White Red White Red White A/V Mount, Visible Only, Audible/Visible AC59WP-0001 5: Weatherproof A/V only Red White White Red White Red White A59AVC-WWSO A/O Mount, Visible Only, Audible/Visible AC59WP-0001 6: Weatherproof A/O only 2021 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. Additional listings may be contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 3 04/2021

TrueAlert LED Notification Appliance Accessories Series LED Appliance Cover Selection Reference Approved* (A/O) (datasheet AC59AO-0001) 1: Horn (A/O) (data sheet AC59AO-0001) only (V/O) (datasheet AC59VO-0001) 2: Strobe (V/O) (data sheet AC59VO-0001) only (A/V) (data sheet AC59AV-0001) 3: Audible/Visible (A/V) (data sheet AC59AV-0001) only These appliance covers are for use with Autocall listed/approved audible, visible, or combination audible/visible TrueAlert ES notification appli- They are available to be selected as part of a configured appliance order, or to change application type or color on-site, or for direct cover White lettering is used on red covers and red lettering is used on white covers. Further agency listings and approvals are not applicable. Rev. 2 12/2019 V/O (data sheet AC59WP-0001) 4: Weatherproof V/O (data sheet AC59WP-0001) A59VOC-WWFO only A/V (data sheet AC59WP-0001) 5: Weatherproof A/V (data sheet AC59WP-0001) A/O (data sheet AC59WP-0001) only 6: Weatherproof A/O (data sheet AC59WP-0001) only 2019 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 2 12/2019

6 Tips for Easier Fire System Management Barnes has worked on fire alarm and life safety for nearly a quarter-century as a design engineer, engineer and hands-on technician. He performed testing and inspecting everywhere from South to Afghanistan. Today, he a Senior Fire Alarm Security Design Specialist and NICET-certified Senior Technician (SET) at Jacobs, a multi-billion-dollar professional services firm. major part of Barnes fire alarm management knowledge gained during his two years in Afghanistan where he an installation and service operation at Bagram Air Upon arrival, he discovered that fire alarm systems not been maintained properly for some time whether was missing heads or pillows duct-taped around horn because no one knew how to reset the alarms. The made Jeff Barnes realize that anyone managing fire alarm system could benefit from a little timely advice. are his top six recommendations: #1: UNDERSTAND THE VALUE BUILT INTO SYSTEM fire alarm control units are intelligent devices with a wealth of features and capabilities that can your job easier. Many of them can be programmed to testing automatically and automatically document results. Control units can send you emails to inform you system troubles, supervisory, and alarms. It important take the time to understand the capabilities of your fire control unit. Be proactive don wait until something wrong. What you learn will save you time, resources, headaches. #2: TALK TO A DESIGN ENGINEER BEFORE EXPAND YOUR SYSTEM you adding onto or reconfiguring your facility, you will to expand your system. But before you do, first talk to fire alarm design engineer. design engineer can steer you away from adding onto a that may become obsolete. You can avoid installing that cause maintenance problems; for example, a smoke detector on a vaulted ceiling, which would scaffolding to maintain. Your design engineer also about specialized products that are available to handle environments or situations and new products that additional value. If you experiencing problems with system, don be afraid to ask the design engineer for You get a solution you can live with for years and save thousands of dollars. #3: KEEP TRACK OF YOUR DOCUMENTATION taking a road trip without an up-to-date map or GPS. That what design engineers and system face too often when they are called upon to work an unfamiliar system. The reason? Too often, as-built are lost or misfiled. as-builts are the design engineer CAD/PDF drawings the fire alarm system configuration, updated with the installer notes and additions. As such, they provide information for anyone working to service or the system. Without the drawings, it hard to add the existing system and makes things harder to find hours of wasted time and creating opportunities unnecessary costs. For example, without an as-built set, a design engineer expanding a system has no of knowing how much power capacity is available. This lead the engineer to specify an unnecessary and costly panel or amplifier just to be sure. other cases, as-built document sets are not updated new work is done so the person who called to or update the system would not be working from most current version of the system layout. line? Keep all as-built document set drawings in a location and have them updated in their native file whenever the system has been modified. It will save time and expense. And while you at it, keep all of manufacturer specifications, instructions, and cut and store them where you can find them. #4: READ YOUR MAINTENANCE MANUAL fire alarm systems require regular maintenance to ensure protection and avoid annoying nuisance alarms. the maintenance requirements are contained in the code book (and available for free viewing via the there are specific instructions on when to perform that on your fire alarm system. can avoid many future problems if you adhere to the requirements and perform them correctly at intervals. Can

A010-9915 BACpac Ethernet Installation Instructions warnings, and regulatory information AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Follow the instructions in this installation manual. These instructions must be followed to avoid damage to product and associated equipment. Product operation and reliability depend upon proper installation. NOT INSTALL ANY AUTOCALL PRODUCT THAT APPEARS DAMAGED Upon unpacking your Autocall product, inspect the of the carton for shipping damage. If damage is apparent, immediately file a claim with the carrier and notify an authorized product supplier. HAZARD Disconnect electrical field power when making any internal adjustments or repairs. All repairs should be by a representative or an authorized agent of your local Autocall product supplier. HAZARD Static electricity can damage components. Handle as follows: Ground yourself before opening or installing components. Prior to installation, keep components wrapped in anti-static material at all times. RULES AND REGULATIONS PART 15. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. Information About the BACpac Ethernet Module Autocall Model A010-9915 BACpac Ethernet Modules are microprocessor-based communication devices that provides seamless, one-way between a 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Unit (FACU) and the industry-standard Building Automation and Control Network (BACnet). The acts as a protocol translator between the Autocall 4100 Computer Port Protocol and the industry-standard BACnet Protocol. When the BACpac Module receives system status messages from the FACU, it translates the messages into BACnet Protocol and communicates the information other BACnet devices. BACpac can be used with either a stand-alone FACU or a ES Net Network of up to 1500 points. See Figure 1. Ethernet Module number of points Points basic BACpac Ethernet Module assembly consists of two modules that consist of: electronics of the BACpac Ethernet Module 1: BACpac Ethernet Module Location with the Control Unit Rev. D a suppressor through which the LAN interface must be connected BACpac Ethernet module installs in a 4 x 5 card block. Each BACpac Ethernet module contains a ProtoCessor module mounted onto a module which is plugged into a LAN suppressor. See Figure 2 for details. BACpac Ethernet Installation Instructions Documentation Field Wiring Diagram Interconnect Diagram Limitation Temperature Range 2: BACpac Ethernet Module 1: Related Documentation Number 2: Power Requirements VDC Nominal mA maximum 3: Environmental Limitations to 120 F (0 to 49 C) to 95% RH (relative humidity) from 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C), non- Interface terminals (TXD, RTX, GND) of 6 terminal strip Indicators RS-232 Signal LEDs are each labeled and correspond to the respective data signals. The available signal types are: TXD, RTX, and 5V. See Figure 3. 2 Rev. D BACpac Ethernet Installation Instructions 3: Protocarrier and ProtoCessor Status LEDs for MODBUS-RTU of line termination switch connector – default or initial password printed on top to FACU SPL RUN ERR RXD TXD PWR bank – protocol or config bank – baud rate bank – node ID or MAC address 3 Rev. D BACpac Ethernet Installation Instructions ERR ERR Err Offline

Datasheet Control Panels Dual Port RS-232 Module additional information, refer to Installation and Operating 574-913AC. ULC, CSFM Listed, FM description Dual RS-232 port module with port B dedicated for master clock/ time interface RS-232 port A is available for connection to printers, terminals, or compatible peripherals Includes a 4.5 ft (1.4 m) connection cable with DB-25, RS-232 Motherboard/daughter card format requires a single slot and mounts an expansion bay 1: Port RS-232 Module This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 6 03/2021 Dual Port RS-232 Module Current Current Temperature Range Range Provided 1: Specifications mA @ 24 VDC mA @ 24 VDC to 120 (0 to 49 to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90 (32 slot motherboard/daughter card plugs and terminal blocks 2021 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 6 03/2021

A2084 FireFighter Cabinet Phone Assembly Installation Instructions Warnings, and Regulatory Information AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Follow the instructions in this installation manual. These instructions must be followed to avoid damage to product and associated equipment. Product operation and reliability depend upon proper installation. NOT INSTALL ANY AUTOCALL PRODUCT THAT APPEARS DAMAGED Upon unpacking your Autocall product, inspect the of the carton for shipping damage. If damage is apparent, immediately file a claim with the carrier and notify an authorized product supplier. HAZARD Disconnect electrical field power when making any internal adjustments or repairs. All repairs should be by a representative or an authorized agent of your local Autocall product supplier. HAZARD Static electricity can damage components. Handle as follows: Ground yourself before opening or installing components. Prior to installation, keep components wrapped in anti-static material at all times. FREQUENCY ENERGY This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct interference at his own expense. REACCEPTANCE TEST AFTER SOFTWARE CHANGES – To ensure proper system operation, this product must be tested in with NFPA 72 after any programming operation or change in site-specific software. Reacceptance testing is required after change, addition or deletion of system components, or after any modification, repair or adjustment to system hardware or wiring. components, circuits, system operations, or software functions known to be affected by a change must be 100% tested. In addition, ensure that other operations are not inadvertently affected, at least 10% of initiating devices that are not directly affected by the up to a maximum of 50 devices, must also be tested and proper system operation verified. document describes the installation of the A2084 series Firefighter phone assembly models (A2084-9001, A2084-9002, A2084-9003, A2084-9006, A2084-9008, A2084-9009, A2084-9014, A2084-9018, A2084-9021, A2084-9022, A2084-9024) into the phone back box (A2975-9053 separately). It is assumed that the phone back box is already installed. Refer to publication Fire Fighter Phone System Installation Instructions for wiring and operation of the Firefighter phone systems. Rev. E Installing the A2084 Phone Assembly A2975-9053 1: Installing the A2084 Phone Assembly Place the A2084 Phone Assembly into the back box as shown. Align the four holes on the mounting plate of the phone assembly with the threaded holes on the back box. the mounting plate to the cabinet using #8 lockwashers and 8-32 x 1/4 screws. Installing the Door Assembly 2: Installing the Door Assembly Place the door assembly over the box. Open the door and locate the studs. Place the lockwasher (supplied) over the stud so that it overlaps the box and secure it with the wing-nut (supplied). Do not fully tighten. When all four are in place, center the door as required and tighten the wing-nuts securely. 2021 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Alarm Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. E

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Accessories Series End-of-Line Voltage Monitor Relays, Plate Mounted, 24 VDC or 120 VAC Rating Box 1: Common Specifications A resistive @ 24 VDC/120VAC Gang, 2 in. (51 mm) minimum depth coded wire leads, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2 ) 2: A2098-9735, 24 VDC Nominal Operation Voltage Voltage Current VDC to 31 VDC = 5 VDC, must dropout at 3 VDC mA maximum @ 31 VDC Voltage Monitor Relay provides isolated monitoring operating voltage: For use with 4-wire detectors and similar fire alarm system products Model A2098-9735 operates at 24 VDC Relay contact provides continuity to end-of-line supervision while loss of power opens supervisory path causing a trouble at the monitoring panel UL listed to Standard 864 steel cover plate allows convenient mounting for easy Mounts in single gang box, 2 in. (51 mm) deep Easy to locate for convenient access end-of-line relays provide zone voltage monitoring mounted a single gang plate for easy access. Upon loss of voltage, the relay opens, breaking continuity to the end-of-line zone wiring resistor. to data sheet AC4081-0003 for A4081 Series End-of-line Resistor 1: Relay Cover Plate This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-2269:0550 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 5 1/2020 Reference Series End-of-Line Voltage Monitor Relays, Plate Mounted, 24 VDC or 120 VAC shown is A2098-9735. 2: Reference 2020 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 5 1/2020

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* use as Class B end-of-line resistor: Connect these resistor harnesses where end-of-line resistors are at remote locations to monitor wiring continuity Refer to specific circuit specifications for end-of-line resistor Listed to Standard 864 Selection 1: Product Selection 5% tolerance except as noted. k 1/2 W k 1 W k 1/2 W k 1/2 W k 1/2 W 1 W k 1 W k 1/2 W k 1 W 1/2 W k 1/2 W k 1/2 W, 1% k 1/2 W k 1 W k 1 W Accessories Series End-of-Line Resistor Harnesses 1: A4081 Series Resistor Harness (full size except for lead length) This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-2269:0574 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 2 01/2020 Series End-of-Line Resistor Harnesses Length Length Size Attachment 2: Specifications 9-1/2″ (241 mm) (178 mm) 1″ (25 mm) AWG (0.82 mm2) V, black 0.5″ (13 mm); tinned leads are crimped to wires and covered with heat shrink tubing 2020 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 2 01/2020

UL Listed* Technology Addressable Devices Loop Powered Multiple I/O Module with Three Inputs and Two Outputs Technology addressable multiple input/output module MX loop powered, separate voltage is not required Three supervised Class B independent inputs for monitoring either or N.C. contacts You can select inputs as Style B for multiple input contacts (short is an input, open is a trouble) or as Style C for a single current limited (short or open is a trouble) Outputs are two separate Form C (dry/volt-free) latching relay contacts 2 A @ 24 VDC Monitors relays for a stuck condition causing a relay fault Individually monitors and controls inputs and outputs through system You can easily program the address with the 801AP Programming Tool Status LED illuminates when any of the three inputs is active; in the state, the LED blinks to indicate polling from the MX Control You can select blink on poll when programming the control Mounts in D800 IP55 housing; using this cover, you can view the status LED UL listed to Standard 864 device: You can program five sub-points for this module: three sub-points for and two sub-points for outputs. Use with the Autocall 4100ES and 4010ES fire alarm control units with an MX Loop Module Refer to data sheet AC4100-0059 for MX Loop Module details This module is compatible with DIN-Rail mounting (not UL listed). 1: Multiple I/O Module 2: Multiple I/O Module a D800 housing, without a cover Multiple I/O Modules Multiple I/O Modules use MX Technology to provide an input/output module with flexible monitoring of three and control of two outputs to satisfy a variety of applications. are individually addressable and communicate with an MX Module in the host fire alarm control unit. include monitoring fire contacts such as extinguishing control, ventilation control, and fire door control. Inputs are and the Form C output contacts are dry/volt-free suitable a variety of applications. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 1 10/2020 Loop Powered Multiple I/O Module with Three Inputs and Two Outputs mm H x 110 mm W x 18 mm D 27/32 in. x 4 11/32 in. x 23/32 in.) mm H x 140 mm W x 70 mm D 3/4 in. x 5 1/2 in. x 2 3/4 in.) Selection 1: Product selection I/O Module; three Class B inputs and two Form C relay outputs Ancillary housing; IP55 rated; provides viewing port for status LED Mounting Kit (not UL listed) 2: Accessories MX Service Tool Ancillary Program Lead (spare) Service Tool Accessory Kit of 10 spare pins for ancillary programming lead Loop current contact ratings resistance to monitored mA in standby mA in alarm A @ 24 VDC ohm maximum 3: Specifications options connections temperature instructions or multiple input N.O. contact Style B with open circuit = trouble/fault and short circuit = input active; 300 ohm end-of-line resistor or N.C. single input Style C contact with open circuit or short circuit = trouble/fault and current limited = input active 300 ohm end-of-line resistor and 150 ohm resistor wired in series with contact common (refer to installation instructions for details) blocks, for wire size 0.5 mm to 2.5 mm2 (20 AWG to 14 AWG) to 120 (0 to 49 to 93% RH non-condensing 2020 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). R

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM port, bi-directional communications short circuit isolator: Compatible with Autocall 4007ES, 4010ES, or 4100ES Series fire alarm panel IDNet Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs) providing: IDNet, IDNet 1+, IDNet 2, or IDNet 2+2 output loops (see Multi-Floor Example 1 and Multi-Floor Isolator Example 2) Either port can serve as an input or output, ports are automatically when a communications short circuit occurs Isolation can also be activated from the control panel for system Mounts in standard 4 in. (102 mm) square electrical box, optional plate is available to mount in a 4 11/16 in. (119 mm) square box LED flashes to indicate communications; optional covers are available view LED after installation AC4098-0025 for details TrueAlarm sensor base IDNet Isolators are also available, refer to data UL listed to Standard 864 fault isolation reduces time to fix wiring problems: Built-in control panel diagnostics assist in locating earth fault the most common installation wiring problem Class B or Class A wiring: Communications are monitored from either port Class A wired SLCs can optimize operation by maintaining with devices outside of the isolated wiring section Addressable IDNet Addressable IDNet Communications Isolators provide communications isolation to improve installation convenience increase system integrity. Isolation is automatically activated when output short circuit is detected and isolation can also be selected from the control panel to assist with troubleshooting wiring power-up in isolation mode and are directed to connect by the panel. If the output wiring is acceptable, the isolator will connect the rest of the circuit. If the output wiring is shorted, the isolator isolated. Peripherals Addressable IDNet Communications Isolator 1: Addressable IDNet Isolator Tracking isolator reports back to the panel when it is in isolation mode and extent of shorted wiring is reported back to the panel by identifying addresses that are not communicating. [Isolators are assigned to low number addresses to expedite SLC power-up.] Faults installation, earth faults frequently occur. Finding these faults requires extensive wiring disconnection. With the A4090-9116 IDNet Isolator, earth faults on the IDNet communications can be quickly located to assist in their repair and to restore the wiring to normal. Selection 1: Product Selection IDNet Communications Isolator plate to fit 4 11/16 in. (119 mm) square box semi-flush box surface box trim plate with LED window, includes screws; galvanized steel This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0538, 7300-2269:0567 and 7165-2269:0542 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local supplier for the latest status. Rev. 10 03/2021 Addressable IDNet Communications Isolator Isolator Example 1 Circuit Isolation. The one-line diagram on this page shows a multiple floor example with Class B IDNet communications for each floor starting an isolator. (A sensor in the A4098-9793 Isolator Base is shown for reference as an alternate isolating device.) If floor wiring beyond the isolator experience a short circuit, each floor is automatically separated from the next, preventing the short circuit from disabling the entire IDNet wiring. Fault Isolation. In the event of an earth fault, each floor can be individually isolated using built-in control panel diagnostics. With individual control, the earth fault can be isolated to the floor level to narrow the search area. By adding more isolators, the section required to be isolated be reduced, allowing more devices to remain active. Operation of the A4090-9116 Addressable IDNet Isolator requires connection to a compatible 4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, or 4100ES IDNet channel. Maximum line resistance between the panel an

Datasheet Peripherals Addressable Power Isolator with IDNet Communications Control 1: Addressable Power Isolator with IDNet Control (shown approximately 1/2 size) ULC, CSFM Listed, FM port, bi-directional power isolator for use with Autocall 4010ES, 4100ES Series fire alarm control panels: Either port can serve as an input or output, ports are automatically when a power wiring short circuit or a low voltage condition Isolation can also be activated from the control panel for system For use with fire alarm control panel system power, rated for up to 2 A 32 VDC Isolators communicate their location specific address and status, and control via IDNet communications Small size fits into 4 square electrical box and allows convenient where protection is required Visible LED flashes to indicate communications; optional covers are to view LED after installation fault isolation reduces time to fix wiring problems: Built-in control panel diagnostics can activate the addressable power assisting in locating earth fault conditions the most common wiring problem Class B or Class A power wiring: Power is monitored from either port Two Isolators can be connected to produce Class A power wiring that optimize operation by maintaining connection with devices outside the isolated wiring section listed to Standard 864 Circuit Isolation. normal conditions, the A4090-9117 Addressable Power Isolator continuity between ports. In the event of a short circuit, or requested from the control panel, the isolator opens a two-pole switch, isolating both power circuit conductors. power-up in isolation mode and are directed to connect by the panel. If the output wiring is acceptable, the isolator will connect the rest of the circuit. If the output wiring is shorted, the isolator isolated. Tracking. isolator reports to the panel when it is in isolation mode and the of shorted wiring is available at the panel by identifying non- device addresses. [Isolators are assigned sequentially to number addresses to expedite Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) power-up. to Installation Instructions 574-873AC for additional information.] Faults. system installation, earth faults frequently occur. Finding these normally requires extensive wiring disconnection. With the Power Isolator, earth faults on fire alarm system power can be more quickly located to expedite repair. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0506 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 9 03/2021 Addressable Power Isolator with IDNet Communications Control 1: Product Selection Power Isolator semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box trim plate with LED viewing window, includes mounting galvanized steel Selection Rating Power Connections Wiring Range Communications Wiring 2: Electrical A maximum @ 32 VDC maximum mA maximum @ 24 VDC, system power communications, 1 address, one unit load terminals for input and output wiring, 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2), wires/terminal; up to 12 AWG (3.31 mm2), one wire/terminal 3: Wiring reference to individual devices for wiring distances with A2081-9028 Circuit Protector to 2500 ft ( 762 m) from fire alarm control to 10,000 ft ( 3048 m) total wiring distance (including T-Taps) with A2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors 4: Mechancial H x 4-1/8″ W x 1-3/8″ D (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm) to 120 F (0 to 49 C) indoor operation only to 90% RH at 90 F (32 C) 2 Rev. 9 03/2021 Addressable Power Isolator with IDNet Communications Control Isolator Multi-Floor Example 1

Datasheet Peripherals Relay IAM (Individual Addressable Module) with T-Sense Input ULC, CSFM Listed, FM point operation provides a supervised multi-state input and relay output in a single package using only one address: Typical applications are for damper motor control with dual damper feedback monitoring (open and closed) For use with Autocall 4007ES, 4010ES, or 4100ES Fire Alarm Control providing IDNet communications details: Input operation is and provides supervised monitoring of open, dry contacts Status conditions are Normal, Open Circuit (trouble condition), Current (position input 1), and Short (position input 2) Total wiring distance to supervised contacts is up to 500 ft (152 m); for wiring applications Low power latching relay design allows IDNet communications to both data and module power Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss of IDNet Form C relay output is rated 2 A @ 30 VDC, and 0.5 A @ 120 VAC ratings) sealed construction: Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration Mounts in standard 4 square electrical box Visible LED flashes to indicate communications Screw terminals for wiring connections Optional covers are available to allow LED to be viewed after Listed to Standard 864 Address Dual Point Module. A4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-Sense allows a compatible Autocall alarm control panel IDNet communication channel to monitor two contact closures with one point and control an output relay with other point, both from a compact module requiring a single address. power is supplied from the IDNet communications channel the need for separate power wiring. Device Description. input circuit and relay operation are controlled independently and be disabled separately. Point association is determined at the panel. At the host panel display, the device address is designated a single hardware location (such as 1-1). The individual points are “sub-points” and are layered underneath (such as 1-1-1 and 1: Relay IAM with T- Input (shown approximately 1/2 size) Operation Input. A4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-Sense has a supervised input that for continuity to an end-of-line resistor and can differentiate a short circuit contact closure and a current limited contact State Operation. is when all contacts are open and there is continuity to the end- resistor; Open is when continuity does not exist to the end-of- resistor, causing a Trouble condition; Short, indicates that a contact closed that is directly connected to the input circuit; and Current indicates that a contact has closed beyond a series connected limiting resistor. This operation allows differentiation between different contact types due to their wiring location, and reporting as single IDNet addressable point to the fire alarm control panel. Applications Package. smoke control applications, this module provides an efficient for fan damper control with position feedback. The monitor can be connected to two separate status indicator switches the host panel to track the fan damper status with respect to requested fan control operation. Applications. monitor and control points can be applied for a variety of associated independent operations. Flexible programming abilities at the host can provide the association logic required for a wide variety of fire utility operations. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0505 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 8 03/2021 Reference Relay IAM (Individual Addressable Module) with T-Sense Input 2: reference for the A4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-Sense A4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-Sense is illustrated in Figure 2. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-874AC for detailed installation information. Fire Alarm applications, locate loads within 3 ft (1 m) of contacts

Datasheet Peripherals Relay IAM (Individual Addressable Module) with Unsupervised Input ULC, CSFM Listed, FM * point operation provides an unsupervised input and a relay in a single package using only one address: Typical applications are for fan control with single unsupervised status monitoring For use with Autocall 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES Fire Alarm Control providing IDNet communications details: Input provides unsupervised monitoring of normally open, dry contacts Total wiring distance to supervised contacts is up to 500 ft (152 m); for wiring applications Low power latching relay design allows IDNet communications to both data and module power Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss of IDNet ratings) Form C relay output is rated 2 A @ 30 VDC, and 0.5 A @ 120 VAC sealed construction: Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration Mounts in standard 4 square electrical box Visible LED flashes to indicate communications Screw terminals for wiring connections Optional covers are available to allow LED to be viewed after Listed to Standard 864 Address Dual Point Module. A4090-9119 Relay IAM allows a compatible Autocall fire alarm panel IDNet communications channel to monitor an input contact closure with one point and control an relay with the other point, both from a compact module a single address. Module power is supplied from the IDNet channel eliminating the need for separate power Device Description. input circuit and relay operation are controlled independently and be disabled separately. Point association is determined at the panel. At the host panel display, the device address is designated a single hardware location (such as 1-1). The individual points are “sub-points” and are layered underneath (such as 1-1-1 and 1: Relay IAM with Unsupervised (shown approximately 1/2 size) Selection Adapter and Trim Plates IAM with Unsupervised Input plate to fit 4 11/16″ (119 mm) square electrical semi-flush box surface box trim plate with LED viewing includes mounting screws; steel Applications Package. smoke control applications, this module provides an efficient for fan control with single status feedback. The monitor point feedback from a single set of unsupervised contacts (such as a switch or pressure switch) allowing the host panel to track the result the requested relay control operation. Applications. monitor and control points can be applied for a variety of associated independent operations. Flexible programming abilities at the host can provide the association logic required for a wide variety of fire utility operations. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0505 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 8 03/2021 Relay IAM (Individual Addressable Module) with Unsupervised Input Reference 2: information For Fire Alarm applications, locate loads within 3 ft (1 m) of contacts. Power Limited Contact Ratings: A @ 30 VDC, resistive loads A @ 30 VDC, inductive loads Non-Power Limited Contact Ratings: A @ 120 VAC, resistive loads A @ 120 VAC, inductive loads to specifications for additional information) Refer to Installation Instructions 574-875AC for detailed installation information. A4090-9119 Relay IAM with Input is illustrated. Wiring Distances: Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from host control panel. Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring distance, including “T” taps. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-875AC for detailed installation information. A4090-9119 Relay IAM with Input is illustrated. 2 Rev. 8 03/2021 Relay IAM (Individual Addressab

Datasheet Peripherals Six Point Module with Four T-Sense Inputs and Two Relay Outputs ULC, CSFM Listed, FM * point operation provides four supervised multi-state inputs two relay outputs in a single package using only one For use with Autocall 4007ES, 4010ES, or 4100ES Fire Alarm Control providing IDNet communications Typical applications include fan motor control centers, monitoring pump motor running status, low pressure fuel warnings, and for dual damper position feedback monitoring details: Four inputs provide supervised monitoring of normally open, contacts Status conditions are Normal, Open Circuit (trouble condition), Current (position input 1), and Short (position input 2) Total wiring distance to supervised contacts is up to 500 ft (152 m); for wiring applications 120 VAC (resistive ratings) Two relay outputs with Form C contacts rated 2 A @ 30 VDC, and 0.5 A construction: Mounts in standard 4 square electrical box Visible LED flashes to indicate communications Optional covers are available to allow LED to be viewed after Screw terminals for wiring connections Listed to Standard 864 Address Six Point Module. A4090-9120 Six Point Module allows a compatible Autocall fire control panel IDNet communications channel to monitor four T- input circuits and control two output relays from a single compact requiring a single address. Power is supplied by a 24 VDC to a listed fire alarm power supply. Device Description. input circuits and output relay operation are controlled and may be disabled separately. Point association is at the host panel. At the host panel display, the device is designated as a single hardware location (such as 1-1). Each the six individual points appear as “sub-points” and are layered (such as 1-1-1, 1-1-2, 1-1-3, 1: Six Point Module Operation Input. of the four input circuits monitors for continuity to an end-of-line and can differentiate between a short circuit contact closure and current limited contact closure. State Operation. is when all contacts are open and there is continuity to the end- resistor; Open is when continuity does not exist to the end-of- resistor, causing a Trouble condition; Short, indicates that a contact closed that is directly connected to the input circuit; and Current indicates that a contact has closed beyond a series connected limiting resistor. This operation allows differentiation between different contact types due to their wiring location, and reporting as single IDNet addressable point to the fire alarm control panel. Applications Package. smoke control applications, this module provides an efficient for fan damper control with position feedback. Monitor points be connected to two separate status indicator switches per circuit, the host panel to track fan damper status with respect to the fan control operation. Applications. monitor and control points can be applied for a variety of associated independent operations. Flexible programming abilities at the host can provide the association logic required for a wide variety of fire utility operations. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0505 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 8 03/2021 Six Point Module with Four T-Sense Inputs and Two Relay Outputs Selection 1: Product Selection Point Module semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box trim plate with LED viewing window, includes mounting screws; galvanized steel No. 2: End-of-Line Resistor Harnesses (ordered separately as required) k 1/2 W; Standard end-of-line resistor harness for N.O. contact supervision k 1/2 W k 1/2 W for current limited monitoring applications, refer to Wiring Reference Input Operating Modes 3: Common Circuit Status Modes St

Datasheet Peripherals Security Monitor IAM (Individual Addressable Module) ULC, CSFM Listed, FM use with Autocall 4100ES, 4100U and 4010ES Fire Alarm Panels providing IDNet communications communications supply both data and power over a wire pair to provide: Supervised Class B monitoring of normally closed or normally open dry security devices Monitored conditions are Open, Normal, Abnormal, and Short Abnormal occurs with of monitor loop current change Total wiring distance from Security iam to supervised contacts up to ft (152 m) sealed construction: Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration Mounts in a standard single gang electrical box Screw terminals for wiring connections Visible LED flashes to indicate communications Optional covers are available to allow LED to be viewed after (requires mounting bracket, ordered separately) listed to Standard 1076 Monitor IAM model A4090-9121 has both power and supplied by a two-wire 4100ES, 4100U or 4010ES IDNet It provides location specific addressability for up to five initiating (such as window or door magnet switch contacts or other similar devices) by monitoring the circuit wiring connections to either closed or normally open dry contacts (one type per IAM). the circuit is “armed” by selection from the fire alarm control such as during nonworking hours, monitor loop activity (short, or abnormal) causes a priority 2 alarm at the panel. the circuit is “disarmed”, such as during normal working hours, and abnormal conditions would be tracked as events. Depending the point type selected, an open or short in the monitored circuit will cause a trouble to be reported or a short can be tracked as an 1: Security Monitor (shown approximately full size) Selection Monitor IAM mount mount trim plate with LED viewing requires A4090-9810 bracket, includes mounting galvanized steel Mounting bracket, mounts IAM to box, provides screw for trim plate, required for optional trim plates k Resistor Harness, use for series connection to N.O. k Resistor Harness, use for series and end-of-line when connected to N.C. switches (2 required) This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-2269:0506 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 8 03/2021 Security Monitor IAM (Individual Addressable Module) other devices on the channel) IDNet, one address two (2) unit loads, power is supplied from the IDNet SLC (signaling line circuit) max. on a 64 pt. channel max. on a 127 pt. channel max. on a 250 pt. channel contacts, up to 5 in series for normally closed (N.C.), or up to 5 in parallel for normally open (N.O.), two resistor harnesses per wiring type selected (see above) terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 ) ft (152 m) maximum, within same building ft (762 m) max. distance from control panel ft (3048 m) maximum total wiring distance (including T-Taps) W x 1-3/4″ H x 1-1/4″ D (40 mm x 44 mm x 32 mm) thermoplastic to 120 F (0 to 49 C) indoor operation only to 93% RH at 100 F (38 C) to Installation Instruction 574-877AC Requirements Channel Loading Reference Communications Distance Contacts Connections to Contacts Material Range Information Information A4090-9121 Security IAM shown in Figure 2. 2: Reference, Single Gang Blank Cover Plate 2 Rev. 8 03/2021 Security Monitor IAM (Individual Addressable Module) 3: Trim Plates and Mounting Bracket for Visible LED The following products are illustrated in Figure 3 A4090-9806 trim plate for sem

UL, ULC listed, FM Approved* Autocall TrueAlarm sensors and bases (ordered A4098-9714, Photoelectric sensor A4098-9754, Multi-Sensor, Photoelectric and Heat A4098-9733, Heat Sensor A4098-9792, Standard Sensor Base A4098-9791, Relay Control Base A4098-9789, LED Output Base A4098-9793, IDNet Isolator Base features: For ceiling or wall mounted sensor applications Combines accurate, individually addressable analog smoke and/or heat with physical protection TrueAlarm analog sensing provides compensation for air flow by providing maintained high sensitivity Photoelectric smoke sensitivity is selectable from 0.5% ft. to 1.5% ft. at fire alarm control unit The host control unit automatically compensates for sensitivity shifts by contamination and automatically reports dirty devices UL listed to Standard 268 (URRQ) and 521 (UQKE) ULC listed to Standard 529 (URRQC) and 530 (UQKEC) options: Standard mounting of A4098-9846 is for use with flush mounted boxes electrical box Extension box A4098-9847 is required for mounting to surface resistant design: Heavy duty steel construction, single wall Tamper resistant grill mounting screws Guard A4098-9846 the sensitivity and maintained accuracy of Autocall TrueAlarm with a rugged, tamper resistant enclosure. Typical applications correctional and detention facilities, mental hospitals, industrial educational facilities, dormitories, and many other locations the smoke sensor may be intentionally or accidentally subjected abuse. Reference this combination, the sensor can be located directly in the ceiling a detention cell or similar area and can provide accurate and quick of smoke and/or heat conditions. Additionally, after removing tamper resistant hardware, the sensor is readily accessible for when the TrueAlarm system automatically identifies the need maintenance. Sensors Sensor Guard for TrueAlarm Sensors 1: TrueAlarm Sensor Guard Reference (ceiling mount shown with optional mount extension, see page 2 for details) Rev. 2 03/2021 material pattern or finish frame hardware mounting screws Sensors and Bases A4098-9754 IDNet Isolator Base Sensor Guard for TrueAlarm Sensors 1: General specifications in. (165 mm) x 6 in. (165 mm) x 3 in. (76 mm) wall construction, 22 gauge steel (0.025 in. thick, 0.64 mm) in. (6.4 mm) hex holes staggered on in. (6.4 mm) centers, reinforced at corners baked enamel in. tamper resistant screws, recessed hex head, supplied with guard 2: Additional Reference: Sheet Information Important See Warning and Installation Notes Below Adapter Plate Possible sensor bases: A4098-9789, A4098-9791, A4098-9792, or A4098-9793 with A4098-9846 A4098-9847 Extension Box 2: reference 2 Rev. 2 03/2021 Sensor Guard for TrueAlarm Sensors ! NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, Section 5.4.3 (2007 Edition): “Where subject to mechanical damage, an initiating device be protected. A mechanical guard used to protect a smoke, heat, or radiant energy detector shall be listed for use with the detector.” guard A4098-9846 is for use only with a Autocall A4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor or a A4098-9754 Photo/Heat Sensor with a restricted range of 0.5 to 1.5% per foot obscuration; or with a A4098-9733 Heat Sensor; and for use only with sensor bases A4098-9789, A4098-9791, or A4098-9793. This will ensure the sensor will activate within the UL listed obscuration range when mounted in the sensor guard. Note: For proper performance, follow installation instructions and review sensor and guard locations carefully. Wall mounting may not be for institutional or detention applications. Issue. The presence of debris on the sensor guard grill will significantly restrict airflow into the sensor. It is recommended that visual maintenance be performed to ensure

A4098-9846 TrueAlarm Sensor Vandal Guard Installation Instructions Warnings, and Regulatory Information AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Follow the instructions in this installation manual. These instructions must be followed to avoid damage to product and associated equipment. Product operation and reliability depend upon proper installation. NOT INSTALL ANY AUTOCALL PRODUCT THAT APPEARS DAMAGED Upon unpacking your Autocall product, inspect the of the carton for shipping damage. If damage is apparent, immediately file a claim with the carrier and notify an authorized product supplier. HAZARD Disconnect electrical field power when making any internal adjustments or repairs. All repairs should be by a representative or an authorized agent of your local Autocall product supplier. – This product is designed to protect a smoke sensor from vandalism. It is not designed to protect people from intentionally harm to themselves. Please use caution when installing this device in detention facilities, hospitals, or other residential or highly locations. Information NFPA Section 2-1.3.1 (1999 Edition): subject to mechanical damage, an initiating device shall be protected. A mechanical guard used to a smoke or heat detector shall be listed for use with the detector being used. presence of debris on the sensor vandal guard will significantly restrict airflow into the sensor. It is recommended that increased visual be performed to ensure proper operation. publication shows how to install the A4098-9846 TrueAlarm Sensor Vandal Guard. The sensor guard is a device that is mounted on a wall or to provide protection for a A4098-9714 Smoke Sensor, a A4098-9733 Heat Sensor, or a A4098-9754 Photo/Heat Sensor. Use only a A4098-9714 Sensor, a A4098-9733 Heat Sensor, or a A4098-9754 Photo/Heat Sensor. Refer to 2120 Job Configuration Report or Custom Control Equation Listing in the 4010, 4020, or 4100 Programmer Report to verify sensitivity range is between 0.5% to 1.5% per foot obscuration. procedure Seal the electrical box using 3M Weatherban #606 or equivalent. Use the appropriate template to drill holes for appropriate anchoring per local building codes. Use Figure 2 if you are flush mounting with the mounting frame. Use Figure 3 if you are surface mounting with the A4098-9847 Extension Box. the sensor and base. The installed sensor base must be a A4098-9789, A4098-9791, A4098-9792, or A4098-9793, A4098-9777, A4098-9766, A4098-9767. Refer to A4098 Smoke/Heat Sensor Bases Installation Instructions (574-707AC) when installing sensor bases. the sensor guard mounting frame to the wall or ceiling using 1/4-inch (minimum) diameter hex-head bolts with lead expansion or toggle bolts (not supplied). Avoid plastic shields. Mount Electrical Box Mount Electrical Box the A4098-9847 Extension Box to the wall or ceiling using 1/4-inch (minimum) diameter hex-head bolts with lead expansion or toggle bolts (not supplied). Avoid plastic shields. the sensor guard mounting frame to the extension box using 1/4-inch diameter hex-head bolts (not supplied). Place the sensor guard cover in the mounting frame. Secure the cover to the frame using four 10-32 x 1/2-inch long, button-head hex with center pin screws (supplied). DO NOT paint the sensor guard. Rev. C TrueAlarm Sensor Vandal Guard Installation Instructions 1: Installing the Sensor Guard with a A4098-9789, A4098-9791, or A4098-9793, A4098-9777, A4098-9766, A4098-9767 sensor base shows A4098-9847 1 inch extension box. shows a A4098-9714 sensor with a A4098-9789, A4098-9791, A4098-9792, or A4098-9793, A4098-9777, A4098-9766, A4098-9767 base. and Testing recommends routine cleaning of the smoke sensor and guard so that dust and other matter does not accumulate. Refer to the A4098 Sensors, and Bases Application Manual(574-709AC) for details. The strength of final installation requires heavy, solid anchoring. The flush-mounted electrical box must be installed even to the surface or recessed 1/4-inch (maximum). If the electrical box is surface mounted, the A4098-9847 Extension Box must be used. the figures on the next pages as templates when you are mounting the sensor guard. Use Figure 2 for flush mount applications. Use Figure 3 for surface mount applications. 2 Rev

Datasheet Accessories, LCD Annunciators LCD Annunciator for 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panels 1: LCD Annunciator Controls. Notification appliances can be deactivated by the “ALARM SILENCE” switch. (Exact operation is determined the host control panel such as visible appliances remaining on until is reset.) Pressing the “SYSTEM RESET” switch restores the to normal operation. When system activity is normal, the LCD the time, date, and “SYSTEM IS NORMAL.” Switches. Four programmable “CONTROL” switches and LEDs are included. Typical applications include manual door holder release bypass, and elevator capture bypass. Enable. All switches on the annunciator are controlled by “ENABLE” keyswitch with a key that is removable only in the disabled A brief lamp/LCD test is performed whenever the keyswitch is from enabled to disabled. Backup Operation. During battery backup, the LED is disabled to conserve battery power. When an annunciator is activated, the backlighting is automatically enabled. After 30 seconds of inactivity, the backlighting will again be ULC, CSFM Listed, FM LCD annunciator for use with Autocall model: 4100ES fire alarm control panels display features: Maintained display of first alarm is available with 4100ES at software 11.11 or higher Wide viewing angle, super-twist LCD technology with green LED Two lines of 40 characters each LED status indicators During battery backup, backlighting is disabled until there is switch include: Switches for system acknowledge, alarm silence, and system reset Four programmable control switches Lamp/LCD test information: RUI (Remote Unit Interface) communications require a single twisted pair (see A4603-9101 LCD Annunciator Specifications for more Separate wiring is required for 24 VDC control panel power mount on standard electrical boxes 2975-9206, Surface mount box A4603-9111, Brushed stainless steel trim Listed to Standard 864 Control and Annunciation is provided using an 80 character, alphanumeric display. Information is presented in clear, English language and includes: Point Status (alarm, trouble, Alarm Type (smoke detector, manual station, etc.); Number of Alarms, Supervisory Conditions, and Trouble Conditions; a Custom Location Label. A single twisted wire pair provides serial RUI communications also supports other Autocall serial annunciators on the same wire Indications. Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble conditions are indicated by dedicated LEDs and a tone-alert audible sounder. Each has a dedicated acknowledge push-button switch that silences tone-alert but leaves the LED on until all conditions in that category restored to normal. Switch operation is either globally or individually determined by the control panel operation. operation of the appropriate acknowledge switch will scroll the display showing activity in the sequence of occurrence. The tone- also pulses to indicate the operation of any of the push-button local code requirements for guidance in determining and location of the A4603-9101 LCD annunciator. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7120-2269:0546, 7120-2269:0547 7300-2269:0567 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest Rev. 16 03/2021 Operator Information LCD Annunciator for 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panels Information mount box model 2975-9206 2 Rev. 16 03/2021 Reference LCD Annunciator for 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panels 2: LCD Annunciators Notes: Communications require a single 18 AWG twisted pair. Power requires two, 18 to 12 AWG wires for 24 VDC system power, plus Earth Ground to each electrical box. Refer to Installation Instructions 579-949AC for additional wiring specifications. Selection

Datasheet Accessories, LCD Annunciators Series Color Touchscreen LCD Annunciators for 4007ES Fire Alarm Control Panels ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Annunciation and Control and A4606-9205 Series LCD Annunciators allows 4007ES alarm control panels to provide information and control switches at locations away from the control panel. The color touchscreen with backlighting displays information in clear and descriptive (English is standard, other languages can be programmed.) content includes: point status (alarm, trouble, etc.), alarm type detector, manual station, etc.), number of system alarms, conditions, troubles, and custom location labels up to 40 long. communications require a single unshielded twisted pair that other annunciators on the same communications channel. Priority 2, Supervisory, Trouble, and Alarm Silenced conditions are by dedicated LEDs and a tone-alert audible indication. Each will cause the display to present a dedicated acknowledge switch that silences the tone-alert but leaves the LED on all conditions in that category are restored to normal. Background 4007ES control panel supports a custom background image that also displayed on each of the color touchscreen annunciators when is normal. File types supported are JPG, BMP, GIF, and PNG. image type is JPG, recommended image size is 480 x and the file size limit is 100 kb. Access display access can be controlled by a keyswitch with a key is removable only in the disabled position. Access is configurable annunciator. Operations the keyswitch is on, system status indications will be displayed they occur with individual point detail as programmed at the control and soft keys will be displayed to allow user actions. Backlight the display has not been touched, and no new system status occurred for 60 seconds, the backlight dims to 20% of normal If there is no activity in the system (System is Normal), standby screen displays current time and date to verify proper If an event occurs, or with the keyswitch activated, and the is touched, the backlight returns to full intensity Test display menu provides a lamp test feature that when selected, the 9 panel LEDs for 5 seconds. Dual-color LEDs will blink 1: LCD Annunciator with Red Trim 2: LCD Annunciator with Platinum Trim Color Touchscreen LCD annunciators for use with model 4007ES fire alarm control panels (109 mm) diagonal color touchscreen display: Provides the display features of the 4007ES fire alarm control panel at remote location Convenient and intuitive user interface provides detailed system status individual point information LED status indicators include Alarm, Priority 2, Supervisory, Trouble, Silenced, and Status of AC Power at the control panel Supports dual language selection, including unicode character Keyswitch is used to enable default access level; additional user access are passcode protected; keyswitch and user access levels are Tone-alert sounder provides local audible indication Three programmable control switches with status LEDs and provisions custom labeling features: Available with platinum or red trim Information is transmitted over a single unshielded twisted pair; wiring is required for 24 VDC power Mounts flush on RACO 944, 5-gang electrical box (supplied separately) Up to 6 Color Touchscreen LCD Annunciators per 4007ES fire alarm panel box options (ordered separately): Surface mount boxes in red or platinum Semi-flush mount boxes in red or platinum, may be used for legacy retrofit applications This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0559 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 4 03/2021 Series Color Touchscreen LCD Annunciators for 4007ES Fire Alarm Control Panels Selection 1: Annunciator Produ

Datasheet Accessories, LCD Annunciators LCD Annunciator for 4006 Fire Alarm Control Panels 1: LCD Annunciator Scrolling. operation of the appropriate acknowledge switch will scroll LCD display showing activity in the sequence of occurrence. The tone-alert also sounds to indicate the operation of any of the switches. Access. All switches on the annunciator are controlled by “ENABLE” keyswitch with a key that is removable only in the disabled Operations. When enabled, notification appliances can be by pressing the “ALARM SILENCE” switch. Pressing the RESET” switch restores the system to normal operation. When activity is normal, the LCD displays the time, date, and “SYSTEM NORMAL.” ULC, CSFM Listed, FM LCD annunciator for use with Autocall model 4006 fire control panels readout provides: Two lines of 40 characters each Wide viewing angle, super-twist design LED backlighting switches and status LEDs for: Alarm, supervisory, or trouble acknowledge (keyswitch access Alarm silence System reset programmable LED indicators: Two LEDs are selectable as red or yellow One LED is selectable as green or yellow With provisions for custom labeling features: Information is transmitted over a single twisted, shielded pair; separate is required for 24 VDC control panel power Tone-alert sounder provides local audible indication Lamp and LCD are functionally tested each time the keyswitch is on Mounts flush on standard 6-gang electrical box and trim options: Surface mount box model 2975-9206 (ordered separately, see LCD Annunciator Specifications) Brushed stainless steel trim model A4603-9111 (ordered separately) Annunciation. LCD Annunciators allow compatible fire alarm control to provide information and control switches at convenient away from the control panel. The LCD is an 80 character, alphanumeric display with information presented in clear and English. Typical content includes: point status (alarm, trouble, alarm type (smoke detector, manual station, etc.), number of alarms, supervisory conditions, troubles, and custom location up to 40 characters long. (Some 4006 messages are limited to characters, refer to the control panel documentation for additional communications require a single twisted, shielded pair that other annunciators on the same communications channel. 4006 Series panels control up to four annunciators. Supervisory, and Trouble conditions are also indicated by LEDs and a tone-alert audible indication. Each condition has a acknowledge push-button switch that silences the tone-alert leaves the LED on until all conditions in that category are restored to This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0569, 7300-2269:0567 and 7300-0026:0381 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local supplier for the latest status. Rev. 10 03/2021 LCD Annunciator for 4006 Fire Alarm Control Panels Selection 1: Product Selection LCD Annunciator with beige trim stainless steel trim option surface mount box; ivory finish matching resistor harness; 100 1/2 W; (reference no. 733-974) protector; required where annunciator communications and power wiring exits and enters a building; refer to data AC2081-0016 for details to A4606-9101 LCD Annunciator for additional details LCD Annunciator Specifications 2: General Operating Specifications (refer to Installation Instructions 579-978AC for additional information) Operating Current Standby Current Current Temperature Range Humidity Range to 32 VDC, system supplied mA (with LED backlighting on) mA (during battery backup, LED backlighting is turned off after 30 seconds without switch activity) mA maximum (LED backlighting is

Datasheet Accessories, LCD Annunciators LCD Annunciator for 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels 1: LCD Annunciator Access. All switches on the annunciator are controlled by “ENABLE” keyswitch with a key that is removable only in the disabled A brief Lamp/LCD test is performed whenever the keyswitch is from enabled to disabled. Operations. When enabled, notification appliances can be by pressing the “ALARM SILENCE” switch. Pressing the RESET” switch restores the system to normal operation. When activity is normal, the LCD displays the time, date, and “SYSTEM NORMAL.” ULC, CSFM Listed, FM LCD annunciator for use with Autocall model 4010ES fire control panels readout provides: Two lines of 40 characters each Wide viewing angle, super-twist design LED backlighting switches and status LEDs for: Alarm, Priority 2, Supervisory, or Trouble acknowledge (keyswitch controlled) Alarm silence, System reset Three programmable control switches with yellow LEDs and provisions custom labeling features: Information is transmitted over a single unshielded twisted pair; wiring is required for 24 VDC control panel power (see LCD Annunciator Specifications for more information) Tone-alert sounder provides local audible indication Lamp and LCD are functionally tested each time the keyswitch is on Mounts flush on standard 6-gang electrical box Up to up to 20 internal and external card addresses per 4010ES fire control panel and trim options (ordered separately, see Table 4 for details): Surface mount box model 2975-9206 Brushed stainless steel trim model A4603-9111 Annunciation. LCD Annunciator allows 4010ES fire alarm control to provide information and control switches at convenient away from the control panel. The LCD is an 80 character, alphanumeric display with information presented in clear and English. Typical content includes: point status (alarm, trouble, alarm type (smoke detector, manual station, etc.), number of alarms, supervisory conditions, troubles, and custom location up to 40 characters long. communications require a single unshielded twisted pair that other annunciators on the same communications channel. Priority 2, Supervisory, and Trouble conditions are also indicated dedicated LEDs and a tone-alert audible indication. Each condition a dedicated acknowledge push-button switch that silences the but leaves the LED on until all conditions in that category are to normal. Scrolling. operation of the appropriate acknowledge switch will scroll LCD display showing activity in the sequence of occurrence. The tone-alert also sounds to indicate the operation of any of the switches. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0569, 7300-2269:0557 7300-2269:0567 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest Rev. 9 03/2021 LCD Annunciator for 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels Selection LCD Annunciator with beige trim for use with 4010ES fire alarm control stainless steel trim option to A4606-9102 LCD Annunciator for additional details surface mount box; ivory finish protector; required where annunciator communications and power wiring exits and enters a building; refer to data AC2081-0016 for details Operator Information 2 Rev. 9 03/2021 LCD Annunciator for 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels LCD Annunciator Specifications 1: General Operating Specifications (refer to Installation Instructions 579-977AC for additional information) Operating Current Standby Current Current Temperature Range Humidity Range 4010ES Panels* Wiring Type Characteristics Applications Shielde

ULC Listed* Peripherals and Accessories Series Insuite Silenceable Devices; Silence Switch and Silenceable Mini-Horn the two Silence contacts on the faceplate of the silenceable device silence audible appliances and trigger the LED indicator. Ten minutes less after silencing the alarm, the notification appliances re-sound the Fire Alarm panel is notsilenced. to Installation Instructions 579-1009AC for additional information. Allows manual ten minute Silence for local mini-horn; or for switched VDC or 25/70 VAC audio notification appliances After 10 minutes, automatic resound occurs for code compliance if the alarm panel is not silenced Touching the two Silence contacts activates the Silence feature and an indicates local Silence appliances Model A4901-9839CA operates as a Silence Switch for connected Units mount flush with a single gang electrical box Electrically polarized input with color coded #18 AWG wire leads for in/ wiring Compatible with A4905 Series Insuite Device Distribution Modules; to data sheet AC4905-0009 for additional information Series Insuite Silenceable Devices meet standards for that require compliance with building codes which state an audible signal device located within a dwelling unit shall a means that enables the device to be silenced for a period not more than ten minutes. Typical applications include hotel rooms, and apartments. silenceable devices mount flush to the wall in a single gang box and are available in red or off-white. In/Out wiring and polarization allows for system wiring supervision when to a listed compatible Fire Alarm notification appliance circuit. models use the A4901-9839CA to silence audible DC or speaker that are located in a suite. It operates as part of either a VDC, or 25 or 70 VRMS Audio NAC. You can use these units in 24 and 25 VRMS Audio applications with or without the A4905 Series Modules. Switches require separate 24 VDC power from the Fire Alarm Panel. This power must be interrupted during the use of the fire paging microphone when the switch modules are used to silence or 70 VRMS speakers. 1: Insuite Silenceable Device (Silence A4901-9839CA is shown with LED on) Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 3 6/2021 Series Insuite Silenceable Devices; Silence Switch and Silenceable Mini-Horn VAC 1: Product selection table VDC Switch VDC VDC mA mA (DC) (DC) mA mA mA mA On Axis 3m dBA 79 (Steady) 2: Product dimensions and electrical box requirements 2 Rev. 3 6/2021 Series Insuite Silenceable Devices; Silence Switch and Silenceable Mini-Horn diagrams 3: 25V audio application using distribution and insuite silence modules Class B supervision reference – A4905-9996CA (B) – A4901-9839CA When the A4901-9839CA silence switch is used in conjunction with subordinate speakers, this 24 VDC power source provided by the Fire Alarm Panel must be interrupted during use of the fire alarm microphone. This diagram provides an applications overview, not all wiring is shown. For detailed wiring connection information refer to Installation Instructions (Distribution Modules) and 579-1009AC (Insuite Silenceable Devices). The A4905-9996CA does not accept an input from a 70V Audio NAC. 4: DC application using distribution and insuite silence modules Class B supervision reference – A4905-9996CA (B) – 4901-9839CA This diagram provides an applications overview, not all wiring is shown. For detailed wiring connection information refer to Installation 579-1008AC (Distribution Modules) and 579-1009AC (Insuite Silenceable Devices). 3 Rev. 3 6/2021 Series Insuite Silenceable Devices; Silence Switch and Silenceable Mini-Horn 5: A4901-

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Notification Appliances Electronic Horn, Free-Run or SmartSync Operation, Non-Addressable current, 24 VDC electronic horn provides: Harmonically rich sound output suitable for either steady or pulsed (free-run) operation mode. the free-run mode, a positive voltage from the controlling NAC will the horn according to the desired output of continuous or output per the controlling NAC capabilities. Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity, supervised Rugged, high impact, flame retardant red thermoplastic housing with “FIRE” lettering (white cover is available separately) selectable horn operation modes: Free-Run mode tracks the output of a conventional fire alarm control notification appliance circuit (NAC) SmartSync two-wire control mode accepts horn control commands compatible control panels Mode operation provides: Horn activated when NAC is in alarm; suitable for Temporal pattern, Time patterns, or Coded patterns as determined by control operation two-wire control of audible and visible notification provides: SmartSync control of horn tone as Temporal Pattern, March Time (at 60 BPM), or on continuously; controlled separately from appliances on the same circuit Visible appliances on the same circuit operate at a synchronized 1 Hz Operation that allows “on-until-silenced” and “on-until-reset” on the rate two-wire pair notification appliance design provides flexible, easy, convenient semi-flush or surface wall mounting: Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch square electrical In/out wiring terminals, 18 AWG to 12 AWG Rear of housing does not extend into box Accessories: Mounting adapters to cover surface mounted electrical boxes and to to Autocall 2975-9145 boxes UL/ULC listed sound damper for locations requiring attenuation of 5 to dBA (stairwells, small rooms, highly reverberant areas, etc.) White cover with red “FIRE” lettering for on-site color conversion separately) Reference: UL listed to Standard 464 ULC listed to Standard S525 NEMA 1 rated. See Product Selection for more information. non-addressable horn model A4901-9820 non-addressable horn model A4901-9820 is an audible appliance with a loud and penetrating, harmonically rich that can be controlled either directly from a standard NAC (free- operation mode) or by the SmartSync two-wire operation mode. 1: TrueAlert Non-Addressable Red Cover with White Lettering mode. selected for SmartSync mode and used with compatible Autocall (refer to list on page 2), this horn can be wired onto the same NAC circuit as visible appliances but with separately controlled Typical applications are audible notification activated as “on- and visible notification appliances activated “on-until- In addition, visible appliances (strobes) on the same circuit are with synchronized flashes. control two-wire advantage. these separate controls to be carried on the same two-wire circuit can significantly reduce installation time and expense for retrofit and new construction. mounting. horn can be semi-flush or surface mounted on a standard single double gang, or 4” square (102 mm) electrical box. Optional are available to increase mounting and application flexibility. Two-Wire Control operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to provide the ability activate both the horn and strobe on the same NAC and then allow horn to be silenced while the strobe remains flashing. The horn as “on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is “on-until- Control Sources two-wire control is available from: 4010ES, and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to individual data sheets for more information) 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet AC4009-0002 ) SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model A4905-9938 (refer to data AC4905-0003 ) This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7125-2269:0527 and for allowable values and/or conditions concern

A4902 TrueAlert Ceiling-Mount and Wall-Mount Speaker Installation Instructions warnings, and regulatory information AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Follow the instructions in this installation manual. These instructions must be followed to avoid damage to product and associated equipment. Product operation and reliability depend upon proper installation. NOT INSTALL ANY AUTOCALL PRODUCT THAT APPEARS DAMAGED Upon unpacking your Autocall product, inspect the of the carton for shipping damage. If damage is apparent, immediately file a claim with the carrier and notify an authorized product supplier. HAZARD Disconnect electrical field power when making any internal adjustments or repairs. All repairs should be by a representative or an authorized agent of your local Autocall product supplier. HAZARD Static electricity can damage components. Handle as follows: Ground yourself before opening or installing components. Prior to installation, keep components wrapped in anti-static material at all times. Speaker Operation Speakers are notification appliances that reproduce audio signals when activated from an Autocall fire alarm control panel (FACP), Autocall control panel, or a UL-listed FACP with compatible audio NAC interface. When the notification appliance emits sound, it indicates the of an emergency situation that requires your immediate attention. TrueAlert speaker is a two-wire appliance that operates only on a standard audio NAC channel to reproduce amplified analog audio signals. Input be either 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS that can be selected via a jumper to one of four available audible power wattage levels ( W, W, 1W, 2W). 1: TrueAlert Speaker Details Unlike other TrueAlert peripherals, the speaker does not the addressable features of the TrueAlert comm channel. TrueAlert speaker is non-addressable and does not support wire T-tapping. Ceiling mount speakers are not intended for in air-handling spaces. 1: TrueAlert Ceiling- Speaker A4902-9721 and A4902-9722 Red 2: TrueAlert Wall- Speaker A4902-9716 and A4902-9717 White Rev. F TrueAlert Ceiling-Mount and Wall-Mount Speaker Installation Instructions Speaker Wiring At the enclosure box, connect the wires to the SPKR + and SPKR – terminals at the rear of the speaker unit. Torque the terminal block to 12 to 15 in/lbs. to ensure proper continuity. See Figure 3 . Ensure that the correct polarity is maintained for each unit. Ensure that the RMS value of the connected audio circuit matches the RMS value of the connected speaker. An incorrect tap setting may the speaker. Configure the speaker wattage setting using Table 2. The factory default setting for the speaker is J1 to Tap E (25 VRMS, W). maximum normal supervisory voltage is 40 VDC. Audio NAC wiring must be a twisted pair (TWP). Connect the wiring to the terminals as shown. Do not loop the wires under the terminals. Break wire runs to provide supervision of the Do not bring the conduit through the rear of the electrical box. Strip the lead insulation to a maximum of 3/8 inch. The ceiling- and wall-mount speaker wattage jumper settings and wiring connections are identical. The wall-mount speaker is illustrated. 2: TrueAlert Speaker Jumper Settings VRMS position to Tap A to Tap B to Tap C to Tap D setting VRMS position to Tap D to Tap E to Tap F to Tap G setting 3: TrueAlert Speaker Wiring 4: TrueAlert Wall-Mount Speaker Configuration (Rear View) Notification appliances are rated per individual nameplate label. Maintain correct polarity on terminal connections. Do not loop wires under terminals. All NAC wiring connections are supervised and power limited. the TrueAlert Wall-Mount Speaker Figure 5 for mounting the TrueAlert wall-mount speaker to the enclosure box. When surface mounting the speaker, either the A4905-9941 or a TrueAlert surface mount skirt is recommended. Refer to the A4905 TrueAlert Skirt Installation Instructions (574-790AC) for this mounting Do not bring the conduit through the rear of the electrical box. Tighten mounting screws snugly (do not overtighten). Torque mounting screws to 5 to 7 in/lbs. For semi-flush mounting, install the box either flush with the wall or with a maximum rece

Datasheet Peripherals Temporal Code 4 Module for CO Gas Alarm Notification 1: Temporal Code 4 Module Control NAC Current NAC Current Distance to NAC Source Connections Plate Range Range 1: Specifications 24 VDC NACs, up to 3 A maximum, by input NAC rating; for control of notification appliances compatible TC4 code pulse duty cycle current = 0.18 mA current = 15 mA current = 0 mA current = 3 mA close-nippled, 20 ft (6 m) maximum terminals for in/out wiring, 18 AWG to AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 ) in. H x 4 1/8 in. W x 1 3/8 in. D mm x 105 mm x 35 mm) metal, galvanized to 120 (0 to 49 device is intended for indoor operation) to 93% RH at 100 (38 ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Temporal Code 4 (TC4) NAC (Notification Appliance control for Carbon Monoxide (CO) gas warning: The TC4 CO gas warning is a repeated sequence of four cycles of msec on with 100 msec off, followed by 5 seconds off per NFPA Standard for the Installation of Carbon Monoxide (CO) Warning in Dwelling Units Compatible appliances includes: CO Sounder Bases A4098-9771, and 4098-9773; A4901-9820 Horn (set for free-run), Series multi-tone Horns (set for free-run Horn tones) and Series 4-wire A/V appliances Horn input (not compatible with horn control appliances) Autocall equipment NAC sources: 4007ES Hybrid, 4010ES, and 4100ES NAC outputs 4009 IDNet NAC Extender NAC outputs Each module requires an input NAC that powers the 3A rated NAC for control of compatible audible notification appliances (not for strobes) operation modes: Synchronized operation facilitates a separate and dedicated control to both activate and synchronize the Temporal Code 4 output of up to 20, A4905-9835 modules. Unsynchronized operation also facilitates the separate and dedicated NAC to activate the Temporal Code 4 output timing of up to A4905-9835 modules, but without synchronization between the Stand-Alone operation facilitates the input NAC in alarm to activate Code 4 timing for NACs dedicated for CO gas alarm; no fire signals are available, no control NAC is used. For both Synchronized and Unsynchronized modes, when the NAC is off, the module output NACs will follow the fire alarm of the input NAC. For TC4 output, both the input NACs and the control NACs a Steady On signal. sealed construction: Mounts a standard 4 in. square electrical box Compatible with Adapter Plate A4090-9813 to fit 4 11/16 in. (119 mm) electrical boxes Screw terminals for wiring connections to UL 864 and ULC S527 gas alarm warnings gas alarm warnings are different to fire alarm warnings. In the event a CO gas alarm, a Temporal Code 4 audible pattern signals the type condition to the responders and helps them determine the proper gas alarm, or fire alarm of the A4905-9835 Temporal Code 4 Module facilitates the NFPA Temporal Code 4 signal to generate using a standard Steady On appliance NAC input. Under the fire alarm panel’s control, audible notification signal is selected for a conventional fire pulse for a fire alarm condition. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-0026:0315, 7135-2269:0518 7300-2269:0503 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest Rev. 8 03/2021 Temporal Code 4 Module for CO Gas Alarm Notification Connection Reference figure shows a system connected with the A4905-9835 Temporal Code 4 (TC4) Module and notification appliances (the examples shown are the Horn and the A4903 Series 4-wire A/V Horn). Reference 2: Connection Reference 3: Reference 2 Rev. 8 03/2021 Temporal Code 4 Module for CO Gas Alarm Notification Reference

Notification Appliances Insuite Device Distribution Module 1: General specifications VDC Regulated mA VRMS mA Voltage Current Voltage Current of Insuite Silence Devices Per Module of Distribution Modules Fire Alarm NAC Load Per Suite Box Requirements Dimensions Connections Watts @ 25 VRMS or 80 mA @ 24 11 square box, 2 1/8 deep 1 1/2 extension ring 15/16 square terminals for input and wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire mm to 2.08 mm ) Approved* Supports Supervised Operation Provides short circuit isolation Support for 24 VDC or 25 VAC NACs Fully compatible with standard (non Insuite-dedicated) NACs Style Z (Class B) NAC compatibility Compatible with A4901 Series Insuite Silenceable Devices; refer to data AC4901-0015 for additional information For surface mounting in a 4 11 electrical box, cover is included A4905-9996CA Insuite Device Distribution Module is an integral of providing a robust and cost effective solution to meet audible requirements for dwelling units as specified in various building unit is designed to comply with requirements that ensure any with insuite devices (including open circuit, grounded circuit, short circuit) will not affect the operation of any other devices located other suites. A4905-9996CA accepts input from a Fire Alarm NAC, connects to A4901 Series Insuite Silenceable devices located in the suites, has an output back to the Fire Alarm NAC. The A4905-9996CA is field mounted, as they are housed in 4-11/16 square electrical Depending upon which building code compliance is required, the device circuits are run from the A4905-9996CA in either Class Class configurations. A4905-9996CA connects to a 24 VDC or 25V Audio NAC and full supervision beyond the distribution module. 1: Insuite Device Module Installation Reference Box and extension ring are supplied separately Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 2 6/2019 diagrams Insuite Device Distribution Module 2: Audio Application Using Distribution and Insuite Silence Modules Class B Supervision reference – A4905-9996CA (B) – A4901-9839CA 3: Application Using Distribution and Insuite Silence Modules Class B Supervision reference – A4905-9996CA/A4901-9839CA (B) – A4901-9839CA When the A4901-9839CA silence switch is used in conjunction with slave speakers, this 24 VDC power source provided by the Fire Alarm Control must be interrupted during use of the fire alarm microphone. This diagram provides an applications overview, not all wiring is shown. The A4905-9996CA does not accept an input from a 70V Audio NAC. 2019 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 2 6/2019

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Accessories, LED Annunciators Series SCU (Status Command Units) and RCU (Remote Command Units) 1: Status Command Unit (SCU) 2: Remote Command Unit (RCU) LED status annunciation with available remote panel switch control: Compatible with Autocall 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES series fire alarm panels Also compatible with Autocall legacy panel model series 4100 and Transponders (UT) Supervised RUI (remote unit interface) communications require a twisted, shielded wire pair to the fire alarm control panel (power supplied via a second wire pair) Red zone status LEDs are provided with preprinted zone numbers or be individually labeled as desired LEDs are pluggable for color changing or replacement; on-board pushbutton switch provides LED test Surface or flush-mount on standard electrical boxes UL listed to Standard 864 as single units or can be ordered modular for up to 4 in a common cabinet: A602-9101, Status Command Unit (SCU) provides 16 red LED zone indicators A602-9102, Remote Command Unit (RCU) provides 8 red LED zone indicators; local power (green) and trouble (yellow) LEDs; local and switches for Trouble Silence, Alarm Silence, System and Manual Evacuation (EVAC) A602-8001 Series panels provide selection of a remote cabinet that mount one RCU and up to three SCUs; options include beige or steel flush mount doors Graphic I/O Board Assemblies are available separately for use listed custom graphic annunciator panels; available stand-alone or plate mounted (A602-7101); selectable as SCU or RCU; blocks are provided for LED, switch, and LED test feature Command Units (SCU) Command Units provide 16 red zone status LEDs. Multiples may mounted together for additional zone coverage. Command Units (RCU) Command Units provide 8 red zone status LEDs, and control duplicating the switch functions of the host Fire Alarm Control A keyswitch enables the control switches. A green LED indicates is present and a yellow LED indicates trouble. identification identification (i.e., Zone 1, Zone 2) is provided on “slip-in” labels. local zone information may be typed on the blank reverse (i.e., East Wing, First Floor, etc.) of the label. Pushbutton LED test are located internally for “lamp test” feature. Terminations are convenient terminal block connections. 3: Annunciator Package with RCU on top three SCUs (shown as standard surface mount trim) This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7120-2269:0546 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 17 01/2020 Series SCU (Status Command Units) and RCU (Remote Command Units) Selection 1: Individual LED/Switch Annunciators; Six-Gang box mounting Command Unit (SCU) with beige trim plate Command Unit (RCU) with beige trim plate Reference dimensions = 11 13/16″ W x 4 H mm x 300 mm) on 6-gang box, 1 minimum (38 mm) dimensions = 11 13/16″ W x 4 H mm x 300 mm) on 6-gang box, 1 minimum (38 mm) dimensions = 11 13/16″ W x 4 H mm x 300 mm) on 6-gang box, 1 minimum (38 mm) stainless steel trim plate option for either A602-9101 or A602-9102, both slotted and tamper resistant screws mount box option for use with A602-9101 or A602-9102; painted steel, finish; dimensions = 11 31/32″ W x 4 H x 2 D (304 mm x 117 mm x 70 2: Individual Graphic I/O Module; for use with listed custom graphic annunciator panels I/O RCU/SCU Board Assembly; operation is switch selectable as either RCU or SCU; dimensions = 5 x 7″ (130 x 178 mm); see illustration reference below 3: Plate Mounted Graphic I/

Datasheet Accessories System Accessory Enclosure the A602-5001 system accessory enclosure to house a variety of accessories, for example firefighter phones. The enclosure includes a locking 1: system accessory enclosure selection 1: System accessory enclosures when no A602-7001 or A602-6001 modules are to be selected; blank filler are provided steel reference A602-5001 mounting reference mount door and trim option; dimensions = 16 in. W x 20 in. (406 mm x 508 mm) Rev. 1 2/2021 mounting reference 2 shows the A602-5001 surface mount door, including top and side views. 2: mounting reference 2: A602-5001 mounting reference callouts and description trim dimensions: 16 in. W x 20 in. H (406 mm x 508 mm) door dimensions: 13 1/2 in. W x 17 5/8 in. H (343 mm x 448 mm) two located on the top, the bottom, and the back of the box, and one on each side, for a total of eight door dimensions: 14 7/16 in. W x 18 5/16 in. H (367 mm x 465 mm) 2021 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. Additional listings may be contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 1 2/2021

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Approved, OTCR/NYC Annunciator Panels provide fire alarm control panel information at locations distant from the fire alarm panel functions include: Remote status LED indicators and dedicated switch input controls on LED/switch modules Remote status LED indicator modules with 8 red or 16 (8 red/8 yellow) that are pluggable to allow color selection (yellow, green, or red are ordered separately) Remote microphone and operator interface for access to the voice/alarm communications system Remote master telephone for communicating to the firefighter system Also available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content interface (refer to Two Bay Remote Annunciator LED/Switch Reference, InfoAlarm Command Center Detail Reference, and datasheet AC4100-1045 for additional information) optional modules include: Remote Command Center module for LCD status readout and controlled functions 24 Point I/O module RS-232 ports for remote printer or terminal connections Power supplies with battery charger for annunciator Panel mounted printer for system status recording requirements: RUI or RUI+ (remote unit interface) supervised communications the host fire alarm control panel provide Class B or Class X SLC line circuit) pathway connections Microphone and telephone circuits require their own dedicated wiring to: UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke Control Service Releasing Device Service (SYZV), Emergency Communication Relocation Equipment (UOQY), Control Unit Accessories (UOXX) UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units – Burglar (APOU) UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX), Emergency Alarm Control Units (FSZI) UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM) CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (UOJZ7), Releasing Service (SYZV7), Control Unit Accessories (UOXX7) CAN/ULC-S559 Central Station Fire Alarm System Units (DAYR7) ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (APOU7) ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL7) Fire Control Units Annunciator Panels 1: Remote Annunciator in a Three Bay with Audio Operator Modules; Remote Command (left) and with an InfoAlarm Command Center (right) Annunciator Panels Annunciator Panels are dedicated purpose transponders that fire alarm system status information. Typical use is when the fire alarm control panel is located away from the area where those to a fire situation need status information. and Control are suitable for firefighter or other fire brigade responders to particular information and for system control. When equipped a remote microphone and emergency voice/alarm communications control, an authorized user can take command of the system either play selected pre-recorded messages or select specific tones, initiate live broadcast information either globally into the system, or to areas. Master Firefighter Phone equipped with a remote master phone, the authorized user connect to remote phone call-in requests and allow callers to be to each other. Although intended for use in assisting fire these system are also helpful during system setup and test. listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 2 03/2020 Annunciator Panels Bay Description Annunciators annunciators include a bay assembly, a power distribution interface module (PDI), a Transponder Interface Module, and an interconnect Communications with the host fire alarm control panel are via a Remote Unit Interface (RUI or RUI+) connection that allows for up to 2500 (762 m) distance. RUI can communicate with up to a total of 31 remote devices per master controller (on one or multiple RUI channels) and can be as a Class B or Class X communication pathway. Wiring can be either shielded or unshielded, twisted, or untwisted single pair wiring. Remote Annunciator model is for applications that may require a full complement of the Remote Annunciator functions (see Product Selection). Power is from a cabinet Remote Power Supply (RPS). Basic Remote Annunciator remote annunciato

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Annunciator Panels provide fire alarm control panel information at locations distant from the fire alarm panel functions include: Remote status LED indicators and dedicated switch input controls on LED/switch modules Remote status LED indicator modules with 8 red or 16 (8 red/8 yellow) that are pluggable to allow color selection (yellow, green, or red are ordered separately) Remote microphone and operator interface for access to the voice/alarm communications system Remote master telephone for communicating to the firefighter system Models available with Color ES Touch Screen Display User Interface. optional modules include: Remote Command Center option for LCD status readout and keyswitch functions (for models A100-9610 and A100-9611 without ES Touch Screen Display) 24 Point I/O module RS-232 ports for remote printer or terminal connections Power supplies with battery charger for annunciator Panel mounted printer for system status recording requirements: RUI or RUI+ (remote unit interface) supervised communications the host fire alarm control panel provide Class B or Class X SLC line circuit) pathway connections Microphone and telephone circuits require their own dedicated wiring to: UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke Control Service Releasing Device Service (SYZV), Emergency Communication Relocation Equipment (UOQY), Control Unit Accessories (UOXX) UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units – Burglar (APOU) UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX), Emergency Alarm Control Units (FSZI) UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM) CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (UOJZ7), Releasing Service (SYZV7), Control Unit Accessories (UOXX7) CAN/ULC-S559 Central Station Fire Alarm System Units (DAYR7) ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (APOU7) ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL7) Fire Control Panels Annunciator Panels 1: 4100ES Remote Annunciator in a Three Bay with Audio Operator Modules; Remote Command (left) and with an ES Touch Screen Display (right) Annunciator Panels Annunciator Panels are dedicated purpose transponders that fire alarm system status information. Typical use is when the fire alarm control panel is located away from the area where those to a fire situation need status information. and Control are suitable for firefighter or other fire brigade responders to particular information and for system control. When equipped a remote microphone and emergency voice/alarm communications control, an authorized user can take command of the system either play selected pre-recorded messages or select specific tones, initiate live broadcast information either globally into the system, or to areas. Master Firefighter Phone equipped with a remote master phone, the authorized user connect to remote phone call-in requests and allow callers to be to each other. Although intended for use in assisting fire these system are also helpful during system setup and test. product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. AC4100-1039 Rev. 3 11/2021 Annunciator Panels Bay Description Annunciators annunciators include a bay assembly, a power distribution interface module (PDI), a Transponder Interface Module, and an interconnect Communications with the host fire alarm control panel are via a Remote Unit Interface (RUI or RUI+) connection that allows for up to 2500 (762 m) distance. RUI can communicate with up to a total of 31 remote devices per master controller (on one or multiple RUI channels) and can be as a Class B or Class X communication pathway. Wiring can be either shielded

A100-5013 and A010-9935 Zone/Relay Module Installation Instructions Warnings, and Regulatory Information AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Follow the instructions in this installation manual. These instructions must be followed to damage to this product and associated equipment. Product operation and reliability depend upon proper installation. NOT INSTALL ANY AUTOCALL PRODUCT THAT APPEARS DAMAGED Upon unpacking your Autocall product, the contents of the carton for shipping damage. If damage is apparent, immediately file a claim with the carrier notify an authorized Autocall product supplier. HAZARD Disconnect electrical field power when making any internal adjustments or repairs. All repairs be performed by a representative or an authorized agent of your local Autocall product supplier. HAZARD Static electricity can damage components. Handle as follows: Ground yourself before opening or installing components. Prior to installation, keep components wrapped in anti-static material at all times. RULES AND REGULATIONS PART 15. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be to correct the interference at his own expense. A100-5013/A010-9935 Zone/Relay Module is an 8-point I/O card, where the I/O points can be independently configured as a Class B conventional device zone, a Class A conventional initiating zone using two I/O points, a Class B security point, or a relay point. This document covers the and wiring of the module. information about programming the A100-5013/A010-9935 Zone/Relay Module, refer to ES Panel Programmer Manual: 574-849AC. In some cases, the initiating devices on a loop require the use of the A100-5130 or A010-9916 25 V Regulator Module. See the Installation sec- of this document for more information. 1: Compatible FACU FACU number a list of the initiating devices which are compatible with A100-5013/A010-9935 Zone/Relay Module, refer to 2-Wire Compatibility Chart: 579-832. From this point on, the A100-5013/A010-9935 Zone/Relay Module card is referred to as the Zone/Relay Module. overview Zone/Relay Module is powered in the 4100ES and 4010ES FACUs using the FACU PDI connector. Some detectors may also require regulated This is done by installing the 25 V Regulator Module A100-5130 or A010-9916 in the FACU bay. See 2-Wire Detector Compatibility Chart: 579-832 compatibility. All output zones, including security zones, are regulated to 25 volts when the 25 V Regulator Module is installed. For jumper configuration information, see the Setting the address section of this document. to Figure 1 for the Zone/Relay Module card layout. Rev A and A010-9935 Zone/Relay Module Installation Instructions 1: Front view of the Zone/Relay Module card the Zone/Relay Module maximum number of Zone/Relay Modules that can be mounted in the 4100ES and 4010ES FACUs is limited both by the current draw of the FACU supply, and the space occupied by other hardware installed in the bay. mount the Zone/Relay Module in the 4100ES and 4010ES FACUs, complete the following steps: the Zone/Relay Module into an available PDI block in the bay. the card with the standoffs against the back of the FACU as shown in Figure 2. the card to the standoffs using the two #6-32 screws. 2: Mounting the card 2 Rev A and A010-9935 Zone/Relay Module Installation Instructions the Zone/Relay Module to the 25 V Regulator Module When the 25 V Regulator Module is used to power Zone/Relay Modules, it is dedicated to this function, and cannot also be used to power wired devices. older or third party detectors require a regulated voltage to operate. In these cases the A100-5130 or A010-9916 25 V Regulator Module is to regulate the voltage output of the detector initiating zones. For a complete list of detectors which require the 25 V Regulator Module, see

Model A2081-9027 Loop Circuit Protector Instructions Autocall Model A2081-9027 protects Autocall building system equipment from electrical transients induced on runs that are external to the building. A2081-9027 will protect most Autocall low voltage circuits, but is not compatible with: AC input power. DC power to BT/FABT Transponders. RS232 Communication. Video Signals. All signal lines which would be degraded by 6 ohms per line of added resistance. Any signals which exceed the operating specifications listed below. operating voltage (for voltage breakdown range, see chart below): 27VAC RMS line to line 35VAC RMS line to ground operating current: mA Resistance: Ohms per line (6 Ohms per protector) BREAKDOWN RANGE (PER UL 497B) (100V/S) (100V/uS) – 70V – 350V – 60V – 360V – 110V – 450V PROCEDURE (See illustration on next page) PER UL 497B LISTING REQUIREMENTS: The external wiring must be confined to a one block area containing building of origin. The wiring must also be installed in such a manner that there is no possibility of accidental (by failure of supports or insulation) with electric light or power conductors operating at over 300V peak to For optimum protection, install the A2081-9027 apart from the protected equipment and as close as practical to point where the circuit leaves or enters the building. Protected and unprotected wiring must not share the same conduit. 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and subject to change without notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection (NFPA). (574-803AC) A Mount the protector in a 4 in. (10.16 cm) or larger square box. At least 2 in. (5.08 cm) distance must separate the from the conduit. Cut the protector GREEN lead as short as possible and tie it to the mounting box with a standard grounding Bond the box containing the protector to the Building Grounding Electrode System. Use 12 AWG (3.309 mm2) or larger solid copper wire. The ground wire length must not exceed 28 ft. (8.6m) Bends in the ground wire of less than 2 in. (5.08 cm) radius are not permitted. If enclosed in metal conduit, the ground wire must be bonded to the conduit at both ends. A. Connect the protector BROWN and VIOLET leads to the lines coming from the protected equipment. Connect the protector ORANGE and YELLOW leads to the lines going out of the building. Connect one of the protector GRAY leads to one of the cable shields. Then connect the remaining GRAY At the protector, dress the input and output cables as far apart as possible (no less than 2 in. [5.08 cm] distance At the signal source, connect the cable shield to the cabinet ground screw. The following represent signal to the other shield. separate the two cables). 2120 BMUX for communication lines Transponder or fire alarm panel for alarm initiating or signal circuits. Inch Square Box (Min.) Shield A B the Orange and Leads of ILCP* Equipment A B Shield Step 6 AWG (min.) Shield Screw AWG (min.) Ft. (max.) Protector Ground connections the protected equipment and must be from the Grounding Electrode System. (574-803AC) A

Overview Specifications A2081-9028 Loop Circuit Protector Instructions A2081-9028 Isolated Loop Circuit Protectors (ILCP) protect Autocall systems equipment from electrical transients such as those caused by strikes or disturbances on high voltage power lines induced on circuit external to the building. A2081-9028 circuit protectors can be used to protect most Autocall low circuits such as DC Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) and circuit NACs (25 VRMS) but are not compatible with the following: AC input power RS-232 communication Video signals signals must not exceed the following operating specifications. 1. Operating Specifications Rating Rating Rating Current Rating Resistance Inductance Capacitance Time Current and Current VDC, 28 VAC RMS line-to-line VDC, 28 VAC RMS line-to-ground VDC, 33 VAC RMS Amps than 0.1 Ohms per line per line Nanosecond (10-9) line-to-line and A (8×20 pulse) A (10×50 pulse) this Publication publication discusses the following topics: the Isolated Loop Circuit Protector Page # 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the product listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered trademarks of the Fire Protection Association (NFPA). B the Isolated Loop Circuit Protector Guidelines the following guidelines before installing the A2081-9028. UL 497B Listing Requirements. The external wiring must be confined a one-block area containing the building of origin. The wiring must also installed in such a manner that there is no possibility of accidental (by failure of supports or insulation) with electric light or power operating at over 300 V peak-to-ground. Location. For optimal protection, install the A2081-9028 apart from the equipment and as close as practical to the point where the circuit or enters the building. ILCPs must be installed in dedicated, metallic boxes. Separate Conduit. Protected and unprotected equipment must not share same conduit. Wire Type. Fire alarm system wiring that is external to the building and by the use of A2081-9028 ILCPs must use twisted, shielded pairs must be properly grounded. Wiring Distance. Wiring is limited to one contiguous property. The total wire length is determined by the allowable limit of the circuit. circuit can exceed 3270 feet (1 km). Underground Wiring. Wiring must be in a wiring trough that is separate commercial distribution wiring. Overhead Wiring. Keep the following in mind with regard to overhead Wiring must be run on poles separate from those supporting any power wiring. Wiring shall be run in parallel with the commercial power distribution and be separated by a minimum distance of either 100 ft (30 m) the maximum span between any two adjacent poles of either the circuit or the commercial power distribution circuit. Ground. The grounding connector shall be #12 AWG with a maximum of 28 feet (8.5 m). Ground wire must be run in as straight a line as and must be connected to the building grounding electrode system Article 800-40 of NFPA 70, the National Electric Code. 2 the Isolated Loop Circuit Protector, Continued Guidelines Mount the A2081-9028 in a steel box. At least 2 inches (5.08 cm) must the from the conduit. Permissible box sizes are:

A4098-9845 Weatherproof Enclosure Application Addendum A4098-9845 Weatherproof Enclosure graph shown below presents the results of controlled laboratory testing performed on a typical A4098-9845 Weatherproof Enclosure protecting internally mounted duct sensor housing. The external ambient air temperature of the A4098-9845 Weatherproof Enclosure was varied throughout UL-listed operating temperature range. Temperatures were recorded within the protected duct sensor housing with varying duct air velocities of air between 68 and 74 F (20 to 23 C). graph illustrates how an increase in the test airflow velocity allows the airflow through the weatherproof enclosure to maintain the duct sensor at its rated range as the ambient temperature of the weatherproof enclosure is varied throughout temperatures anticipated for exterior air locations. For typical external air duct applications, heating air would be hotter than 74 F and cooling air would be lower than 68 F, extending the airflow range accordingly. 1: Relationship between Ambient Air Temperature and Air Flow Guidelines addition, adhere to the following guidelines when mounting the enclosure and duct sensor. Failure to adhere to these guidelines may result in to the internal sensor. DO NOT locate the A4098-9845 Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure in direct sunlight. Do locate the A4098-9845 Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure on the shaded/sheltered side of an exposed HVAC duct. Where this is possible or where minimal protection would be provided, use a sheetmetal or equivalent canopy that provides ventilated shelter for the Ensure that the final mounting location will provide convenient access to the enclosure for maintenance. When drilling holes within the enclosure and the duct sensor housing, ensure that no particles fall into the duct sensor head or electronics. Rev A F C) 50 C) 0 C) C) C) C) airflow range with duct air between 68 to 74 F (20 to 23 C) Duct Air Velocity (linear ft/min) 2017 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Alarm Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev A

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Peripherals Plates and Accessories, Selection and Application Reference Plates and Accessories, Selection and Application Reference This is a general reference document. Refer to the notification data sheet and installation instructions for specific product and additional information. 1: Adapter Plates and Accessories Diagram NFPA 72 requires that the entire lens be not less than 80 and not than 96 above the finished floor. (shown for reference) with adapter plate A4905-9931 plated Plate (Cosmetic) for wall mount applications replacing rectangular housing (horizontal or vertical) on flush 4 square electrical box, a TrueAlert A/V (or V/O if horn no longer required) Dimensions: x 5.91 x 0.06 (202 mm x 150 x 1.5 mm) Plate to mount TrueAlert horn, V/O, A/V to 2975-9145 box (typically retrofit, may be mounted vertical horizontal) Dimensions: 8-5/16 x x 0.060 (211 mm x 146 mm x mm) Plate to adapt Autocall 2975-9145 to mount TrueAlert S/V wall or rectangular S/V (vertical or mount), typically used for Plate for Rectangular A/ vertical or horizontal Required for 3-gang box, for 2-gang boxes, for surface mounted 4 square Not needed if A4905-9915 A4905-9916 Adapter is used 7 x 4-7/8″ (178 mm x mm) Bridge for A4902-9721 Speaker (round, mounted) Adaptor Plate This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7320-2269:0501, 7125-2269:0524, 7135-2269:0518 and 7320-2269:0502 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 3 1/2020 Plates and Accessories, Selection and Application Reference Skirts 2: Adapter Skirts Diagram Mount (Shallow) Adapter to cover 1-1/2″ (38 mm) deep mounted boxes used for horns, V/O, and A/VSkirt 1-5/8″ (41 mm) Mount (Deep) Adapter for Wall Mount Speaker to cover surface mounted 1-1/2″ box with 1-1/2″ deep extension to wall depth: 3-3/16″ (81 mm) Mount (Deep) Adapter for S/V when mounting TrueAlert to surface mounted electrical 4″ square, 1-1/2″ deep with deep extension depth: 3-3/16″ (81 mm) Mount Box Adapter to cover 1-1/2″ deep surface boxes for use with A/V products (ceiling shown for reference) 4-3/4″ x 6-7/8″ x 1-1/2″ (121 mm x 175 mm x 38 mm) 2 Rev. 3 1/2020 Plates and Accessories, Selection and Application Reference Boxes 3: Mounting Boxes Diagram Mount Box for Rectangular or S/V; or vertical mount; 4-5/16″ x 6-5/8″ x (110 mm x 168 x 70 mm) Mount box 4: Wire Guards Diagram Guards Guard for Wall Mount V/O or A/V, Includes Plate with semi-flush or mounted boxes; 6-1/16″ H x 6-1/16″ W 3-1/8″ D (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 Guard for Ceiling Mount V/ Includes Mounting Plate with semi-flush or mounted boxes; compatible wall mount rectangular style V/ typically for retrofit 6-1/8″ x 4-3/8″ x 2-7/8″ (156 mm x 111 mm x 73 mm) Wire Guard for mounting to mounted electrical box Adapter Plate, required to guard to surface mounted box shown with ceiling mount strobe (V/O) on mounting plate (2 pieces) 3 Rev. 3 1/2020 Plates and Accessories, Selection and Application Ref

UL, ULC Listed* Technology Addressable Devices Duct Sensor Housing 4098-5214 for the A4098-5252 Photoelectric Sensor information reference to the NFPA 90A standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning Ventilating Systems; NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling the NEMA Guide for Proper Use of Smoke Detectors in Duct and Installation Instructions 579-962. addressing the 850EMT programming tool to address MX technology sensors addressable devices. Its simple menu driven user interface can increment addresses after each write operation. This to use soft addressing technique avoids misaddressing errors often occur when coded switches are used. 850EMT address programmer can also change addresses stored a sensor or other addressable device’s non-volatile memory, which addressing errors easy to rectify. details A4098-5252 Photoelectric Sensor incorporates a unique optical design with a high signal-to-noise ratio that provides resilience dust, dirt, small insects, and reduced service cost. The sensor communicates analog sensor information to the host panel and is analyzed using the MX Fastlogic algorithm. The MX Fastlogic algorithm is considered an expert algorithm that uses fire data as a basis for the alarm decision. Compact air duct sensor housing Includes an internally mounted base for use with a A4098-5252 Sensor. Order the sensor separately. Compatible with Autocall 4100ES or 4010ES fire alarm control panels, with an MX Technology Addressable Loop Module. Clear cover for visual inspection, to monitor for the presence of smoke. Sampling tubes, ordered separately, are available in multiple lengths to duct size. analysis. UL listed to Standard 268A. Communicates analog sensor information to the host control panel for module options, order separately: alarm LED (A2098-9808) The capacity for smoke detection in air ducts does not replace detection requirements for open areas or other non-duct 4098-5214 duct smoke sensor housing enables a A4098-5252 Technology smoke sensor to monitor for smoke conditions in conditioning or ventilating ducts. A sampling tube, selected in with duct width, is installed into the duct, allowing air to be to the smoke sensor mounted in the housing and is discharged into the duct by using the exhaust tube. description sensor construction. MX A4098-5252 850 series photoelectric sensor provides a robust reliable construction which has undergone stringent environmental Electrical contacts are molded into the plastic to eliminate The construction uses durable, fire resistant FR110 plastic. Sensors communicate to the MX Loop Module using MX Technology 2: A4098-5252 Photoelectric Sensor Fastlogic sensor operation Fastlogic sensor operation is an algorithm that takes into account the of smoke buildup over time and applies fuzzy logic to calculate level of risk. This algorithm uses over 200 years of fire test data research at the University of Duisburg, Germany to determine likelihood that there is a real fire, and is designed to achieve faster of real fires and slower, preferably no detection, of false alarm Fastlogic sensor basics MX Fastlogic algorithm can be described as an expert algorithm that real fire data as a basis for the alarm decision. For any application, most suitable detection, for response to an actual fire, is used to false alarms. This general requirement is clearly reflected in and national standards governing fire detection system designs. 1: Duct sensor housing, front shown with A4098-5252 sensor AC4098-0046 Rev. 5 12/2021 Duct Sensor Housing 4098-5214 for the A4098-5252 Photoelectric Sensor attempts at reducing the occurrence of false alarms have degrading the level of fire protection afforded, either by raising alarm threshold of smoke detectors, introducing delays, or generally less responsive detection. MX Fastlogic sensors offer an level of protection while simultaneously increasing immunity to alarm. Fastlogic algorithm – principle elements elements of the detector output

Datasheet Analog Sensing Duct Sensor Housings with TrueAlarm Photoelectric Sensor; Available with Relay Control ULC, CSFM Listed, FM air duct sensor housing with clear cover to monitor for presence of smoke** factory installed TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke sensor features: Individual sensor information processed by the host control panel to sensor status Digital transmission of analog sensor values via IDNet , 2-wire Programmable sensitivity, consistent accuracy, environmental status testing, and monitoring of sensor dirt A4098-9755: Basic duct sensor housing (no relay output) powered by IDNet A4098-9756: Duct sensor housing with supervised output for multiple remote relays; separate 24 VDC; includes one relay Relay output is under panel control At the panel, relay output can be activated manually or in response to a alarm or other input features: UL listed to Standard 268A Clear cover allows visual inspection Test ports provide functional smoke testing access with cover in place Mounts to rectangular ducts or round ducts; minimum size is 8″ (203 square or 18″ (457 mm) diameter Magnetic test feature for alarm initiation at housing Optional weatherproof enclosure is available separately (refer to data AC4098-0032 ) LEDs (on interface board): Red Alarm/Trouble LED for sensor status and communications polling Yellow LED for open or shorted trouble indication of supervised relay (A4098-9756 only) tubes (ordered separately): Available in multiple lengths to match duct size Installed and serviced with housing in place module options (ordered separately): Remote red status/alarm LED (A2098-9808) Remote test station with LED (A2098-9806) 4098-9843 remote relays (refer to Duct Sensor Selection Chart) 1: Sensor Housing, Front and Bottom View 2: 3: Autocall compact air duct smoke sensor housings provide operation for the detection of smoke in air conditioning or ducts. Sampling tubes are installed into the duct allowing air be directed to the smoke sensor mounted in the housing. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 3240-2269:0526, 7272-2269:0537 7300-2269:0551 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for latest status. Rev. 12 03/2021 Duct Sensor Housings with TrueAlarm Photoelectric Sensor; Available with Multiple Relay Control Sensor Operation Communication of Analog Sensing. Analog information from the sensor is digitally communicated to the control panel where it is analyzed. input is stored and tracked as an average value with an alarm or abnormal condition being determined by comparing the sensor present against its average. Data Evaluation. Monitoring each photoelectric sensor average value provides a software filtering process that compensates for factors (dust, dirt, etc.) and component aging, providing an accurate reference for evaluating new activity. The result is a significant in the probability of false or nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitivity, either up or down. Panel Selection. Peak activity per sensor is stored to assist in evaluating specific locations. The alarm set point for each sensor is determined the control panel, selectable as the individual application requires. Status LED. Each sensor housing red status LED (located on the electrical interface board) pulses to indicate communications with the If the control panel determines that a sensor is in alarm, or that it is dirty or has some other type of trouble, the details are annunciated at the panel and that sensor housing status LED will be turned on steadily. During a system alarm, the control panel will control the LEDs such that LED indicating a trouble will return to pulsing to help identify any alarmed sensors. (Remote Status/Alarm LEDs track the operation of the sensor LED.) Please note that smoke detection in air ducts is intended to provide no

4100ES Fire Control Units Transponders with ES-PS Power Supplies MINIPLEX transponders connect to a host 4100ES Fire Control Panel using Autocall remote unit interface (RUI) At the transponder, RUI communications are received the transponder interface module and translated into the same communications format that is used in the host control panel. located modules. With RUI communications, the can remotely provide the same initiating and notification that occur at the host control panel without requiring multiple distance wiring runs. Connections to the host panel are low current and audio wiring with distances up to 2500 ft (762 m). refer to document AC4100-1031 and the other documents in Additional 4100ES Product Reference for additional information the extensive initiating and notification features of the fire alarm control panels. ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved, Approved* Series MINIPLEX transponders allow remotely located and notification functions: Transponder operation is available as standard or with local mode Communications with the host fire alarm control panel use the Remote Interface (RUI and RUI+) formats functions include: Conventional initiating device circuit (IDC) support Addressable device support including TrueAlarm analog sensor functions include: Addressable strobe and horn notification using enhanced power IDNAC SLCs Conventional DC notification appliance circuits including TrueAlert and horn appliances Emergency voice/alarm communications mode operation provides: Default local initiating and notification operation in the event of a loss with the host control panel Support for conventional Initiating Device Circuits (IDC conventional Appliance Circuits (NAC addressable IDNet devices, IDNAC notification appliances, and default output tones local amplifiers modules include: Digital or Analog audio riser modules for connection to system audio Digital or analog input audio amplifiers with integral on-board NACs Power supplies with or without battery chargers City Connect modules and RS-232 ports for printers or maintenance modules Alarm relays, auxiliary relays, additional IDC modules, and NAC 1/IP30 cabinets are equipped with solid doors (platinum or and in one, two, or three bay sizes to: UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke Control Service Releasing Device Service (SYZV), Emergency Communication Relocation Equipment (UOQY) UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units – Burglar (APOU) UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX), Emergency Alarm Control Units (FSZI) UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM) CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (UOJZ7), Releasing Service (SYZV7) CAN/ULC-S559 Central Station Fire Alarm System Units (DAYR7) ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (APOU7) ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL7) 1: Typical 4100ES MINIPLEX System One-Line Drawing Bay Description model A100-9600 includes a bay assembly, a power interface module (PDI), a Basic Transponder Interface and an interconnect harness. Communications with the host alarm control panel are via a Remote Unit Interface (RUI) connection allows for up to 2500 ft (762 m) distance. RUI can communicate with to a total of 31 remote devices and can be either Class B or Class X model A100-9601 substitutes a Local Mode Transponder for the Basic Transponder Module. Expansion Bays each include a PDI and accept a variety of modules (refer to tables from MINIPLEX Transponder Product onwards). Battery Compartment (bottom) accepts two batteries, up to 50 that can be mounted within the cabinet. Battery mounting does interfere with available module space. A power supply with battery is required for each battery set. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Control Panels Fire Detection and Control MINIPLEX Transponders Series MINIPLEX transponders allow remotely located and notification functions: Transponder operation is available as standard or with local mode Communications with the host fire alarm control panel use the Remote Interface (RUI) format functions include: Conventional initiating device circuit (IDC) support Addressable device support including TrueAlarm analog sensor functions include: Conventional DC notification appliance circuits including TrueAlert and horn appliances Emergency voice/alarm communications mode operation provides: Default local initiating and notification operation in the event of a loss with the host control panel Enabling of an optional Local Mode Controller with a local alarm LED status indicators, and keyswitch enabled control switches Support for IDNet addressable devices, conventional notification and default output tones from local amplifiers modules include: Digital or Analog audio riser modules for connection to system audio Digital or analog input audio amplifiers with integral on-board NACs Power supplies with or without battery chargers City Connect modules and RS-232 ports for printers or maintenance modules Alarm relays, auxiliary relays, additional IDC modules, and NAC 1/IP30 cabinets are equipped with solid doors (platinum or and in one, two, or three bay sizes to: UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ) UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX) UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar (APOU) UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM) 1: 4100ES MINIPLEX System One-Line Drawing MINIPLEX transponders connect to a host 4100ES Fire Control Panel using Autocall remote unit interface (RUI) At the transponder, RUI communications are received the transponder interface module and translated into the same communications format that is used in the host control panel. located modules. With RUI communications, the can remotely provide the same initiating and notification that occur at the host control panel without requiring multiple distance wiring runs. Connections to the host panel are low current and audio wiring with distances up to 2500 ft (762 m). refer to document AC4100-0031 and the other documents in Additional 4100ES Product Reference for additional information the extensive initiating and notification features of the fire alarm control panels. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 18 01/2020 Fire Detection and Control MINIPLEX Transponders Bay Description model A100-9600 includes a bay assembly, a power distribution interface module (PDI), a Basic Transponder Interface Module, and interconnect harness. Communications with the host fire alarm control panel are via a Remote Unit Interface (RUI) connection that allows for up to ft (762 m) distance. RUI can communicate with up to a total of 31 remote devices and can be either Style 4 or Style 7 communications. model A100-9601 substitutes a Local Mode Transponder Module for the Basic Transponder Module. Expansion Bays each include a PDI and accept a variety of optional modules (refer to tables from MINIPLEX Transponder Product Selection Battery Compartment (bottom) accepts two batteries, up to 50 Ah, that can be mounted within the cabinet. Battery mounting does not with available module space. A power supply with battery charger is required for each battery set. Availability Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as relay modules) Enclosure are available for one, two, or three bay sizes or for cabinet rack mounting NEMA 1/IP30 boxes and solid doors are available in platinum or red (ordered separately) Up to eight close-nipple

MX Technology Addressable Devices Manual Stations Single and Dual Action 1: single action station (front and side view) 2: double (breakglass) manual station ULC, CSFM Listed* addressable manual fire alarm stations Power and data supplied by MX Technology addressable loop using a single wire pair EMI compatibility Installation location of the pull stations are identified by activating the Reed Switch Mini-IAM Internally mounted addressable module is similar to the design of the Available as single action or double action breakglass operation Inbuilt LED to indicate communications with panel and status of monitoring Pull lever that protrudes when alarmed Break-rod supplied (use is optional) Complying standards: UL864 Complies with ADA requirement For use with Autocall 4100ES, 4010ES, and 4100U series fire alarm units equipped with an MX Loop module Refer to datasheet for MX Loop Module details construction Electronics module enclosure minimizes dust infiltration Mounting in standard electrical boxes Screw terminals for wiring connections resistant reset key lock (keyed same as Autocall fire cabinets) mounting options: Surface or semi-flush with standard boxes or matching Autocall boxes Flush mount adapter kit Adapters are available for retrofitting to commonly available existing addressable stations contain an integral addressable module that monitors status and communicates with an MX Loop Module in the host fire alarm control unit. of the A4099-5213 single action manual station requires firm downward pull to activate the alarm switch. Completing the breaks an internal plastic break-rod (visible below the pull lever, is optional). The break-rod can act as a deterrent to vandalism interfering with the minimum pull requirements needed for easy The pull lever latches into the alarm position and remains out of the housing to provide a visible indication. double action stations (breakglass) Strike the front- hammer to break the glass and expose the recessed pull lever. pull lever then operates as a single action station. reset requires the use of a key to reset the manual station lever deactivate the alarm switch. If the break-rod is used, it must be testing Pull the lever to test the station. Electrical testing is by unlocking the station housing to activate the alarm switch. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-2269:0506 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 2 1/2020 manual station semi-flush mounting Manual Stations Single and Dual Action 3: manual station semi-flush mounting manual stations surface mounting mounting. For surface mounting of these addressable manual stations, the preferred electrical boxes are shown in Figure 4. mounting reference. Refer to Addressable manual station, additional mounting information for wiremold box mounting compatibility. 4: mounting 2 Rev. 2 1/2020 mount side view with internal detail Manual Stations Single and Dual Action 5: detail reference to NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, and all applicable local codes for complete requirements for manual stations. The summarizes the basic requirements. Stations are located in the normal path of exit and distributed in the protected area such that they are unobstructed and readily accessible. Mount the operable part not less than 3.5 ft (1.1 m) and not more than 4.5 ft (1.37 m) above floor level. At least one station should be provided on each floor. Additional stations should be provided to obtain a travel distance not more than 200 ft (61 to the nearest station from any point in the building. When manual station coverage appears limited in any way, additional stations should be installed. 3

UL Listed* Addressable Devices Multi-Sensors (Smoke and Heat), Triple Sensors (Smoke, Heat and CO), Bases, and Accessories Technology addressable smoke sensor, heat sensor and features: Smoke sensors provide accurate photoelectric sensing Heat sensors provide electronic heat sensing with multiple alarm Multi-sensors combine photoelectric sensing with heat sensing Triple sensors combine photoelectric, heat and CO sensing Built-in isolation features are contained in some sensors, removing need for individual isolator devices Sounder bases provide multiple tone and volume selections and are as MX Loop powered Accessories include remote LED indicators, address flags and labels, Smoke sensors and accessories are listed to UL 268, heat sensors to base adapters 521 For use with Autocall 4100ES and 4010ES Series fire alarm control equipped with an MX Loop Module Analog sensor information is communicated to the host control unit analyzed using the MX Fastlogic algorithm The MX Fastlogic algorithm uses real fire data as a basis for the alarm and service features: Each sensor comes with an integral dust cover for protection during and installation and you easily remove it when commissioning system Unique park position for commissioning and service The address flag attaches to the base to minimize errors during service You can conveniently program detector addressing using the 801AP Tool Bases with multiple mounting options simplify installation construction. MX compatible 850-Series sensors provide and reliable construction which has undergone stringent testing. Electrical contacts are molded into the plastic to movement. Construction uses durable, fire resistant FR110 modes. MX Sensors communicate to the MX Loop Module MX Technology communications. Each detector can operate in one two of several detection modes, ensuring that it is easily optimized to risk. Fastlogic sensor operation Fastlogic sensor operation is an algorithm that takes into account pattern of smoke build up over time and applies fuzzy logic to the level of risk. This algorithm uses over 200 years of fire test from research at the University of Duisburg, Germany to determine likelihood that there is a real fire and achieves faster detection of real and slower, preferably no detection, of false alarm sources. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Fastlogic Sensor basics. The MX Fastlogic algorithm is an expert because it uses real fire data as a basis for the alarm decision. any given application we are obliged to employ the most suitable in terms of response to an actual fire while minimizing false This general requirement is clearly reflected in local and national governing fire detection system designs. attempts at reducing the occurrence of false alarms involve the level of fire protection afforded, either by raising the alarm of smoke detectors, introducing delays, or generally employing responsive detection. MX Fastlogic sensors give us the opportunity offer an improved level of protection while simultaneously increasing to false alarm. Fastlogic algorithm principle elements. The MX Fastlogic monitors several elements of the detector output and uses raw data to execute a series of processes to evaluate the probable of fire including: Background filtering Instantaneous smoke density Rate of change of smoke density Smoke density weighting Smoke density peak suppression Real fire experience comparison synonymous with false alarms are filtered while those indicative of fire are weighted. These results are continually against data derived from real fires to produce a measure of risk. Using this risk measurement, the decision to alarm is made. sensitivity and minimizing false alarms. MX Fastlogic are designed to maintain sensitivity to fire while minimizing alarms. You can select different smoke detector sensitivity settings many analog detection systems, for example, High, Normal, or sensitivity. Lowering the sensitivity setting is a typical reaction unwanted alarms but it usually means that the detector requires greater densi

TrueAlert ES Addressable Indoor A/O Notification Appliances Installation Instructions warnings, and regulatory information When the notification appliance emits light or sound, it indicates the possibility of an emergency situation that requires attention of all occupants. Always install, maintain, and test notification appliances within their specifications. Failure to follow all safety precautions and instructions result in loss of life and property due to non-functioning notification appliances. Some notification appliances use high voltage. To avoid electrical and avoid damage to appliances, make sure that the electrical power for the Notification Appliance Circuit is disconnected at the control before installing, repairing, or internally adjusting any notification appliances. Even with electrical power removed, some notification appliances as visible strobes) store a high voltage charge. The high voltage can cause injury resulting in death from electrical shock. DO NOT TOUCH CIRCUITRY. REFERENCE: Location and quantity of appliances required must conform to the applicable local standards and guidelines (the National Alarm and Signaling Code (NFPA 72); ULC Standard CAN/ULC-S524, Installation of Fire Alarm Systems; the appropriate model building codes, and specific requirements of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). These notification appliances are not intended for installation within locations as defined by the National Electrical Code (NEC) or NFPA. 1: UL listed TrueAlert indoor product identification reference Mount Horn Audible (AO) appliances provide an audible warning of an alarm condition when from the control panel of a UL/ULC Listed, Autocall Fire System. For information about TrueAlert appliance testing, see TrueAlert ES Addressable Appliances testing and applications guide (579-1049). instructions contents Appliance x 1 x 1 Backplate x1 with 8-32 1 inch mounting screws x 2, and 6-32 1 inch mounting screws x 2. included Electrical box 1-1/2 inch (38.1 mm) minimum depth required: single gang, double gang, or 4 inch (101.6 mm) square. 2: Kit contents the mounting location and install the electrical box using screws suitable for the mounting surface. See Figure 1 for mounting and information. the building wiring through the rectangular opening in the backplate. the building wires to the backplate. See Wiring Instructions on page 2. the backplate to the electrical box using the provided hardware. Install with the writing Install this side up at the top. Use a torque to tighten the screws to 12-15 inch-pounds. Do not over-tighten the screws. the cover to the appliance. the appliance settings. See Setting the address DIP Switch on page 3. the assembled appliance onto the backplate. 1: Mounting Instructions Rev G Backplate wire gang, double gang, or in. (101.6 mm) square electrical box cover 72 requires that device is not than 80 in. (203.2 cm) not greater than in. (243.8 cm) above finished floor. Use 8-32 screws for a 4 in. (101.6 mm) square electrical box Use 6-32 screws for a single or a double gang electrical box ES Addressable Indoor A/O Notification Appliances Installation Instructions Instructions Make sure that all power is disconnected before starting the installation. the electrical box, connect the building wiring to the CKT + and CKT – terminals on the backplate. ensure proper continuity, use a torque wrench to tighten the terminal block screws to 12-15 inch-pounds. that correct polarity is maintained for each unit. Line Circuit (SLC) wiring must be twisted pair (TWP). CKT terminals accept two wires: 12-18 American Wire Gauge (AWG) TWP. Do not bring the conduit through the rear of the electrical box. Strip the lead insulation to 7/16 inch maximum. 2: Wiring Instructions notes The maximum number of appliances on a circuit or on an IDNAC SLC is 127. The maximum wire resistance between appliances is 26 ohms. the field wiring diagrams for the driving compatible fire alarm control panel for further instructions. Notification appliances are rated using an individual module label.

Product Launch Announcement TrueAlert ES Notification Appliance Enhancements our Family of Revolutionary Addressable Notification Appliances are excited to announce the release of the final group of Autocall TrueAlert ES addressable appliances. These ceiling-mounted, weatherproof appliances complete the product line ensure that you now have all the options you need to provide your customers with a fully notification appliance solution for their entire facility. Products Included in this Launch: new ceiling-mounted, weatherproof audible appliance: A49AO-APPLC-O This appliance is compatible with the entire range of existing WP Speaker Only appliance covers (see the Appendix of bulletin for a complete list of numbers) new ceiling-mounted, weatherproof visual appliances: A49VOH-APPLC-O A49VOH-APPLC-CO (For Canadian markets) These appliances are compatible with the entire range of new WP Visual Only appliance covers (see the Appendix of bulletin for a complete list of numbers) new ceiling-mounted WP audible-visual appliance: A49AVH-APPLC-O A49AVH-APPLC-CO (For Canadian markets) These appliances are compatible with the entire range of existing Weatherproof Speaker 4900 series appliance covers (see the Appendix of this bulletin for a complete list of Collateral array of marketing materials have been developed to support sales of Autocall TrueAlert ES Notification, including brochures and sales presentations. into the web site (www.Autocall.com) with your account credentials then visit the TrueAlert ES Notification Appliances page to see the list of available marketing collateral. can also visit the Sales Resources section in the dealer area Autocall web site and filter the by collateral to see all of the marketing resources available on the site. Availability ES-PS Panels, NDU and Power Supplies are in inventory and are now available for delivery. use by Johnson Controls Employees and Authorized Partners Page 1 December 9, 2019 Appendix of this document contains a complete list of ES Net Part numbers, data and product documentation File Updates new appliances are now available for immediate ordering. ePrice, Selection Navigator, and have been updated to include the new SKUs. ePrice users: ePrice file updates have been released and are available for download. update your ePrice price files to the latest version. Selection Navigator Users: Your Selection Navigator price book has already been updated include all of the appliance PIDs. Documentation series of new data sheets and a new installation manual have been released to support these appliances and are available for download from the Autocall web site. Please refer to the of this bulletin for a complete list. More Information: contact one of the team members below: Management: Konjalwar Product Manager Fire Detection Products Controls +1 (561) 912-6169 and Commercialization: Ryan Commercialization Manager Fire Detection Products Controls +1 (978)-731-7913 use by Johnson Controls Employees and Authorized Partners Page 2 December 9, 2019 Existing Ceiling-Mounted WP SO Cover Part Numbers: SKU WP Red Cover (FIRE) WP White Cover (FIRE) Red Cover (Autocall Logo Only) White Cover (Autocall Logo Only) Red Cover (Blank) White Cover (Blank) WP Red Cover (ALERT) WP White Cover (ALERT) New Ceiling-Mounted WP VO Cover Part Numbers: Red Cover (FIRE) White Cover (FIRE) Red Cover (Autocall Logo Only) White Cover (Autocall Logo Only) SKU WP Red Cover (FEU) WP White Cover (FEU) WP Red Cover (ALERT) WP White Cov

No text preview available.

UL, ULC Listed* ES Addressable Notification Appliances Notification Appliances, Indoor Ceiling Mount Multi-Candela Horn/Strobe, Series A49AV notification appliance (horn): Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or steady operation Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time pattern, continuous; or Code 4, controlled separately from visible appliances on the two-wire circuit Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats per minute Output is or (~5 dBA difference) selectable at the appliance from the controller with FACP mode selected at the appliance Mount Addressable Visible (A/V) Notification Appliances individually addressed audible/visible notification appliances that power,supervision, and control signals from an Autocall fire control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). LED Xenon tube strobes devices are interoperable on the same IDNAC (See TrueAlert ES A/V LEGACY Compatibility Reference.) addressed and controlled multi-candela TrueAlert ES (audible/visible) notification appliances provide: Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and with programmable from the control panel or jumper selected 15, 30, 75 or 110cd on the AV model, or 110, 135 or 185 cd on the model Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs. IDNAC SLCs provide regulated 29 VDC allowing horns to operate with current Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing connections Class B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the strobe and horn and then report their status to the control panel TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing appliance point custom label, type, and candela setting (see sample in TrueAlert Reports Reference) Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of appliances wiring Electrical test point access by removing the cover Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to important installation in Installation Reference) Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems for upgrade replacement (see TrueAlert ES A/V LEGACY Compatibility Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC Standard Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard Indicator and Magnet Test feature: Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet Test pulses the to indicate appliance address and can be set to also briefly flash strobe and sound the horn design features Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing in red with letters or white with red letters, with clear lens, available with FEU, ALERT, FEU/FIRE, or blank lettering Separate covers are available to change application type onsite or for You can use a back box to mount the appliance assembly to the wall. to a 4-inch (10.16 cm) square electrical box Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the connected and avoiding trouble conditions In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Optional red wire guards (see Product Selection) Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. 1: ES Addressable A/V Application Reference selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy, and local codes. ES Operation Advantage ES addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs separate visible and audible notification using a single two- circuit that also confirms connection to the individual notification electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit supervision by providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance connections. current usage on IDNAC SLCs IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even battery standby, allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage margin under both primary power and secondary battery standby. include wiring distances up to 2 to 3

UL, ULC Approved* Notification Appliance Accessories Cover Selection Chart for Non-Addressable and Addressable Appliances Cover Selection Chart for Non-Addressable and Addressable Appliances 1: Speaker (data sheet AC4902-0003) or TrueAlert Horn (data sheet AC4901-0010) only 2: Multi-Tone Horn (data sheet AC49CMT-0001) only 3: Strobe (V/O) (data sheet AC4906-0001) Only 4: Horn/Visible (A/V) (data sheet AC4906-0002) only These covers are for use with Autocall listed/approved audible, visible, or combination audible/visible notification appliances as a direct mechan- replacement for the cover originally shipped with the product. Compatibility includes both fixed and multi-candela products. White lettering is used red covers and red lettering is used on white covers. Further agency listings and approvals are not applicable. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 8 12/2019 5: Multi-Tone Audible/Visible (A/V) (data sheet AC49MTV-0001) Only 6: Speaker/Visible (S/V) (data sheet AC4906-0003) only 2019 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 8 12/2019

UL Listed, ULC Listed* Analog Sensing Aspiration Addressable Duct Smoke Detection with TrueAlarm Photoelectric Sensors aspiration duct smoke detection** system provides remote location for ducts with difficult service access: Available as either a single- or dual-inlet detection system; includes a photoelectric sensor and addressable base per inlet For use with Autocall addressable fire alarm control units (FACUs) IDNet communications Supports remote housing up to 82 ft (25 m) with 1.05 in. (26.7 mm) Supports remote housing up to 50 ft (15 m) with 3/4 in. (19 mm) O.D. rigid pipe tubing controlled aspiration system provides: Adjustable air speed settings for easy setup Monitoring of airflow from the HVAC ducts Integral indicators located under the front cover for convenient and status indications Easily accessible air filter element A4098-XAD-110: Single-inlet housing with one smoke sensor Duct probe kit A4098-XAD-210: Dual-inlet housing with two smoke sensors (one per inlet) Duct probe kit Compatability with ducts wider than 90 in. (2286 mm) features: UL listed to Standards 268 and 268A ULC listed to Standard S529 Requires separate 24 VDC power Duct sensor housing with supervised output for multiple remote relays Relay output control through programming at the FACU that can be or deactivated manually; in response to a separate alarm or input; or can be bypassed for unobtrusive system testing functions (on interface board accessed by removing the Remote functional smoke testing Magnetic testing feature for alarm initiation at housing tubes (ordered separately): Available in multiple lengths to match duct size Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. 1: Single-inlet Duct Housing (duct probe kit not shown) 2: Dual-inlet Duct Housing (duct probe kit not shown) module options (ordered separately): Remote red status/alarm LED (A2098-9808) Remote test station with LED (A2098-9806) 4098-9843 remote relays Please note that smoke detection in air ducts indicates the of smoke in the duct. Smoke detection in air ducts does not smoke detection requirements for open areas or other non- applications. located smoke sensors. For smoke detection in HVAC or other area locations that are inconvenient or difficult to access, smoke sensing systems mount the sensor remotely and sample air using traditional air aspiration techniques. Smoke Sensing. Mounted in the smoke sensor housings a Autocall TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke sensor that samples the and reports its analog monitoring information to the FACU for This provides the TrueAlarm smoke sensing feature set with environmental compensation including Dirty, Excessively and Almost Dirty trouble detection. Aspiration. Air draws from the ducts through sampling holes in sampling tubes. Sampled air then filters before analysis the TrueAlarm sensor. Single- or dual-sensor versions are available. Rev. 4 02/2021 Aspiration Addressable Duct Smoke Detection with TrueAlarm Photoelectric Sensors 4: Test Station Alarm Control Unit Features Individual smoke sensitivity selection Sensitivity monitoring that meets NFPA 72 and CAN/ULC-S536 & S537 testing requirements Peak value logging allows accurate analysis for sensitivity selection Automatic individual sensor calibration check every 60 seconds to sensor integrity Automatic environmental compensation Smoke sensitivity displays in percent per foot Displays and prints easy-to-understand sensor information 4098-9843 Remote relay is under unit control for ON, OFF, or override Supervision. A high performance aspirator with programmable and monitoring circuitry provides airflow. Airflow displays on a ten bar graph under the front cover that can be adjusted for high low flow thresholds. Flow failure reports as a trouble to the FACU. for humid environments. An optional water trap with a ball

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM current, 24 VDC electronic design polarized input for connection to reverse polarity, Notification Appliance Circuit housing with white “FIRE” lettering semi-flush or surface wall mounting: Mounts to standard 4-inch square outlet box In/out wiring terminals for 18 to 12 AWG impact, flame retardant PC/ABS thermoplastic with Autocall modular audible/visible adapter plates A4905-9921 and A4905-9925 listed to Standard 464 Peripherals Notification Appliances (Horns) A4901-9822 Electronic Horn 1: Specifications Voltage Range** Size Output @ 10 ft (3m) per 464 Reverberant Chamber Output Temperature Range Range Dimensions Depth into Box VDC to 33 VDC mA AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 dBA @ 16 VDC 85 dBA @ 33 VDC to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at Hz rate F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C) to 95%, Non-condensing @ 86 F 30 C) H x 4-3/4″ W x 1-3/16″ D (121 x 121 mm x 30 mm) (46 mm) (16 mm) ** The rated voltage range listed is the absolute operating range. outside of this range may cause permanent damage. Please that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the appliance on the notification appliance circuit under worst case NAC voltage drops and standby battery calculations should made using anticipated operating conditions. and Accessories 2: Product Electronic Horn, red housing with white “FIRE” lettering 3: Accessories Adapters for combining audible and visible appliances onto a common mounting plate to Autocall data sheet AC4903-0007 ) 1: Electronic Horn Autocall A4901-9822 electronic horn is an audible notification that provides a loud and penetrating output. Horn output a steady, harmonically rich sound that can be easily coded by the notification appliance circuit (NAC). horn will mount semi-flush on a standard 4″ square (102 mm) box and has wiring terminals capable of accepting up to 12 wire. Optional accessories are available to increase mounting and flexibility (refer to page 2 for details). This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7135-2269:0519 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 4 03/2021 Information Notification Appliances (Horns) A4901-9822 Electronic Horn 2021 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 4 03/2021

Datasheet Peripherals Notification Appliances Speakers, 25 or 70.7 VRMS, Wall or Ceiling Mount ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Approved* alarm speakers with models for ceiling or wall mount: 4 in. cone or 102 mm provides high quality tone and voice Multi-tapped design provides output power of 1/4 W, 1/2 W, 1 W, or 2 with either 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS input In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Mounts to 4 in. square outlet box, 1 1/2 in. deep with 1 1/2 in. deep Capacitor input for connection to supervised notification appliance extension Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housings UL listed to Standard 1480 Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency Signal Requirements Sleeping Areas NEMA 1 rated. See Product selection for more information. housing models feature: Appearance that complements TrueAlert strobes and speaker/strobes Red or white housings with FIRE lettering for surface or semi-flush wall Optional matching adapter skirts for covering surface mounted boxes Optional red wire guard housing models feature: Off-white color with no lettering for flush mount on ceiling or wall Compatible with optional tile bridge 2905-9946 A4902 Series speakers provide high quality sound for fire alarm use as well as for background music. The speaker is designed for smooth frequency response minimal distortion. multi-tapped speaker transformer accommodates either 25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS and provides an output of from 1/4 W to 2 W to provide for satisfying the requirements of the installed conditions. housing models are for surface or semi-flush wall mount Round housing models are typically for ceiling applications, they can be wall mounted. The rectangular housing speakers are to complement the TrueAlert family of strobes and speaker/ providing conventional, non-addressable speaker operation. 1: Rectangular wall mount speakers are available as with white FIRE lettering and white with red FIRE lettering 2: Round speakers are in off-white with no lettering This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7320-2269:0502 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. AC4902-0003 Rev. 14 02/2022 Notification Appliances Speakers, 25 or 70.7 VRMS, Wall or Ceiling Mount dimensions into box dimensions into box voltage taps terminal ratings response output range range 1: Dimensions, rectangular wall mount housings 1/8 in. H x 5 in. W x 1 1/2 in. D (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm) 3/4 in. (70 mm) 2: Dimensions, round housings 1/2 in. diameter, 1/2 in. D or 191 mm x 13 mm 3/4 in. or 70 mm 3: General specifications VRMS or 70.7 VRMS W, 1/2 W, 1 W, and 2 W AWG to 12 AWG or 0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 Hz to 4000 Hz kHz to 12 kHz Speaker sound output specifications to 100 or 0 to 38 to 95% RH from 32 to 122 or 0 to 50 alarm signaling 2 AC4902-0003 Rev. 14 02/2022 Notification Appliances Speakers, 25 or 70.7 VRMS, Wall or Ceiling Mount selection 4: Speaker product selection * * * * * * * NEMA 1 rated when used with A4905-9941 adaptor skirt and mounted on a suitable 4 in. or 102 mm square back box. housing speaker, ceiling or wall mount housing, wall mount speaker with white FIRE lettering with red FIRE lettering with no l

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed: FM Approved* Addressable Notification Appliances Notification Appliances, Chime-Strobes, Model Series A49CHV addressed and controlled low power TrueAlert ES (audible only) electronic chime-strobes: Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs providing 29 VDC allowing strobes on the same SLC to operate with current even under battery backup Wiring supervision to each appliance allows “T-tapped” connections for B circuits to simplify wiring; Class A circuits require in/out wiring Self-Test Mode facilitates an on-board sensor to detect the chime- output and then report its status to the control panel You can control chimes separately from visible appliances on the same with control panel selection of operation as: Temporal Code 3, Time (selectable as 20 bpm, 60 bpm, or 120 bpm), Continuous, Temporal Code 4 Output of “high” or “low” (~6 dBA difference) selectable at the or from the controller with FACU mode selected at the Unobtrusive Magnet Test diagnostics are available to assist checkout testing of appliances and wiring Electrical test point access without removing cover Listed to UL Standard 464, UL Standard 1638, and ULC Standard S525 Indicator and Magnet Test feature: Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet Test pulses LED to indicate appliance address and is selectable to also briefly the chime to confirm operation design features include: Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing in red with letters or white with red letters available with a variety of lettering Separate covers are available to change application type on-site or replacement; covers can be easily removed without disturbing the housing and avoiding trouble conditions A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed before is mounted; use with single gang, double gang, or 4 in. box, flush or surface mount In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Optional mounting adapters are available to cover surface mounted boxes and to adapt to Autocall 2975-9145 boxes Optional red wire guards, see Product selection for more information ES addressable chime-strobes ES addressable chime-strobes are individually addressed notification appliances that receive power, supervision, control signals from an Autocall fire alarm control unit providing signaling line circuits (SLCs). product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:0334 for allowable values and/or concerning material presented in this document. Additional may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier the latest status. 1: TrueAlert ES Addressable Chime- covers are available in red and white a variety of lettering for applications ES operation advantage ES addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs provide separate and visible notification using a single two-wire circuit that also connection to the individual notification appliance electronic This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by providing that extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. current facilitates efficient IDNAC SLC operation IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, during battery standby, allowing strobes on the same SLC to at higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent draw and voltage drop margin under both primary power and battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up two to three times farther than with conventional notification, or for more appliances for each IDNAC SLC, or use of smaller wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all providing installation maintenance savings with high assurance that appliances that during normal system testing will operate during worst case conditions. installation and testing time separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation time and for both retrofit and new construction can be significantly When using Class B wiring, “T” tapped wiring is possible, more savings in distance, wire, conduit size and utilization, and

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed: FM Approved* Addressable Notification Appliances Notification Appliances, Electronic Chimes, Model Series A49CHO addressed and controlled low power TrueAlert ES (audible only) chimes: Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs providing 29 VDC allowing strobes on the same SLC to operate with current even under battery backup Wiring supervision to each appliance facilitates “T-tapped” connections Class B circuits to simplify wiring. Class A circuits require in/out Self-Test Mode facilitates an on-board sensor to detect the chime and then report its status to the control unit Chimes are controlled separately from visible appliances on the same with control panel selection of operation as: Temporal Code 3, Time (selectable as 20 bpm, 60 bpm, or 120 bpm), Continuous, Temporal Code 4 Output of “high” or “low” (~6 dBA difference) selectable at the or from the controller with FACU mode selected at the Unobtrusive Magnet Test diagnostics are available to assist checkout testing of appliances and wiring Electrical test point access without removing cover Listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525 indicator and Magnet Test feature: Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet Test pulses LED to indicate appliance address and is selectable to also briefly the chime to confirm operation design features include: Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing in red with letters or white with red letters available with a variety of lettering Separate covers are available to change application type on-site or replacement; covers can be easily removed without disturbing the housing and avoiding trouble conditions A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed before is mounted; use with single gang, double gang, or 4 in. box, flush or surface mount In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Optional mounting adapters are available to cover surface mounted boxes and to adapt to Autocall 2975-9145 boxes Optional red wire guards; see Product selection for more information ES addressable chimes ES addressable chimes are individually addressed audible appliances that receive power, supervision, and control from a Autocall fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC signaling circuits (SLCs). product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:0334 for allowable values and/or concerning material presented in this document. Additional may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier the latest status. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. 1: TrueAlert ES Addressable Chime covers are available red and white with a variety of lettering for applications ES operation advantage ES addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs provide separate (and visible) notification using a single two-wire circuit that also connection to the individual notification appliance electronic This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by providing that extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. current allows efficient IDNAC SLC operation IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, during battery standby, allowing strobes on the same SLC to at higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent draw and voltage drop margin under both primary power and battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up two to three times farther than with conventional notification, or for more appliances for each IDNAC SLC, or use of smaller wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all providing installation maintenance savings with high assurance that appliances that during normal system testing will operate during worst case conditions. installation and testing time separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation time and for both retrofit and new construction can be significantly When Class B wiring is used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing savings in distance, wir

Datasheet Addressable Notification Appliances Notification Appliances, Electronic Horns, Model Series A49AO ULC, CSFM Listed, FM addressed and controlled low power TrueAlert ES A/ (audible only) electronic horns: Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs providing 29 VDC allowing strobes on the same SLC to operate with current even under battery backup “T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits are enabled with wiring to each appliance to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require wiring) Self-Test Mode uses an on-board sensor to detect the horn output and report its status to the control panel Horns are controlled separately from visible appliances on the same with control panel selection of operation as: Temporal Code March Time (selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), Continuous, or Code 4 Output of “high” or “low” (~6 dBA difference) selectable at the or from the controller with FACP mode selected at the Unobtrusive Magnet Test diagnostics are available to assist checkout testing of appliances and wiring Electrical test point access without removing cover Compatible with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems for upgrade and See TrueAlert ES Horn LEGACY Compatibility Reference more information. Listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525 Indicator and Magnet Test feature: Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet Test pulses LED to indicate appliance address and is selectable to also briefly the horn to confirm operation design features include: Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing in red with letters or white with red letters available with FIRE, FEU, or blank Separate covers are available to change application type on-site or replacement; covers can be easily removed without disturbing the housing and avoiding trouble conditions A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed before is mounted; use with single gang, double gang, or 4-inch box, flush or surface mount In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Optional mounting adapters are available to cover surface mounted boxes and to adapt to Autocall, 2975-9145 boxes Optional red wire guards See Product Selection for more information ES addressable horns ES addressable horns are individually addressed audible appliances that receive power, supervision, and control from a Autocall fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Line Circuits (SLCs). See TrueAlert ES Horn LEGACY Reference for more information. 1: TrueAlert ES Addressable Horns are Available in with White Lettering and White with Red Lettering ES Operation Advantage ES addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs provide separate (and visible) notification using a single two-wire circuit that also connection to the individual notification appliance electronic This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by providing that extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. current allows efficient IDNAC SLC operation IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, during battery standby, allowing strobes on the same SLC to at higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent draw and voltage drop margin under both primary power and battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up two to three times farther than with conventional notification, or for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of smaller gauge or combinations of these benefits, all providing installation and savings with high assurance that appliances that operate normal system testing will operate during worst case alarm Installation and Testing Time separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation time and for both retrofit and new construction can be significantly When Class B wiring is used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing savings in distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test features installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports conveniently information about each connected applianc

Datasheet Addressable Notification Appliances Notification Appliances; Multi-Tone Horns with 520 Hz Output ULC Approved, FM addressed and controlled TrueAlert ES multi-tone horns: Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs providing 29 VDC allowing strobes to operate with lower current even battery backup Wiring supervision to each appliance allows “T-tapped” connections for B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring) Self-Test Mode allows an on-board sensor to detect the horn output then report its status to the control panel Per appliance tone selection of: 520 Hz Horn, Broadband Horn, Bell, High/Low, Slow Whoop, or Siren; programmable from the panel, or selected using an on-board DIP Switch (see TrueAlert Multi-Tone Horn Specifications) 520 Hz tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency Signal for Sleeping Areas Listed for wall or ceiling mount applications (blank covers are for ceiling mount applications) Horn, Bell, and High/Low tones can be controlled as: Temporal Code Temporal Code 4, March Time (selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), or Slow Whoop, Siren, and Chime tone selections are controlled as continuous operation Output of “high” or “low” (~6 dBA difference) selectable at the or from the controller with FACP mode selected at the Unobtrusive Magnet Test diagnostics are available to assist and testing of appliances and wiring Electrical test point access without removing cover Listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525 Indicator and Magnet Test feature: Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet Test pulses LED to indicate appliance address and is selectable to also briefly the horn to confirm operation design features include: Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing in red with letters or white with red letters available with FIRE, FEU, FEU/FIRE blank lettering Separate covers are available to change application type on-site or replacement; covers can be easily removed without disturbing the housing and avoiding trouble conditions A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed before is mounted; use with single gang, double gang, or 4-inch box, flush or surface mount In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Optional mounting adapters are available to cover surface mounted boxes and to adapt to Autocall, 2975-9145 boxes 1: ES Multi-Tone Addressable are Available in Red with White and White with Red Lettering ES multi-tone horns ES multi-tone horns are individually addressed audible appliances that receive power, supervision, and control from a Autocall fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Circuits (SLCs). (See IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference.) ES Operation Advantage ES addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs provide audible (and visible) notification using a single two-wire circuit also confirms connection to the individual notification appliance circuit. This operation increases circuit supervision integrity providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring current allows efficient IDNAC SLC operation. With IDNAC a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even during standby, allowing strobes on the same SLC to operate at higher with lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and drop margin under both primary power and secondary battery Efficiencies include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times farther with conventional notification, or support for more appliances per SLC, or use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these all providing installation and maintenance savings with high that appliances that operate during normal system testing will during worst case alarm conditions. Installation and Testing Time. With separate controls on same two-wire SLC, installation time and expense for both retrofit new construction can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in distance, con

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM ES Addressable Notification Appliances Only Notification Appliances, Indoor Ceiling Mount Electronic Horns, Model Series addressed and controlled low power TrueAlert (audible only) Notification Appliances: Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs. IDNAC SLCs provide regulated 29 VDC allowing horns to operate with current Wiring supervision to each appliance allows connections for B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring) Self-Test Mode allows an on-board sensor to detect the horn output then report its status to the control panel Horns are controlled separately from visible appliances on the same with control panel selection of operation as: Temporal Code March Time (selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), Continuous, or Code 4 Output of or (~6 dBA difference) selectable at the appliance from the controller with FACP mode selected at the appliance Unobtrusive Magnet Test diagnostics are available to assist checkout testing of appliances and wiring Electrical test point access by removing the cover Compatible with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems for upgrade and (see TrueAlert ES Horn LEGACY Compatibility Reference ) Listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525 Indicator and Magnet Test feature: Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet Test pulses LED to indicate appliance address and is selectable to also briefly the horn to confirm operation design features include: Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing in red with letters or white with red letters available with FIRE, ALERT, FEU, or lettering Separate covers are available to change application type on-site or replacement; covers can be easily removed without disturbing the housing and avoiding trouble conditions You can use a back box to mount the appliance assembly to the Mount to a 4-inch (10.16 cm) square electrical box In/out wiring for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Optional wire guards (see Table 4) 1: ES Addressable Horns are Available Red with White Lettering and White with Red Lettering ES addressable horns ES addressable horns are individually addressed audible appliances that receive power, supervision, and control from an Autocall fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Line Circuits (SLCs). (See Table 5.) ES Operation Advantage ES addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs provide audible (and visible) notification using a single two-wire circuit also confirms connection to the individual notification appliance circuit. This operation increases circuit supervision integrity providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring current allows efficient IDNAC SLC operation. IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, during battery standby, allowing horns on the same SLC to at higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent draw and voltage drop margin under both primary power secondary battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, or for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of smaller gauge or combinations of these benefits, all providing installation and savings with high assurance that appliances that operate normal system testing will operate during worst case alarm Installation and Testing Time. separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation time and for both retrofit and new construction can be significantly When Class B wiring is used, wiring can be tapped, allowing savings in distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test features installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports conveniently information about each connected appliance. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7135-2269:0533 and

UL,ULC Listed, FM Approved* ES Addressable Notification Appliances Only Notification Appliances, Weatherproof Ceiling Mount Electronic Horns, Model A49AO addressed and controlled low power ES Audible Only (A/O) Notification Appliances: Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC signaling line IDNAC SLCs provide regulated 29 VDC to allow horns to operate with (SLC). current. Wiring supervision to each appliance to allow T-tap connections for B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring). Self-Test Mode uses an on-board sensor to detect the horn output and the status to the control panel. Horns are controlled separately from visible appliances on the same with control panel selection of operation as: Temporal Code 3, Time (selectable as 20 beats per minute (bpm), 60 bpm, or 120 Continuous, or Temporal Code 4. Select a high or low output (~6 dBA difference) at the appliance, or the controller with FACP mode selected at the appliance. Unobtrusive Magnet Test diagnostics are available to assist checkout testing of the appliances and wiring. Remove the cover to access the electrical test point. Compatibility with ADA requirements, see Installation reference. Listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525. indicator and Magnet Test feature: Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision. When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet Test pulses the to indicate appliance address, and can also be set to briefly sound horn to confirm operation. design features include: Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing available a variety of colors and lettering. Separate covers are available for replacement, or to change the type onsite. Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the connected avoiding trouble conditions. Optional wire guards, see Table 4. ES addressable horns ES addressable horns are individually addressed audible appliances that receive power, supervision, and control from an Autocall fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Line Circuits (SLCs), see Table 5. 1: ES Addressable Horn ES operation advantage ES addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs provide audible and visible notification using a single two-wire circuit also confirms connection to the individual notification appliance circuit. This operation increases circuit supervision integrity providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring current allows efficient IDNAC SLC operation. IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even battery standby, to allow horns on the same SLC to operate at voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent current and voltage drop margin under both primary power and secondary standby. Efficiencies may include the following: Wiring distances up to three times farther than with conventional Support for more appliances for each IDNAC SLC. Use of smaller gauge wiring. provides installation and maintenance savings with high assurance appliances that operate during normal system testing will operate worst case alarm conditions. installation and testing time. separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation time and for both retrofit and new construction can be significantly When Class B wiring is used, wiring can be T-tapped, to more savings in distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test features installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports conveniently information about each connected appliance. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 2 03/2021 Only Notification Appliances, Weatherproof Ceiling Mount Electronic Horns, Model Series A49AO ES diagnostics Features IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance can be confirmed without leaving the control panel. Additionally, each appliance LED can be selected to pu

Datasheet LED Addressable Notification Appliances LED Notification Appliances, Wall Mount Multi-Candela Horn/LED Strobe, Series 59AV ULC Approved, FM addressed multi-candela TrueAlert ES LED A/V notification appliances Multi-candela LED strobe available in low (15, 30 and 75 cd) and high , 135 and 185 cd) range candela models Small compact design and low current draw due to energy efficient LEDs Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs providing 29 VDC allow strobes to operate with lower current even battery backup Strobe intensity can be programmed from the control panel or the Wiring supervision to each appliance allows “T-tapped” connections for B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring) Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the strobe and horn and then report their status to the control panel TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detail appliance point ID, label, type, and candela setting Magnet test diagnostics assist checkout and testing of appliances and Compatibility with ADA requirements Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC Standard Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard Synchronized LED strobe and piezo operation on the same IDNAC Indicator and Magnet Test Indicator LED indicates magnet test acknowledgment, 3 digit IDNAC and candela rating supervision Indicator LED can be configured to blink every polling cycle to indicate When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and can be set to also flash the strobe LEDs and sound the horn design features Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing in red and colors white with red letters Various covers and lettering options available Red with white letters Available with English FIRE lettering Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the connected and avoiding trouble conditions In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Mounts to single gang US electrical boxes Optional mounting adapter plate to adapt to European electrical boxes 1: ES A59AV LED Addressable are Available in Red with White and White with Red Lettering notification appliance (horn) Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or steady operation Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time pattern, continuous; or Code 4, controlled separately from visible appliances on the two-wire circuit Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats per minute Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference) selectable at the appliance from the controller with FACP mode selected at the appliance ES 59 series LED A/Vs are individually addressed audible/visible notification that receive power, supervision, and control signals from a fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits SLC Controller Compatibility Reference). Application Reference selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy, local codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire Alarm (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building code: ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the Americans Disabilities Act (ADA). Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 4 03/2021 LED Notification Appliances, Wall Mount Multi-Candela Horn/LED Strobe, Model Series 59AV ES Operation Advantage circuit integrity ES A/V LED addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs provide visible notification using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection to individual notification appliance electronic circuit. This provides supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. current usage on IDNAC SLCs constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby. This allows strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower current and a consistent current draw and voltage drop margin under both primary power and secondary battery standby.

UL, ULC Approved* Peripherals Notification Appliance Modular Adapters a Autocall visible notification appliance (strobe) with a audible notification appliance: Strobes are typically mounted below the audible appliance (often with large diameter bells that extend upward from the striking Where appropriate, strobes can be mounted above the audible Autocall strobes are available with the following fea- Intensity is available as 15 Cd, 30 Cd, or 110 Cd Strobes have red housings with white “Fire” lettering and audible notification appliances are ordered separately versions are available: A4905-9921 is for semi-flush mounting on 4″ (102 mm) square boxes A4905-9925 is for surface mounting on the 2975-9145 box design allows strobe to be paired with a variety of audible appliances to suit local requirements Listed to Standard 464 A4903 series audible/visible appliances combine high intensity with integral horns and speakers. For special applications bells, chimes, or other audible notification appliances, these adapters allow a separate A4904 series visible notification to be mounted on the same electrical box as the required notification appliance. A4905-9921 is for semi-flush mount using standard 4″ square electrical A4905-9925 is for surface mount using the Autocall 2975-9145 box. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. 1: Modular Adapter Installation Reference 1: Metal Specifications Thickness Finish (1.52 mm) red 2: A4905-9921 Specifications and Reference Size Depth H x 5-3/4″ W x 3/8″ D (210 mm x 146 x 9.5 mm) (102 mm) square (38 mm) minimum; refer to audible for required box depth 3: A4905-9925 Specifications and Reference Box H x 5-7/16″ W x 3/8″ D (208 mm x mm x 9.5 mm) H x 5-1/8″ W x 2-3/4″ D (200 mm x mm x 70 mm) Rev. 3 9/2004 A4905-9921 Installation Reference Figure 2 shows A4905-9921 modular adapter and A4904 series visible notification appliance. 2: A4905-9921 Installation Reference A4905-9925 Installation Reference Figure 3 shows A4904 series visible notification appliance, A4905-9925 modular adapter, and 2975-9145 box. 3: A4905-9925 Installation Reference 2017 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 3 9/2004

Datasheet ES Addressable Notification Appliances Notification Appliances, Indoor Ceiling Mount Multi-Candela Horn/ Series A49AV notification appliance (horn): Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or steady operation Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time pattern, continuous; or Code 4, controlled separately from visible appliances on the two-wire circuit Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats per minute Output is or (~5 dBA difference) selectable at the appliance from the controller with FACP mode selected at the appliance 1: ES Addressable A/V Application Reference selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy, and local codes. ES Operation Advantage ES addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs separate visible and audible notification using a single two- circuit that also confirms connection to the individual notification electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit supervision by providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance connections. current usage on IDNAC SLCs IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even battery standby, allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage margin under both primary power and secondary battery standby. include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with notification, or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all installation and maintenance savings with high assurance that that operate during normal system testing will operate during case alarm conditions. Installation and Testing Time separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation time and for both retrofit and new construction can be significantly When Class B wiring is used, wiring can be tapped, allowing savings in distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test features improve efficiency. TrueAlert device reports conveniently identify about each connected appliance. ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Mount Addressable Visible (A/V) Notification Appliances individually addressed audible/visible notification appliances that power, supervision, and control signals from an Autocall fire control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). LED Xenon tube strobes devices are interoperable on the same IDNAC (See TrueAlert ES A/V LEGACY Compatibility Reference .) addressed and controlled multi-candela TrueAlert ES (audible/visible) notification appliances provide: Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and with programmable from the control panel or jumper selected 15, 30, 75 or 110cd on the AV model, or 110, 135 or 185 cd on the model Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs. IDNAC SLCs provide regulated 29 VDC allowing horns to operate with current Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing connections Class B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the strobe and horn and then report their status to the control panel TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing appliance point custom label, type, and candela setting (see sample in TrueAlert Reports Reference) Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of appliances wiring Electrical test point access by removing the cover Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to important installation in Installation Reference) Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems for upgrade replacement (see TrueAlert ES A/V LEGACY Compatibility ) Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC Standard Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard Indicator and Magnet Test feature: Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet Test pulses the to ind

Datasheet Addressable Notification Appliances Notification Appliances, Wall Mount Multi-Candela Horn/Strobe, Model A49AV ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Approved* addressed and controlled multi-candela TrueAlert ES (A/V) notification appliances provide: Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and intensity programmable from the fire alarm control unit (FACU) or selected as 15 cd, 30 cd, 75 cd, 110 cd, 135 cd, or 185 cd Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs providing 29 VDC allowing strobes to operate with lower current even battery backup Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing T-tapped connections for B circuits to simplify wiring; class A circuits require in/out wiring Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the strobe and horn and then report their status to the FACU TrueAlert Device Reports are available at the FACU detailing appliance ID, custom label, type, and candela setting Magnet Test diagnostics assist checkout and testing of appliances and Electrical test point access: access the electrical test point without cover replacement Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC Standard Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard indicator and magnet test Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the to indicate appliance address and can be set to also briefly flash strobe and sound the horn design features Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing in red with letters or white with red letters, with clear lens, available with ALERT, or blank lettering Separate covers are available to change application type on-site or for A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed before is mounted; use with single gang, double gang, or a 4 in. box, flush or surface mount Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the connected and avoiding trouble conditions In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Optional mounting adapters are available to cover surface mounted boxes and to adapt to Autocall 2975-9145 boxes Optional red wire guards, see Product selection for details Compatibility with ADA requirements; see Installation reference Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems for upgrade notification appliance (horn) 1: TrueAlert ES Addressable A/Vs are available red with white lettering and white with red lettering Harmonically rich output sound for either synchronized coded or operation Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time pattern, continuous, or Code 4, controlled separately from visible appliances on the two-wire circuit Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats a minute Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference) selectable at the appliance from the controller with FACU mode selected at the appliance ES addressable A/Vs are individually addressed audible/ notification appliances that receive power, supervision, and signals from a Autocall FACU providing IDNAC Signaling Line (SLCs). See TrueAlert ES A/V LEGACY compatibility reference for detail. application reference Proper selection of visible notification is on occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0563, 7300-2269:0553 and 7125-0026:0380 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local supplier for the latest status. AC49AV-0001 Rev. 9 2/2022 Notification Appliance

UL,ULC Listed* ES Addressable Notification Appliances Notification Appliances, Weatherproof Ceiling Mount Multi-Candela Horn/ Model Series A49AV Mount Addressable Visible (A/V) Notification Appliances individually addressed audible/visible notification appliances that power, supervision, and control signals from an Autocall fire control panel providing IDNAC signaling line circuits (SLCs). LED Xenon tube strobes devices are interoperable on the same IDNAC addressed and controlled multi-candela TrueAlert ES (audible/visible) notification appliances provide: Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and with programmable from the control panel ,or jumper selected the appliance as 110 cd, 135 cd or 185 cd. Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs. IDNAC SLCs provide regulated 29 VDC to allow horns to operate with current. Wiring supervision to each appliance to allow T-tap connections for B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring). Self-Test Mode uses an on-board sensor to detect the horn output and the status to the control panel. TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing appliance point custom label, type, and candela setting. See an example in TrueAlert reports reference. Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of the and wiring. Remove the cover to access the electrical test point. Compatibility with ADA requirements, see Installation reference. Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC Standard Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard indicator and Magnet Test feature: Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision. When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet Test pulses the to indicate appliance address and can also be set to briefly flash strobe and sound the horn. design features Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing available a variety of colors and lettering. Separate covers are available for replacement, or to change the type on-site. Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the connected avoiding trouble conditions. In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG. Optional red wire guards, see Product selection. notification appliance (horn): Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or steady operation. Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time pattern, or Temporal Code 4, controlled separately from visible on the same two-wire circuit. Selectable March Time rates of 20 beats per minute (bpm), 60 bpm, 120 bpm. Output is high or low (~5 dBA difference) selectable at the appliance, or the controller with FACP mode selected at the appliance. 1: ES Addressable A/V application reference selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy, and local codes. ES operation advantage ES addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs separate visible and audible notification using a single two- circuit that also confirms connection to the individual notification electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit supervision by providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance connections. current usage on IDNAC SLCs IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even battery standby, allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage margin under both primary power and secondary battery standby. may include the following: Wiring distances up to three times farther than with conventional Support for more appliances for each IDNAC SLC. Use of smaller gauge wiring. provides installation and maintenance savings with high assurance appliances that operate during normal system testing will operate worst case alarm conditions. installation and testing time separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation time and for both retrofit and new construction can be significantly When Class B wiring is used, wiring can be T-tapped, to allow savings in distance, wire, conduit (size

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Approved* Addressable Notification Appliances Notification Appliances; Multi-Tone Horn/Strobe with 520 Hz Output boxes and to adapt to Autocall, 2975-9145 boxes addressed and controlled multi-tone and multi- TrueAlert ES A/V (audible/visible) notification appliances Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and with programmable from the control panel or jumper selected as 30, 75, 110, 135, or 185 cd Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs providing 29 VDC allowing strobes to operate with lower current even battery backup Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing “T-tapped” connections Class B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the strobe and horn and then report their status to the control panel Per appliance tone selection of: 520 Hz Horn, Broadband Horn, Bell, High/Low, Slow Whoop, or Siren; programmable from the panel, or selected using an on-board DIP Switch (refer to Table 520 Hz tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency Signal for Sleeping Areas Horn, Bell, and High/Low tones can be controlled as: Temporal Code Temporal Code 4, March Time (selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), or Slow Whoop, Siren, and Chime tone selections are controlled as continuous operation Output of “high” or “low” (~6 dBA difference) selectable at the or from the controller with FACP mode selected at the TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing appliance point custom label, type, and candela setting Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of appliances wiring Electrical test point access without removing cover Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to Installation Reference) Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC Standard Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard Indicator and Magnet Test feature: Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet Test pulses the to indicate appliance address and can be set to also briefly flash strobe and sound the horn design features include: Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing in red with letters or white with red letters, with clear lens, available with ALERT, or blank lettering Separate covers are available to change application type on-site or replacement; covers can be easily removed without disturbing the housing and avoiding trouble conditions A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed before is mounted; use with single gang, double gang, or 4-inch box, flush or surface mount In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Optional mounting adapters are available to cover surface mounted 1: TrueAlert ES Multi-Tone Addressable are Available in Red with White and White with Red Lettering ES addressable multi-tone A/Vs ES addressable multi-tone A/Vs are individually addressed notification appliances that receive power, supervision, control signals from a Autocall fire alarm control panel providing Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See IDNAC SLC Controller Reference.) Application Reference selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy, local codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire Alarm (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building code: ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the Americans Disabilities Act (ADA). ES Operation Advantage ES addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs provide visible and audible notification using a single two-wire circuit also confirms connection to the individual notification appliance circuit. This operation increases circuit supervision integrity providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring current allows efficient IDNAC SLC operation. With SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even battery standby, allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and volt

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Notification Appliances Notification Appliances; Multi-Tone Horn/Strobe with 520 Hz Output, Non- 24 VDC multi-tone multi-candela horn/strobes provide: Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate jumper as 15, 30, 75, 110, 135, or 185 cd Per appliance tone selection of: 520 Hz Horn, Broadband Horn, Bell, High/Low, Slow Whoop, or Siren; selected using an on-board Switch (refer to Specifications) 520 Hz tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency Signal for Sleeping Areas Operation is selectable for SmartSync two-wire control or free-run Tone output level is selectable as high or low Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity, supervised Appliance Circuits (NACs) Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to Installation Reference) Electrical test point access without removing cover two-wire control of audible and visible notification provides: Control of Horn, Bell, and High/Low tones as Temporal Pattern, March pattern, or on continuously, controlled separately from visible on the same circuit Control of Slow Whoop, Siren, and Chime tones as synchronized signals when receiving SmartSync continuous commands SmartSync March Time pattern is selectable per appliance to produce BPM or 20 BPM Visible appliances on the same SmartSync circuit operate at a 1 Hz flash rate Refer to Synchronized Strobes for SmartSync control list and additional information Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC Standard S526 Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525 design features include: Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing in red with letters or white with red letters, with clear lens, available with FEU, ALERT, FEU/FIRE, or blank lettering Separate covers are available to change application type on-site or replacement; covers can be easily removed without disturbing the housing and avoiding trouble conditions A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed before is mounted; use with single gang, double gang, or 4-inch box, flush or surface mount In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Optional mounting adapters are available to cover surface mounted boxes and to adapt to Autocall, 2975-9145 boxes 1: Multi-Tone A/Vs are Available in with White Lettering and White with Red Lettering non-addressable multi-tone multi-candela horn/ a flexible selection of output tones and strobe intensity for alarm audible notification. Tone selection, output level, and strobe is set per appliance, allowing notification needs to be tailored to area requirements. (Refer to Specifications.) Tone Selection. Switch selection determines the local tone choice. A separate DIP position allows selection of a standard or a high output sound selectable appropriate to the location. (See Specifications.) two-stage alarm applications. DIP Switch selection per appliance allows the SmartSync March Time input to be produced as 60 BPM or 20 BPM. The 20 BPM rate typically required for Canadian two-stage alarm applications as the followed by the Temporal Pattern. Two-stage alarm operation a 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U as the control panel. alarm operation requires a 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4007ES as the panel. See Table 7 for functional limitations by tone type. mounting. horn/strobes can be semi-flush or surface mounted on a single gang, double gang, or 4″ square (102 mm) electrical box. accessories are available to increase mounting and application This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7125-2269:0520 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 7 03/2021 Notification Appliances; Multi-Tone Horn/Strobe with 520 Hz Output, Non-Addressable Application Selection selection of visible notification

Datasheet Detection Products Reflective Beam Smoke Detectors with IDNet Communications 1: Addressable beam detector head ULC, CSFM Listed* reflective beam smoke detector system with IDNet addressable communications: Compatible with Autocall 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES fire alarm units (FACUs) Autocall addressable beam smoke detectors add IDNet to the proven FireRay 5000 Series beam smoke system Communicates status information, and receives commands and threshold selection from the host FACU transmitter and receiver are combined in a single, housing: Connect up to two remote detector heads to one ground level An on-board microprocessor analyzes light reflected from an infrared reflecting from a matching prism Operating range covers 26 ft, 3 in. to 330 ft (8 m to 100 m) Modular design with easyfit mounting system and LASER assisted mounting provides convenient mounting and adjustment Auto-Align beam alignment operation conveniently rotates beam to to the prism center during installation AutoOptimise operation automatically maintains alignment for reliable UL 268 and ULC-S529 listed microprocessor controlled operation includes the Ground level system controller with LCD Operating voltage range 14 VDC to 36 VDC Easy setup and alignment with built-in electronic UL/ULC obscuration test selectable from host FACU Automatic gain control, contamination compensation, building shift with control and monitoring of alignment motors, and to change Delay to Fire and Delay to Fault timings FACU operations include the following: Sensitivity selection from 10% to 60% (35% default) Point type selection (Fire, Latched, Supervisory, or Utility) and set FACU information received includes the following: Smoke status, Controller-to-Detector Communications status, Rapid status (beam blocked), Self-alignment status, Almost status, Excessively Dirty status, and general summary Trouble Analog values for signal strength and compensation level, see for more information Dirty threshold beam head LED Initiate obscuration test, reset latched conditions, Enable/Disable, and accessories: 2: Addressable beam control station Large open areas such as warehouses, hotel atriums, industrial plants, school gymnasiums Public areas where cosmetics are of prime importance and detector need to be small and unobtrusive, such as shopping malls, theaters, and churches Detector: adjustment bracket, back box, and cover plate Controller back box Extended prism mounting options This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7260-2269:0572 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. AC4098-0049 Rev. 6 11/2021 Reflective Beam Smoke Detectors with IDNet Communications installation and alignment addressable beam smoke detection provides the proven FireRay 5000 system features of auto-aligning infrared beam smoke detection with IDNet addressable communications. When the detector head is installed using the easyfit mounting system, an integral laser can activated that alignes along the optical path of the infrared beam. Locating the reflective prism is quick and accurate using the Auto-Align beam feature. Beam Alignment AutoOptimise beam alignment system automatically steers and maintains the beam in the optimum position for reliable performance. The element generates the signal, the prism reflects it back to the receiver element, and then it is analyzed for the presence of smoke. The control station determines an alarm condition when it reaches the predetermined level. Alarm threshold levels are set using the host FACU. to Fire and Time to Fault are set using the

Automatic Extinguishing, Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Releasing Control control using the Autocall 4007ES Fire Alarm Control Panel to provide: Coverage for multiple areas of Automatic Extinguishing Release and/or Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Release including audible Control of compatible Listed/Approved 24 VDC automatic control actuators Releasing appliance circuits (RACs) by connecting Notification appliance circuits (NACs) to Suppression Release Peripherals for actuator Additional actuator circuit control NACs are available using 4009 IDNet Addressable NAC Extenders with Suppression Release Peripherals of events and control Escalation of Events: Temporal or 20 bpm march time pattern for first cross-zone alarm; 120 bpm march time pattern to indicate releasing timer active; On steady indicate releasing timer expired and actuator is activated Requires NACs dedicated to conventional horn control (not SmartSync operation) with strobes controlled on separate NACs IDNet NAC Extenders provide: Up to eight NACs for notification requirements and input to suppression release peripherals, controlled via IDNet Suppression Release Peripheral (SRP) with Dual Command Control: Dual command control requires IDNet and an activated NAC to initiate release NAC provides wiring supervision to the actuator including monitoring of coil continuity and short circuit supervision to the coil supervision Release Peripheral control features: range An on-board DC-DC regulator compensates for voltage drops to the peripheral and ensures proper control circuit voltage over a wide Provides a single RAC for control of actuators for up to 2 A using a 3 A NAC input (1 A using a 2 A NAC input) system components: 4007ES Series control panel with Releasing Appliqu Dedicated NAC output from 4007ES (or compatible NAC Extender) Coil supervision module, one per RAC Maintenance Switch, one per RAC Abort Switch Listings reference: UL 864 – Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZV) UL 2017 – Emergency Alarm System Control Units (CO detection), (FSZI) ULC-S559 – Central Station Fire Alarm System Units (DAYRC) ULC-S527 – Control Units, System, Fire Alarm (UOJZC); Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXXC); Control Units, Releasing Device (SYZVC) Rev. 6 Extinguishing, Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Releasing Control 1: Series Releasing Control Typical Block Diagram combined with Suppression Release Peripherals, the 4007ES series fire alarm control panel provides actuator supervision and control for in automatic extinguishing, and deluge or preaction releasing systems. Hazard area initiating and notification devices are controlled using either or addressable circuits per standard 4007ES capabilities. The necessary releasing system logic is implemented within the 4007ES control as required for the local application. Extinguishing Release Systems systems automatically activate electrically controlled actuators for the release of a fire extinguishing agent (such as dry chemical, water spray, CO2, or clean agent) in response to fire detection device inputs as determined by programming of the host fire alarm control panel. Extinguishing Release System Panels are required to have a minimum of 24 hours of standby power. Initiating devices must be Listed/ for the application, and may be wired either Class A or B. Control actuators must be electrically compatible with the control panel circuits power supplies, and are wired Class B to provide coil supervision. or Preaction Sprinkler Systems systems automatically activate water control actuators in response to fire detection device inputs. 2 Rev. 6 Extinguishing, Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Releasing Control Sprinkler Systems employ open sprinkler heads and provide water flow when the fire detection system activates a common automatic water actuator. They are used to deliver water simultaneously through all of the system sprinkler heads. This type of system is applicable where the application of large quantities of water over large areas is the proper fire response. Sprinkler Systems are simi

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Control Panels Extinguishing, Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Releasing Control control using the Autocall 4100ES Fire Alarm Control to provide**: Coverage for multiple areas of Automatic Extinguishing Release and/ Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Release including audible of events Control of compatible Listed/Approved valves and actuators Releasing appliance circuits (RACs) by connecting Notification appliance (NACs) to Suppression Release Peripherals for actuator and control Escalation of Events: Temporal or 20 bpm March Time pattern for first cross-zone alarm 120 bpm March Time pattern to indicate releasing timer active On steady to indicate releasing timer expired and actuator is activated Requires NACs dedicated to conventional horn control (not operation) with strobes controlled on separate NACs Suppression Release Peripheral (SRP) Dual Command Control: Dual command control requires that both IDNet communications and an activated NAC are present to initiate the desired NAC provides wiring supervision to the actuator including monitoring coil continuity and short circuit supervision to the coil supervision Release Peripheral control features: An on-board DC-DC regulator compensates for voltage drops to the and ensures proper control circuit voltage over a wide range Provides a single RAC for control of actuators for up to 2 A using a 3 A input (1 A using a 2 A NAC input) system components: 4100ES Series control panel with Releasing Appliqu Dedicated NAC output from 4100ES (or compatible NAC Extender) Coil supervision module, one per RAC Maintenance Switch, one per RAC Abort Switch connected via an addressable interface module combined with Suppression Release Peripherals, the 4100ES fire alarm control panel provides actuator supervision and control use in automatic extinguishing, and deluge or preaction releasing Hazard area initiating and notification devices are controlled either conventional or addressable circuits per standard 4100ES The necessary releasing system logic is implemented within 4100ES control panel as required for the local application. 1: Series Releasing Typical Block Diagram Release Control operation described in this document is also with 4100U Control Panels with software revision 11.05 or Refer to data sheet AC4100-0031 for model 4100ES control panel including IDNet communications information. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0555, 7165-2269:0542 and 7300-2269:0567 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 16 1/2020 Extinguishing, Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Releasing Control FM Approved Automatic Extinguishing Release requires standby to be a minimum of 24 hours with 5 minutes of Actuators must be electrically compatible. FM Approved Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler operation that: initiating device circuits be Class A and wired listed/approved devices; standby power capacity must be minimum of 90 hours with 10 minutes of alarm; and that Automatic Water Control Valves must be used. (Refer to UL Listed Valves and Actuators.) Maintenance Switches, one per RAC, are required per NFPA 72. use may not be allowed in some jurisdictions, always confirm requirements. When used, Autocall Maintenance Switches are to ensure that operation initiates a supervisory condition. Abort Switches are available when abort operation is required. to an addressable Supervised IAM model A4090-9001 or addressable adapter module. Addressable Manual Releasing Stations are used to initiate of the releasing actuators with the appropriate time delay by the fire alarm control panel. Notification Requirements. Each hazard area typically requires audible and visible fire alarm notification and additional NACs for area releasing status notification. Suppression is compatible with conventional panel mou

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Control Units Ethernet Portal Module Model A100-6069, A100-6110, A100-6111, and A010-9915 mounted modules provide fire alarm system status the ASHRAE BACnet building automation communication or Modbus communication protocol. protocol reference: BACnet Internet Protocol (IP) or BACnet MS/TP (serial) ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135 Modbus TCP or Modbus RTU (serial) To fire alarm system through RS-232 port B, configured for Computer Output port provides Ethernet local area network (LAN) or RS-485 Ethernet Module is pre-programmed: Module is pre-programmed with digital pseudo points linked to BACnet You can recognize up to 15000 status changes (monitor point status) the fire alarm control unit (FACU) Protocol Autocall fire alarm control units (FACU): 4100ES Series FACUs and Network Display Units (NDU) 4010ES Series FACUs reference: UL listed to Standard 864 ULC listed to Standard S527 BACpac Ethernet module provides a supplementary interface that converts computer terminal information a compatible Autocall FACU into the building automation protocol BACnet or any industrial equipment using Modbus protocol. With this status information from the FACU can be provided to other of the building automation network with the detail and format required. this information allows other systems to properly respond to alarm system activity in addition to the primary fire alarm response is under the control of the FACU. 1: Building Automation LAN with Autocall FACU BACpac Portal (shown with 4100ES panel for reference) * A100-6069 BACpac Ethernet Module shown document is a summary of the flexibility available with BACnet Please contact your local Autocall product supplier for information concerning your specific application. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7165-2269:0542 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest Rev. 7 10/2020 Ethernet Portal Module Model A100-6069, A100-6110, A100-6111, and A010-9915 responsibilities detection and alarm systems are distributed throughout to monitor for indications of the presence of smoke or fire. a fire alarm condition is determined, the fire alarm system that information with sufficient detail to allow the proper response to begin. The fire alarm system may perform other control such as fan shutdown and elevator recall, or those actions be performed by other systems that also handle those functions for conditions as well as for abnormal conditions. automation systems. As buildings increase in size and control of the electrical and mechanical systems requires This process has evolved into the general category of Systems Automation and includes systems such as heating, and air conditioning (HVAC), elevator controls, security lighting controls, and other similar building functions. responses to fire alarm system status changes might include: fan control operation, elevator capture, lighting control, and system awareness. Specific examples could include turning lighting where needed, aiming security cameras on specific areas, door release, and implementing detailed fan exhaust and/or instructions. communications between systems. Traditional communication systems includes simple relay interfaces, proprietary, and interface devices (gateways), and uses a single supplier for of the building automation functions. Each of these compromises has limitations. With the Autocall BACpac Ethernet module, BACnet or protocol communications allow the Autocall fire alarm system provide pertinent status to compatible systems using standardized example 2 shows how a smoldering fire located on the first floor can be by the FACU, processed by the BACpac Ethernet module, then sent to the building automation system using the BACnet or protocol over a LAN connection. It is the responsibility of the to initiate the required no

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Accessories and Battery Cabinets; 110 Ah Sealed Lead-Acid Batteries and Compatible Battery (without charger) 12 V, 110 Ah rechargeable sealed lead-acid battery Output terminals are high current posts; connecting hardware is with battery cabinet UL, ULC fire alarm system requirements are satisfied when these are used with a compatible charger and compatible battery Batteries have UL 924 recognized pressure relief valves Battery Cabinet (ordered separately): Use when fire alarm control panel internal charger is capable of 110 Ah batteries (not applicable for ULC listed 4100ES For compatible Autocall 4100ES systems, connection requires two to a A100-5128 Battery Distribution Terminal Block located in the Refer to data sheet AC4081-0002 for 4100ES compatible battery with charger 110 Ah rechargeable sealed-lead acid batteries provide and repeatable discharge and recharge characteristics for use fire alarm and other systems applications. For use with Autocall fire control panels with battery chargers capable of up to 110 Ah, these batteries in external battery cabinet A2081-9280, located to the control panel. Details Connections. two of these 12 V batteries in series to produce 24 V system Battery sets must be of identical voltage, model number, and approximately the same date of manufacture for operation. chemicals and materials can be recycled. Refer to information with the battery or on its case. Return to the battery or to a similarly qualified battery processing facility for disposal. 1: Batteries, 2 required for VDC system (actual appearance may vary) 2: Battery Cabinet capacity testing is recommended to be performed by using a lead-acid battery tester designed to withdraw a minimum of charge. Testing is available through your local Autocall product Information. to Installation Instructions 574-670AC for Battery Cabinet details. See 4100ES basic panel data sheets AC4100-0031 AC4100-0100 for additional power supply/battery charger Autocall Battery Chargers Reference Standard System Power Supplies or Enhanced Power Supply (EPS+) A100-9xxx Series Additional EPS+ Additional EPS A100-5313 A100-5327 This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7315-2269:0561 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest Rev. 6 1/2020 and Battery Cabinets; 110 Ah Sealed Lead-Acid Batteries and Compatible Battery Cabinet (without charger) Included Protection Terminals weight (per battery) Voltage weight 1: A2081-9280 Battery Cabinet 1/2 in. W x 12 in. H x 12 in. D (673 mm x 305 mm x 305 mm) and cables for compatibility with 2081-9279 batteries mounted fuseholder with 80 A fuse, included AWG to 2 AWG (2 mm to 32 mm = 49 lbs (22.2 kg) with two batteries = 213 lbs (97 kg) 2: 2081-9279 Battery Reference Information 3/16 in. W x 9 in. H x 10 1/2 in. D (284 mm x 230 mm x 267 mm) Ah @ 20 hour discharge rate V per battery, 2 required for 24 V system currect terminal posts lbs (37 kg), per battery with two batteries = 213 lbs (97 kg) Wiring and A2081-9280 Battery Cabinet Detail Reference 2 Rev. 6 1/2020 and Battery Cabinets; 110 Ah Sealed Lead-Acid Batteries and Compatible Battery Cabinet (without charger) Distance Chart Distance per Battery Discharge Current Range 3: Wiring distances Wire mm2 A ft (8 m) ft (12.5 m) ft (20 m) ft (32 m) ft (51 m) ft (81.7 m) ft (130 m) A ft (9.5 m) ft (15 m) ft (24 m) ft (38 m) ft (61 m) ft

UL, ULC Approved* secured battery mounting for geographical areas where activity is anticipated: Available for use with compatible Autocall fire alarm control panel Series: 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES, 4009 IDNet NAC Extender TrueAlert Addressable Controller (4009T), and 4009TPS Design was laboratory shake table tested and certified to resist the considered earthquake in the United States Install on-site to either surface mount or flush mount backboxes (see reference below) One bracket holds two (2) compatible batteries Galvanized steel construction with insulation near battery terminals Refer to page 2 for selection information For additional information on seismically compliant equipment under State of California Statewide Office of Housing and Development Special Seismic Certification (SSC) program guidelines, refer to Applications Guide 579-1213AC the following requirements: IBC 2012, International Building Code CBC 2013, California Building Code ASCE 7, categories A-F and all building heights Battery Mounting. geographic regions where earthquake activity is a building design these battery brackets will hold the system batteries securely in Tested. laboratory testing was performed to ensure these battery meet the requirements of ASCE 7 (categories A through F) per following: IBC 2012 and CBC 2013 Certified ICC-ES AC156 Testing Standard Importance Factor = 1.5 (the highest category) Ss = 3.73 G Sds = 2.5 G z/h = 1.0 Accessories Brackets for Seismic Activity Applications 1: Battery Bracket Shown in a 2 Bay 4100ES Cabinet Reference Install bracket hardware into flush mounted boxes before installation for easier access. Always mount boxes solidly. Align mounting hardware with wall studs. to the product box installation instructions for additional For additional battery bracket installation information, refer to Instructions 579-944AC. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. 6/2015 Rev. 4 Bracket Selection Reference No. Batteries* V, sealed lead-acid SKU 1: Selection reference Products Dimension Reference* 18 Ah 4007ES, 4010ES 33 Ah 1, 2, or 3 Bay Cabinet 1 or 2 bay mm) Note: These brackets mount two of these 12 VDC batteries wired in series for 24 VDC systems. Refer to data sheet AC2081-0006 for additional information. Alternate batteries must be of identical dimensions. mm x 133 mm x 171 mm) mm) mm x 86 mm x 168 mm) W x 5-1/4″ D x 6-3/4″ H mm) mm) W x 3-3/8″ D x 6-5/8″ H Dimensions (1.5 mm) Thick Shelf; required when using 50 Ah batteries in 4100ES cabinets 2: Additional Battery Equipment 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 6/2015 Rev. 4

Autocall ES Network (ES Net) Network Interface Card (BNIC) Model A100-6047 ULC, CSFM Listed* building network interface card (BNIC) module A100-6047 the following features: Provides secured local area network (LAN) Ethernet connections for service access Compatible with Autocall 4100ES fire alarm control units (FACUs) on ES Network (ES Net) network Appears as an Ethernet switch to the building network and supports Ethernet connections Supports software downloads and uploads with LAN operation speed Allows execution of service level computer port commands Local access to LAN either by a technician service laptop PC or by a PC on-site Download site specific software to multiple 4100ES FACUs equipped a BNIC module alarm network Upload site specific software from another 4100ES FACU on the same Authorized service personnel can log into the BNIC from remote or through the front FACU Ethernet connection on 4100ES 4 x 10 dual vertical block module size BNIC provides two external Ethernet ports to securely bridge the FACU with an external network, such as the building network, access to the external network and to any other 4100ES FACUs are on the external network. functionality provides secure and authenticated communications perfomring the following functions: Direct connection to the front FACU Ethernet service port External network connectivity with two external Ethernet port Execution of computer port commands to FACUs on the external Recovery of site specific programming details (job files) from a FACU on external network Net network application ES Net is a high bandwidth (100 Mbps) IP based fire alarm network supports high speed FACU software downloads and uploads, and execution of service level computer port commands over the fire network from any FACU location, without the need for a BNIC. In cases, the need to connect to the building network with the BNIC no longer required on ES Net systems. Contact your local Autocall supplier for additional information on ES Net products and 1: connection reference This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. See product for models that are UL Listed. Rev. 7 2/2021 product selection compatibility with dual Ethernet ports block usage current vertical blocks (1 max) mA 1: BNIC product selection Network Interface Card (BNIC) Model A100-6047 diagnostics 2: Specifications on-board status LEDs size range instructions status status status fault vertical block 4 x 10 module to 120 (0 to 49 to 93% RH at 90 (32 (includes an MIS/IT configuration data sheet reference basic FACUs with SPS power supplies Net products and specifications basic FACUs with EPS power supplies 3: Additional data sheet reference sheet 2021 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 7 2/2021

White Paper Alarm System Finally Gets User-Friendly the BSIU will change your life for the better can all use more simplicity and convenience in our lives the right technology can deliver it. After all, what road- wants to fumble around with paper maps when a GPS guide them perfectly to almost any destination? And who to wait in a long supermarket checkout line when we can an intuitive self-checkout stand and do it faster ourselves? the idea behind a new feature added to NFPA 72 in 2019: Building Systems Information Unit (BSIU). A BSIU is a fire operator console that provides you with more less costly options for annunciating events on your alarm systems. important, it brings greater simplicity, convenience intuitiveness to the operation of even very complex fire systems. a BSIU and what new about it? 72 defines a BSIU as computer-based electronic that is intended to display building information and system control functions, including fire system display and control In other words, it a software- workstation that controls the fire alarm system. a BSIU: 2019, NFPA 72 supported similar operator console and software, but with a big difference: the computer to be UL 864-listed when used for system control. Because 864-listed computers are very costly especially if multiple were needed operator consoles were unaffordable for facilities. With the advent of the BSIU, operators at facilities all sizes can now reap the benefits of a powerful and intuitive system. An elementary or high school can simplify the process of fire drills. A manufacturing facility can give operators explicit instructions servicing the variety of specialized equipment in their fire system environment. Operators of fire alarm systems in large distribution facilities can pinpoint the exact location of an affected device in emergency and respond more efficiently. fine print NFPA 72 BSIU has opened the door to more intuitive alarm system operation, there are a few requirements to code compliance: The BSIU must be located in the same room or space as system fire alarm control unit, which can be either a full unit, a Network Display Unit (NDU) or a transponder. BSIU control operations are limited to the same ones that can performed by the nearby control unit. The BSIU and the control unit have to be independent and must keep working if the other fails. are also limits to a BSIU functionality: It cannot act as a receiver for digital alarm transmitters. It cannot act as a smoke control annunciator. requiring those capabilities will need to implement more robust UL 864-listed system. steps: talk to your vendor and AHJ a BSIU sounds like a solution you could use, talk to your fire system provider to learn more. At Johnson Controls, we our new TrueSite Workstation BSIU software. All customers to do is purchase the software from us and supply their computers. you at it, talk to your Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) most likely a representative of your state fire marshal. Be aware might not be completely familiar with this type of solution BSIUs are fairly new. technologies supported by graphical user interfaces have greater ease, convenience, productivity and efficiency many of life tasks. With BSIUs, those same benefits are now to anyone operating a fire alarm system in a facility of size. And that means greater safety for everyone. Johnson Controls Johnson Controls, we transform the environments where people live, work, learn and play. From optimizing building performance to improving safety enhancing comfort, we drive the outcomes that matter most. We deliver our promise in industries such as healthcare, education, data centers, and With a global team of over 100,000 experts in more than 150 countries and over 130 years of innovation experience, we are the power our customers mission. Our leading portfolio of building technology and solutions includes some of the most trusted names in the industry, such Tyco YORK Metasys Ruskin Titus Frick

4100ES Fire Control Panels Reference; Boxes, Doors, Dress Panels, Rack Mounting, and Accessories ULC, CSFM Listed* 4100ES Box and door options: Boxes are available sized for one, two, or three equipment bays, each a battery bay located at the bottom Colors include platinum or red Doors are glass front with modular dress panels, or solid Models are available with box and door combined for single package or packaged separately Enclosures are NEMA 1 rated; wall mount enclosures are also IP30 Refer to individual 4100ES data sheets for product application listings Enclosure Selection Chart) and dress panel selection is coordinated with cabinet Glass doors with modular dress panels provide visibility of and interface modules for Control Panels, Network Units (NDU), and Remote Annunciators Solid doors are for MINIPLEX Transponders and utility function where module visibility is not required Enclosure details: Latching dress panels easily lift off for internal access Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting conduit entrance exactly where required Alignment markers are provided at the top and bottom of each box for 6 in. (152 mm) or 4 in. (102 mm) wall studs Knockout screw/nail holes are supplied for semi-flush mounting cabinet rack packaging reference: For use with Bud Industries Inc. special cabinet rack model number See Table 3 for cabinet rack listing 2: Two Bay Cabinets 3: Three Bay Cabinets 1: One Bay Cabinet 4: Rack Enclosure (shown with door open) This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 19 1/2020 Reference; Boxes, Doors, Dress Panels, Rack Mounting, and Accessories Selection Chart See Wall Mounted Enclosure Installation Reference and Cabinet Rack Specifications for dimensions. keys are shipped with system master controller. with Glass and Dress with Solid Door and Panel Door 1: Combined Box and Door Selection (select if box and door are to be shipped together) 1 Bay 2 Bay 3 Bay 1 Bay 2 Bay 3 Bay 2: Separate Box and Door Selection (select if boxes and doors are required to be shipped separately) 1 Bay Platinum 2 Bay 3 Bay 1 Bay 2 Bay 3 Bay from Bud Industries Inc. 3: Cabinet Rack Mounting Listings listed only as of document revision date; cabinets are listed with the 4100ES product line upright cabinet rack for 19 in. (483 mm) E.I.A.; gray includes front polycarbonate and rear louvered door, both with Autocall “B” keys Controller Rack Mount Kit, one per master controller Bay Rack Mounting Kit, one per expansion bay Distribution Module (PDM) Rack Mount Kit, order PDM separately per system voltage, one required cabinet rack Controller and Option Bays each require 9 Rack Units; 15.75 in. (400 mm) 4: Power Distribution Modules VAC VAC Distribution Module (PDM); select system voltage; one required per box or cabinet rack 5: Miscellaneous Accessories key, one is shipped with system Master Controller, order for replacement or when extra keys needed; (“B” key) and Address Label Kit, for module One kit is supplied for each cabinet; order if required for additional field module instal- 7 in.(37 mm) wide, four corners and trim for top, bottom, and sides semi-flush box trim

firealarmresources.com DETECTION delivers technologically superior fire systems that are easy to install, simple service and cost-effective to own. For your that means proven performance day, every year, year after year. They can easy knowing their people and buildings are by the most reliable fire detection and systems available. you, it means a committed and dependable who makes your job easier and in future. This brochure explores the range of products and what makes them the best for you and your customers. Panels addition to Autocall common features, many control panels additional capabilities, including the option to integrate voice firefighter phones, audio, and building systems interfaces. you and your customers, choosing Autocall control panels means flexibility, the ability to customize each installation to the of each customer and the environment, ease of service and and long-term investment protection. Appliances BOTH AND a full range of notification appliances, including sounders, strobes and speakers, systems provide powerful advantages to your customers: ADDRESSABLE AND SUPERVISED. Unlike conventional systems, Autocall appliances are fully addressable. Addressable technology allows each to be individually identified and supervised by the fire alarm control ensuring device disconnections or failures are quickly detected and reported. also allows key properties like the device candela rating and tone to be set changed from the fire alarm panel. AND SCALABLE. It easier for engineers to design systems using devices. Highly flexible and forgiving wiring architecture and T-tapping mean fewer rules to follow and less chance of design roadblocks. Autocall are also highly scalable. They are easy to expand and can grow right along the facility. Unlike competitive products, Autocall appliances are equipped with light and sound sensors that enable the fire alarm control panel to detect the strobe and sounder have operated properly. Testing is simple and can be done any time, day or night, without disrupting building occupants operations. A single operator can test appliances or in groups control panel, or the appliances can be set to self-test automatically according to predetermined schedule. DESIGN. Autocall appliances have a sleek, streamlined look that blends with the facility d lower installation costs due to and the use of smaller and unshielded wire, Autocall appliances make good sense. But they also operational costs, because are significantly easier to test demonstrate compliance to Having Jurisdiction may lower your energy costs. since Autocall notification have the intelligence to their location and status to control panels, you receive alerts when repairs or are needed, helping ensure 24/7 operability. and Sensors and Management AND CONVENTIONAL ALARM SYSTEMS, which are based on client/server Autocall systems utilize peer-to-peer networks. That means Autocall control panel is a self-contained unit and not dependent on a server. This provides tremendous flexibility in design and configuration. networks communicate information among distributed Autocall fire control panels, and systems may be composed of similar capability sharing information, or specific nodes may be added to perform network functions. no single point of failure to bring the network down, Autocall systems maximum uptime. Peer-to-peer architecture easily allows for and larger capacity. An Autocall network can support seven with a maximum of 99 panels per loop, for a maximum capacity up to 687 nodes. all those nodes is the job of the Autocall TrueSite Workstation, our safety information management system. The TrueSite platform enables the and control of multiple panels and buildings from a single loc

AUTOC ALL PRODUC T 2021 for use in Canada, Middle East and Asia Voice / Alarm Communications with ES Touch Screen Display Equipment SOLUTIONS UNITS 4100ES Fire Control Unit mounted annunciation modules Accessories – Modules Accessories – Battery Brackets Clock Interface 4100ES MINIPLEX Transponders Annunciator Panels Command Center Upgrade Kits 4100ES Release Control System System Integrator (NSI) Annunciator Panels for ES Network (ES Net) Accessories – SDACT, SCU & RCU Battery Cabinet with Charger 4009 IDNet NAC Extender 4009 IDNAC Repeater to VESDA Air Aspiration Detectors Alarm System Remote Printer 4010ES Fire Control Units (Conventional), North America 4010ES Release Control System, North America 4010ES Fire Control Units 4010ES Fire Control Units (Conventional), International 4010ES Release Control System, International 4010ES Fire Control Units, International 4007ES Fire Control Unit Hybrid 4007ES Fire Control Units 4007ES Release Control System 4100ES Remote Annunciator Panels NEEDED 8 WORKS & WORKS TATIONS Net Network Applications Workstations Incident Commander Ethernet Portal Modules 4 DEVICES Addressable Analog Smoke and Heat Sensing Devices Addressable Peripheral Accessories II Addressable Input/Output Devices Smoke Detectors, Beam and Duct Detectors Detectors Manual Stations Guards for Detectors and Manual Stations Technology Addressable Devices ATION APPLIANCES ES Addressable Horns, Strobes & Horn/Strobes ES Addressable Speaker & Speaker/Strobes ES Addressable Multi-Tone Horns & Chimes ES LED Addressable Horns, Strobes & Horn/Strobes Addressable Horns, Strobes, & Horn/Strobes Non-Addressable Speaker/Addressable Strobes Addressable Modules Non-Addressable Horns, Strobes & Horn/Strobes Non-Addressable Multi-Tone Horns and Chimes Non-Addressable Speakers & Speaker/Strobes Messaging Speakers and Amplifiers Encompass System Notification – Bells, Beacons, Horns & Strobes, Speakers & Speakers/Strobes business depends protection that and easy to We help commercial of all kinds strip malls to high protect employees, assets and from fire. are among most complex and environments fire protection systems. solutions help you students, faculty and safe around the clock minimizing disruption management. facilities from airports and rail to trucking and terminals are high-risk work You need fire solutions that bring and help ensure the and safety of travelers employees while physical property assets. and shopping malls to respond swiftly and in a fire emergency guiding customers and to safety, inventory, and firefighters work Autocall solutions help keep your retail safe. business thrives guests are relaxed, and free to your services. We help you maintain that by delivering fire detection that to manage and non- to guests.

AUTOC ALL PRODUC T 2021 for use in Canada, Middle East and Asia Voice / Alarm Communications with ES Touch Screen Display Equipment SOLUTIONS UNITS 4100ES Fire Control Unit mounted annunciation modules Accessories – Modules Accessories – Battery Brackets Clock Interface 4100ES MINIPLEX Transponders Annunciator Panels Command Center Upgrade Kits 4100ES Release Control System System Integrator (NSI) Annunciator Panels for ES Network (ES Net) Accessories – SDACT, SCU & RCU Battery Cabinet with Charger 4009 IDNet NAC Extender 4009 IDNAC Repeater to VESDA Air Aspiration Detectors Alarm System Remote Printer 4010ES Fire Control Units (Conventional), North America 4010ES Release Control System, North America 4010ES Fire Control Units 4010ES Fire Control Units (Conventional), International 4010ES Release Control System, International 4010ES Fire Control Units, International 4007ES Fire Control Unit Hybrid 4007ES Fire Control Units 4007ES Release Control System 4100ES Remote Annunciator Panels NEEDED 8 WORKS & WORKS TATIONS Net Network Applications Workstations Incident Commander Ethernet Portal Modules 4 DEVICES Addressable Analog Smoke and Heat Sensing Devices Addressable Peripheral Accessories II Addressable Input/Output Devices Smoke Detectors, Beam and Duct Detectors Detectors Manual Stations Guards for Detectors and Manual Stations Technology Addressable Devices ATION APPLIANCES ES Addressable Horns, Strobes & Horn/Strobes ES Addressable Speaker & Speaker/Strobes ES Addressable Multi-Tone Horns & Chimes ES LED Addressable Horns, Strobes & Horn/Strobes Addressable Horns, Strobes, & Horn/Strobes Non-Addressable Speaker/Addressable Strobes Addressable Modules Non-Addressable Horns, Strobes & Horn/Strobes Non-Addressable Multi-Tone Horns and Chimes Non-Addressable Speakers & Speaker/Strobes Messaging Speakers and Amplifiers Encompass System Notification – Bells, Beacons, Horns & Strobes, Speakers & Speakers/Strobes business depends protection that and easy to We help commercial of all kinds strip malls to high protect employees, assets and from fire. are among most complex and environments fire protection systems. solutions help you students, faculty and safe around the clock minimizing disruption management. facilities from airports and rail to trucking and terminals are high-risk work You need fire solutions that bring and help ensure the and safety of travelers employees while physical property assets. and shopping malls to respond swiftly and in a fire emergency guiding customers and to safety, inventory, and firefighters work Autocall solutions help keep your retail safe. business thrives guests are relaxed, and free to your services. We help you maintain that by delivering fire detection that to manage and non- to guests.

UL, ULC Approved, FM Approved* mount Addressable Speaker (SO) notification appliances power, address, and control ceiling mount SO notification appliances, the Autocall Fire Alarm Control Unit (FACU) IDNAC Signaling Line (SLC). A separate compatible Autocall FACU audio NAC supplies Electronic monitoring of wiring supervision means you can T-tap and IDNAC wiring for Class B wiring, reducing wiring costs and distances. ceiling mount SO notification appliances on a standard 4 in. or mm square 2 1/8 in. or 53.97 mm deep electrical box, provided others, for flush installations. Install on a surface or weatherproof see Table 6, for surface or weatherproof (WP) installations. are available in 400 Hz to 4000 Hz and 200 Hz to 10000 Hz fidelity models. Select the appliance and cover separately to simplify ordering and installation process. Model numbers ending in are in the USA. more information, refer to datasheet AC49SWC-0001. Addressable Notification Appliances Mount Addressable Speaker (SO) Notification Appliances 2: High fidelity ceiling mount SO appliances fidelity SO appliance If required, select cover and surface or box separately. 3: SO ceiling mount covers, required when ordering APPLC models logo or label 1: Ceiling mount addressable notification appliance mount addressable speaker product 1: Ceiling mount SO appliances appliance only. If select the cover surface or WP box Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. AC49SOC-0001 Rev. 10 01/2022 mount speaker specifications Mount Addressable Speaker (SO) Notification Appliances product selection 4: Weatherproof ceiling mount addressable SO appliances fidelity SO appliance only. If required, select the and weatherproof box separately. instructions 5: SO covers, required when ordering APPLC-O models voltage taps response logo or label 6: Surface or WP back boxes or WP back box in red or WP back box in white instructions 7: Wire guards and wire guard back boxes guard back box, ceiling, red, WP guard, ceiling, red 8: Non-weatherproof appliance general specifications 1/8 in. x 7 1/8 in. x 1 1/4 in. or 180 mm x 180 mm x 32 mm (H x W x D) to 120 or 0 to 49 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 104 or 40 blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG or 0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2; two wires for each terminal for wiring. Use unshielded twisted pair (UTP) for IDNAC and audio wiring. 9: Weatherproof appliance general specifications 1/8 in. x 7 1/8 in. x 1 1/4 in. or 180 mm x 180 mm x 32 mm (H x W x D) temperature rating, W110 CD/W135 CD/W185 CD: to 150.8 (-40 to 66 temperature rating for indoor and uncontrolled wet Public Mode – 110 CD: to 120 (0 to 49 temperature rating: -40 to 120 (-40 to 49 humidity range: 95 %, non-condensing at 140 (60 blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG or 0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2; two wires for each terminal for wiring. Use unshielded twisted pair (UTP) for IDNAC and audio wiring. 10: Speaker audio specifications VRMS or 70.7 VRMS W, 1/2

UL, ULC Approved, FM Approved* mount addressable speaker visible (S/V) notification the Autocall fire alarm control unit (FACU) IDNAC signaling line (SLC) to individually power, address and control ceiling mount S/V notification appliances. A separate compatible Autocall audio NAC supplies audio. Electronic monitoring of wiring means you can T-tap audio and IDNAC wiring for Class B reducing wiring costs and wiring distances. ceiling mount addressable S/V notification appliances on a 4 in. (101.6 mm) square 2 1/8 in. (53.97 mm) deep electrical provided by others, for flush installations. Install on a surface or backbox, see Table 8 for surface or weatherproof (WP) are available in 400 Hz to 4000 Hz and 200 Hz to 10000 Hz fidelity models. Select the appliance and cover separately to simplify ordering and installation process. Model numbers ending in assembled in the USA. For more information, refer to datasheet Addressable Notification Appliances Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances 3: High candela appliances candela S/V appliance If required, select a and weatherproof box 4: High fidelity high candela appliances fidelity high candela appliance only. If required, a cover and surface/WP separately. fidelity high candela appliance with amber lens. If required, select cover and surface or WP box fidelity high candela appliance with blue colored If required, select a and surface or WP box 5: S/V covers, required when ordering APPLC models logo only logo or lettering 1: Ceiling mount addressable S/V notification appliance mount addressable speaker product 1: Ceiling mount addressable speaker S/V appliances appliance only. If required, a cover and surface or box separately. 2: High fidelity appliances fidelity S/V appliance If required, select a and surface or WP box Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. AC49SVC-0001 Rev. 11 01/2022 Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances product selection (Canada only This device is FM Approved.) 6: Weatherproof ceiling mount addressable S/V appliances Appliance Only. Select a cover and surface or WP box separately 579-1241 instructions 7: S/V covers, required when ordering APPLC-O models mount S/V specifications voltage taps response ALARM logo only 8: Surface or WP back boxes or WP back box in red or WP back box in white instructions 9: Wire guards and wire guard back boxes guard back box, ceiling, red, WP

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Accessories Protection; Model A2081-9027 Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP) specifically for protection of fire alarm circuits DC power (200 mA maximum) Monitor circuits Audio riser circuits Firefighter telephone riser circuits See Application Reference for application details Listed as an Isolated Loop Circuit Protector to UL 497B, Protectors for Communications and Fire Alarm Circuits Listed as a Surge Suppressor to ULC-S527, Control Units for Fire Alarm For higher current ILCP applications (up to 5 A), refer to Model on data sheet AC2081-0008 stages of protection include: Line-to-Line protection Line-to-Earth protection Rugged epoxy encapsulated package transients caused by lightning or by disturbances on high power lines are conditions that require low voltage wiring circuits be adequately protected. This protection is most effective when at the location where such circuits leave or enter the building. Protection. The A2081-9027 Isolated Loop Circuit Protector is designed to protect Autocall Fire Alarm circuits from those transients induced on wire runs that are routed external to the Because of its small package size, it can be easily mounted at location that achieves maximum protection. 1: Overvoltage Protector Applications. Model A2081-9027 for use as an Isolated Loop Circuit Protector which is different from as an Overvoltage Protector. For Overvoltage Protector refer to Overvoltage Protector model A2081-9044 which is to UL 864, rated for up to 200 mA, and documented on data sheet . 2: Operation with other Circuit Types. Performance of the ILCP has been quantified for use with other circuit types specific applications where its low resistance is desired. Contact your Autocall product supplier for application guidance. 1: Operating Specifications Specifications Voltage Rating Voltage Rating Voltage Rating Capacitance Current Rating Resistance Specifications box requirement Rating Rating Leads Lead Instructions 38 VDC, 28 VAC RMS 47 V typical 45 VDC, 35 VAC RMS 56 V typical 48 VDC, 33 VAC RMS 75 V typical typical mA maximum Nanosecond (10-9) Nanosecond (10-9) A (10 x 50 pulse) A (8 x 20 pulse) A (10 x 50 7/16 in. W x 1 3/8 in. D x 1 1/16 H (62 mm x 35 mm x 27 mm) epoxy encapsulated in. (102 mm) square box, 2 1/8 in. mm) minimum depth to 120 (0 to 49 RH, at 30 coded, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2), in. long (254 mm) 14 AWG, 10 in. long (254 2: Mechanical Specifications Reference Type Panel Riser Riser Series 4010ES, Series Points Monitor ZAM Connections Distance and Notes ft (1 km) maximum 2-Wire Detectors: 50 For Dry Contacts: 800 maximum or 3270 ft (1 km) whichever is shorter ft (610 m) maximum or maximum, whichever is 1: Isolated Loop Circuit Protector This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-2269:0567 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 9 1/2020 Protection; Model A2081-9027 Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP) Wiring Requirements alarm system wiring that is run external to the building and is protected by the use of A2081-9027 ILCPs shall be installed in accordance with individual system component’s installation instructions including properly grounded, twisted and shielded pairs, and observance of the following ensure optimized protection, the A2081-9027 ILCPs shall be located as close as possible t

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Accessories Protection; Model A2081-9028 Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP) Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP) for up to 5 A of DC or audio Low impedance design minimizes voltage drop For internal or external applications (refer to External Wiring Refer to specific panel field wiring diagrams for additional application Listed as an Isolated Loop Circuit Protector to UL 497B, Protectors for Communications and Fire Alarm Circuits Listed as a Surge Suppressor to ULC-S527, Control Units for Fire Alarm See below for additional application reference For lower current ILCP applications (up to 200 mA), refer to Model on data sheet AC2081-0007 is compatible with: DC notification appliance circuits (NACs) Speaker circuit NACs (25 VRMS) IDNAC SLCs, IDNAC SLCs, and TrueAlert SLCs Other circuit types (see Note 2 below) stages of protection for DC and audio circuits: Line-to-Line Protection Line-to-Earth protection epoxy encapsulated package transients by lightning or by disturbances on high voltage power lines conditions that require low voltage wiring circuits to be adequately This protection is most effective when placed at the location such circuits leave or enter the building. Protection. A2081-9028 Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP) is designed to Autocall Fire Alarm circuits from those electrical transients on wire runs that are routed external to the building. Because its small package size, it can be easily mounted at the location that maximum protection. 1: Overvoltage Protector Applications. A2081-9028 is for use as an Isolated Loop Circuit Protector is different from operation as an Overvoltage Protector. For Protector applications, refer to Overvoltage Protector model which is listed to UL 864, rated for up to 200 mA, and on data sheet AC2081-0016 . 2: Operation with other Circuit Types. of the A2081-9028 ILCP has been quantified for use with circuit types for specific applications where its low resistance is Contact your local Autocall product supplier for application 1: Isolated Loop Circuit Protector Wiring Requirements alarm system wiring that is run external to the building and protected by the use of A2081-9028 ILCPs shall be installed in with the individual system component’s installation including properly grounded, twisted and shielded pairs, observance of the following precautions. ensure optimized protection, the A2081-9028 ILCPs shall be located close as possible to the point at which the circuits leave or enter the and installed in dedicated metallic electrical boxes. Distance. is limited to one contiguous property. The total maximum wire is determined by the individual application’s allowable limit as with ILCPs, but must not exceed 3270 ft (1 km). Wiring. must be in a wiring trough that is separate from commercial distribution wiring. Wiring: Wiring must be run on poles separate from those supporting any power distribution wiring. Wiring shall be run in parallel with the commercial power wiring and be separated by a minimum distance either 100 ft (30 m) or the maximum span between any two poles of either the system’s circuit or the commercial distribution circuit. Conductor. grounding conductor shall be 12 AWG (3.31 mm with a maximum of 28 ft (8.5 m), run in as straight a line as possible and connected the building grounding electrode system (unified earth ground) per 70, the National Electrical Code. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-2269:0567 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 9 1/2020 Rating Rating Rating Current Rating Resistance Inductance Capacitance Time Current Line-to-Line and Line-to-Earth Current Shield-to-Earth SLCs an

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Accessories Protection; Model A2081-9044 Overvoltage Protector Listed as an Overvoltage Protector to ULC-S527, Control Units for Fire specifically for protection of fire alarm circuits DC power (200 mA maximum) Data communications Local energy city circuit connections Rugged epoxy encapsulated package Refer to A2081-9044 Overvoltage Protector Application Reference for details stages of protection include: Line-to-Line protection and Line-to-Earth protection Reference: Listed as an Overvoltage Protector to UL 864, Control Units and for Fire Alarm Systems Systems 70) Listed as an Isolated Loop Circuit Protector to UL 497B, Protectors for Communications and Fire Alarm Circuits Compatible with the requirements of the National Electrical Code Protection. transients caused by lightning or by disturbances on high power lines can cause damage to low voltage fire alarm circuits. application of A2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors can minimize energy from those electrical transients to a level that can be safely by the circuits requiring protection. This protection is most when placed at the locations where the circuits leave and enter A2081-9044 Overvoltage Protector provides multiple stages of against electrical transients. The small package size allows it be easily mounted at the location that achieves maximum protection. Wiring Requirements alarm system wiring that is run external to the building and is by A2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors shall be installed accordance with the individual system component’s installation including properly grounded, twisted and shielded wire and observance of the following precautions. To ensure optimized protection, the A2081-9044 Overvoltage shall be located as close as possible to the point at which the leave or enter the buildings and installed in dedicated metallic boxes. distance is limited to one contiguous property. The total wire length is determined by the individual application’s limit as specified with overvoltage protectors, but must not 3270 ft (1 km). grounding conductor shall be 12 AWG with a maximum length of ft (8.5 m), run in as straight a line as possible and connected to the grounding electrode system per NFPA 70, the National Electrical 1: Overvoltage Protector 1: Operating specifications Voltage Rating Voltage Rating Voltage Rating Capacitance Current Rating Resistance Time 38 VDC, 28 VAC RMS 47 V typical 45 VDC, 35 VAC RMS 56 V typical 48 VDC, 33 VAC RMS 75 V typical typical mA maximum Nanosecond (10-9) Nanosecond (10-9) A (10 x 50 pulse) A (8 x 20 pulse) 5000 A (10 x 50 2: Mechanical specifications box requirement Rating Rating Leads Lead Instructions 7/16 in. W x 1 3/8 in. D x 1 1/16 H (62 mm x 35 mm x 27 mm) epoxy encapsulated in. (102 mm) square box, 2 1/8 in. mm) minimum depth to 120 (0 to 49 RH, at 30 coded, 18 AWG (0.82 mm in. long (245 mm) 14 AWG, 10 in. long (254 This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0507 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest Rev. 5 1/2020 Protection; Model A2081-9044 Overvoltage Protector Overvoltage Protector Application Reference A2081-9044 Overvoltage Protector is for fire alarm circuit use as listed below. These circuits may be standard or optionally available on the Fire Alarm Control Panel Series: 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES . Applications listed for remote device output circuits inclu

Cautions, Warnings, and Regulatory Information Base Maintenance and Testing NOT INSTALL ANY AUTOCALL PRODUCT THAT APPEARS DAMAGED Upon unpacking your Autocall product, inspect the of the carton for shipping damage. If damage is apparent, immediately file a claim with the carrier and notify an authorized product supplier. HAZARD Disconnect electrical field power when making any internal adjustments or repairs. All repairs should be by a representative or an authorized agent of your local Autocall product supplier. HAZARD Static electricity can damage components. Handle as follows: Ground yourself before opening or installing components. Prior to installation, keep components wrapped in anti-static material at all times. FREQUENCY ENERGY This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used accordance with the instruction manual, may cause interference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to provide reasonable against such interference when operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area interference in which case the user, at his own expense, will be required to take whatever measures may be required to correct interference. SAFETY HAZARD Under certain fiber optic application conditions, the optical output of this device may exceed eye safety limits. Do use magnification (such as a microscope or other focusing equipment) when viewing the output of this device. Rev A Base Maintenance and Testing publication describes the steps and equipment used during the maintenance and testing of the CO Base smoke sensors. Base Maintenance and Testing of the CO sensor CO Sensor is not as susceptible to dirt as photo or ion sensors and does not compensate for a loss of sensitivity over the period of its lifetime. The operations to inform a qualified/trained service person that a CO sensor has reached its end of life are as follows: The FACP panel generates an End of Life trouble to notify the user that a replacement sensor is required. Manual standard maintenance testing is required by a qualified/trained service person to make sure that the device is fully operational. of Life Service: end of life of a CO Sensor is based on the manufacture date of the device, not the installation date. The FACP panel daily checks each IDNet CO sensor for the End of Life trouble expiration date. The FACP panel generates the following status report based on the condition of the CO None: CO Sensor has not reached the expiration date. Almost Expired 6M: CO Sensor is within 6 months of expiration date. Almost Expired 12M: CO Sensor is within 12 months of expiration date. Expired (End of Life): CO Sensor date has expired. clear the trouble, a new CRS with a valid date must be installed, and a hardware reset of the FACP panel must be performed. For the panel to annunciate these warnings, you must enable the logging of the Almost Expired trouble, with the exception being the Expired condition which does not require any activation. Maintenance verify that the sensors are operating correctly, standard maintenance of the CO sensors is required. The standard maintenance process is as The FACP panel is put into the service test mode using either the diagnostic function menu item on the front panel or the system diagnostic port command. A trouble shall be displayed at the panel to indicate that the panel is in the Device Test Mode. A tester shall introduce CO gas, heat and smoke simultaneously into the detector. The device LED on the base shall turn ON steady if any but not all of the sensors on the device cross an alarm threshold. The device LED on the base shall slow flash if all sensors cross an alarm threshold. The appropriate action based on the point type of the CO sensor shall be taken at the panel. Device Test Mode shall also be entered if faster response time is needed during Walktest. There is a 20 device LED maximum that can be ON/Flashed at any given time. This limit applies during testing just as it does during alarm opera- A panel reset is suggested before this limit is reached during testing so that the LED will be able to be used as an indication of a successful test. 2 Rev A Sensor Testi

UL, ULC; FM Approved* Accessories Services Gateway – Central Station Communication and SafeLINC Cloud Services configuration CSG receives system status messages from the host FACU and the information to a DACR at the central station using or dual communication paths. The path configuration options are in Table 1. 1: Path configuration path path IP can be cellular GSM 4G/LTE or Ethernet LAN/WAN. For UL applications the secondary path cannot be another line. For ULC-S559, the CSGs are evaluated as active system. You can use IP path only. For UL 1076 you cannot install the CSG remotely in its own enclosure. Cloud Services Cloud Services is a service facilitated by the CSG that creates a twin of the fire alarm system and provides remote access to fire system activity to authorized users. Encrypted and secure connection to the FACU through iOS Android web applications Developed in accordance with internationally recognized cyber security Troubles Provides real-time FACU events notification, including Fire, Pri2, Supv, Single portal facilitates users to view all their connected FACUs Download and view latest FACU status reports Advanced analytics facilitates preventative maintenance of the system Connected Services Gateway (CSG) is an all-in-one interface that supports central station communication and enables Cloud Services Provides wired or wireless central station communication through LAN cellular and plain old telephone service (POTS) Enables authorized users to access their managed fire alarm control (FACUs) remotely through SafeLINC web or mobile app Preserves front panel service port For use with Autocall 4100ES, 4010ES, and 4007ES FACUs Backwards compatibility. Migration path for existing SDACT installed in panels only. Connects to ES Network Card with Ethernet cable flexibility Internally mounted option reduces installation complexity and overall Externally mounted option available to provide flexibility when space or signal strength is inadequate flexibility Central station reporting configurable with one, or dual paths with a and secondary path Paths can be configured to use any of the external connections, line, cellular or LAN Ethernet connections Antenna extension kits available for installations with inadequate signal and codes UL 864 10th edition- Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm UL 1076 – Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems ULC/ORD C1076, Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems CAN/ULC-S559 -13 Equipment for Fire Signal Receiving Centers and CAN/ULC-S527 -11 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems ISA/IEC 62443-4-1 cybersecurity compliance FCC ID: F5318LE9080 IC: 160A-LE9080 UL 864 Applications the CSG serves as an interface between the and the Internet for off-premise central station reporting. station communication station supported interfaces Dual Line Phone DACT (ADEMCO Contact ID) 10/100 Base-T Ethernet (Fibro protocol) Cellular (Fibro protocol) specific building event information Communicates point status changes, phone line status, and other off information to the central station and enterprise server Reports up to ten events through a call station reporting configuration The Autocall Programmer installation includes a new PC application, Station Configuration Tool (CSCT) The Autocall Programmer invokes the CSCT when editing central settings 1: SafeLINC Cloud with central station reporting At the time of publication only UL and ULC listings are applicable. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 1 07/2021 Services Gateway – Central Station Communication and SafeLINC Cloud Services Cloud Services server reporting features IP and cellular capabilities. Services Gateway CSG connects a fire panel to the SafeLINC Cloud Platform. The maintains a secure connection to t

AUTOCALL FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNITS INTELLIGENCE BEHIND MOST DETECTION SYSTEMS SMART CHOICE, MATTER WHAT ROLE it comes to fire detection systems, no choice is important than your fire alarm control units. They the nerve center of any fire detection system, critical only for their ability to help save lives, but also to value over time. With the right choice, you a fire detection system that makes everyone job and can be expanded and enhanced over time to changing needs. many facilities, the right choice is Autocall. Autocall units are engineered to deliver industry- scalability, reliability and long-term value. They a broad range of industry, customer and facility enabling you to get a comprehensive, fire detection solution for every installation. And control units offer innovative features that can them easier to install, manage and maintain. UNITS NEVER of innovation and experience are packed into every Autocall control unit, advanced features and technologies that add up to superior value and lower cost of ownership: ADDRESSABILITY. Many Autocall control units, detection products and notification are addressable, intelligent devices. Addressability allows T-tapping and more wire runs, which can lower installation and overall project costs. Addressability means each device is individually supervised for malfunction or failure, and you can the settings for each device from the unit. MODULAR DESIGN. Autocall control units are based on a modular architecture that them to be custom-configured to each facility specifications and capacity In addition, Autocall 4100ES control units are custom built, so they arrive and ready to connect. INTUITIVE INTERFACE. Whether you working with your Autocall system via an touch screen display, the PC-based TrueSite Workstation command center, or the Mobile Client app on your mobile device, it easy to access information, view and perform a variety of operations. INTEGRATION WITH BUILDING SYSTEMS. You can integrate Autocall control units building management systems and security systems to share information and help facility control. With support for popular communication protocols such as and Modbus, Autocall enables you to mount a coordinated response to a fire linking the fire detection system with elevators, door holders, smoke air pressurization systems and more. FUTURE-PROOFING/UPGRADEABILITY. Autocall systems are engineered to provide migration path to future technologies and features, making upgrades and expansions and easy. REGULATORY COMPLIANCE. You can be confident that Autocall control units comply industy and jurisdictional codes. AUTOCALL UNIT FAMILY a choice of Autocall control units, you can design a fire system tailored to each facility unique environment needs. 4100ES. The Autocall 4100ES is designed to handle facility requirements with ease, bringing addressable technology scalable design flexibility to medium and large facilities and campus networks. In addition to supporting up to 3,000 points, the 4100ES is networkable, offers integrated voice capability and is listed for multi-hazard suppression control. An optional large, configurable, color touch screen display a wealth of information and an intuitive, easy-to-use interface. 4010ES. The Autocall 4010ES control unit is a addressable system that supports from 250 up to 1,000 modules or manual stations, making it ideal for small- mid-sized facilities. Like all addressable Autocall control units, networkable 4010ES includes labor-saving features, such as ground fault isolation and almost dirty smoke sensor reports. This can reduce installation time and allows for maintenance scheduling. An optional color touch screen puts all the information – and controls – you need at your Even if you are wearing gloves. 4007ES. The addressable, networkable Autocall delivers advanced Autocall performance to smaller facilities a compact, cost-effective package. It offers a full range of features, multi-hazard suppression release, addressable notifi

AUTOCALL FIRE DETECTION SOLUTIONS SHORTEST DISTANCE DANGER TO RIGHT ACCURATE DETECTION EVERY SPACE FACILITY broad family of Autocall sensors and initiating devices engineered to quickly and accurately identify hazards, fire to carbon monoxide. detection products are designed so you can select right technology for each space within a facility. With you can get faster isolation of problems and more accurate responses. Autocall sensors are UL268 edition lists to meet the latest standards and help you stay fully compliant. FAR-REACHING OF Autocall product line includes both conventional and detection solutions to suit almost any facility and In most cases, addressable products the preferred solution, delivering extra value and in a detection product means that each device an independent, intelligent node on the fire detection This enables fire detection systems to immediately the location of an alarm and help you launch a and effective response. conventional devices, Autocall addressable detection are supervised to help ensure reliability and make isolation and remediation easier. These capabilities the time and effort required to manage and maintain system. FEATURES OFFER MORE addition to addressability, many Autocall detection products include helpful features improve both performance and manageability. These include: PEAK VALUE LOGGING. This feature provides a historical accounting of data that you can review and use to more accurately set your system for protection without triggering nuisance alarms. The data is logged and stored the fire detection control panel. PROGRAMMABLE SENSOR OPERATIONS. Individual sensors can be to update their operation mode and turn specific functions on and off at times of the day. PHOTO SENSORS include drift compensation, to help compensate for contamination to reduce nuisance alarms; automatic sensor cleaning indication, providing multiple levels of advance warning that cleaning or replacement is needed; and multiple UL-approved sensitivity levels, for optimum protection the address for each sensor is located in the of the unit. That means that can easily interchange heads reprogramming, enabling to remove them for service reinstall them anywhere. also eliminates the risk of the wrong sensor in the base after maintenance causing fire locations to misreported. a full array of UL268 7th edition listed sensors to choose from, you can a system to address the unique and needs of any facility. sensors include: AND FLAME DETECTORS. heat sensors can be set to alarm either a fixed temperature or according to their rate rise. These sensors can also be programmed operate in different modes and sensitivities by of day. Flame detectors combine IR sensors Digital Signal Processing (DSP) algorithms validate the presence of flame. Both types sensor can provide a custom solution in where smoke detectors may false alarms. SENSORS. specialized sensors designed to detect in HVAC ducts and offered in both aspirating non-aspirating models address a wide range environments and SENSORS. These devices the presence of smoke particles in a sensor chamber trigger alarms based on the amount of obscuration their sensitivity setting. Autocall photoelectric have many advanced features, including: drift programmable sensitivity selection, sensitivity by time of day, and dual-stage and alarm verification. DETECTORS. Beam detectors use a laser beam a reflector to measure the presence and concentration of across an open area. They are the preferred solution for atriums, arenas, and other open areas where it is either impractical not cost-effective to use traditional point-type sensors or aspirating smoke detection. DEVICES. By combining multiple types of (e.g., smoke, heat and CO gas) in a single device, you can against a broader range of fire types and gain better immunity false alarms. The abi

Datasheet Analog Sensing Address Bases for Multi-Sensor A4098-9754, Standard and Sounder ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Approved* photoelectric sensing and TrueAlarm thermal sensing in one housing: TrueAlarm photoelectric technology accurately monitors for smoke TrueAlarm thermal sensing accurately monitors for fixed temperature rate-of-rise temperature, selected or combined as required per Basic operation is UL listed to Standard 268 Sounder operation is also listed to UL Standard 464 as an audible appliance standard base A4098-9796 provides: Two sequentially addressed points, automatically assigned with one Connections for remote LED or LED tracking relay for remote alarm selection indication sounder base A4098-9795 provides the features of and also provides: Built-in piezo electric sounder with high output (88 dBA) and low requirements (20 mA) Sounder power can be from 24 VDC or from a compatible Notification Circuit (NAC) if NAC powered** unit Sounder output can be synchronized via communications or by the Sounder operation can be independently activated from the host analog sensing operation: Analog sensor information is digitally communicated to the control unit IDNet two-wire communications Individual sensor information is processed by the host control unit to sensor status use with the following Autocall products: Model Series 4007ES, 4100ES, and 4100ES fire alarm control units For use with 4007ES, 4100ES, or 4010ES control units, multi-sensor is also available using single address bases; refer to data AC4098-0024 for more information, including TrueSense early detection operation combining photo and heat inputs and architecturally styled enclosures are for ceiling or mounting: Smoke sensor louver design directs air flow to chamber, enhancing capture sound relay Sound louvers on sounder base exit both front and side for high Built-in magnetic test feature alarms both addresses Designed for EMI compatibility Optional accessories include remote alarm LED indicator or alarm LED 1: TrueAlarm multi-sensor A4098-9754 in multi-sensor sounder base A4098-9795 2: TrueAlarm multi-sensor A4098-9754 in multi-sensor base A4098-9796 multi-sensor description multi-sensor A4098-9754 combines the established of a TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke sensor with a fast- and accurate TrueAlarm thermal sensor to provide both features a single sensor/base assembly. communication of analog sensing. Analog information each sensor is digitally communicated to the control unit where is analyzed. Photoelectric sensor input is stored and tracked as an value with an alarm or abnormal condition being determined by the sensor’s present value against its average value. Thermal is processed to look for absolute or rate-of-rise temperature as data evaluation. Monitoring each photoelectric sensor’s value provides a software filtering process that compensates environmental factors, such as dust and dirt, and component aging, an accurate reference for evaluating new activity. The result a significant reduction in the probability of false or nuisance alarms by shifts in sensitivity, either up or down. unit selection. Peak activity per sensor is stored to assist in specific locations. The alarm set point for each TrueAlarm is determined at the control unit, selectable as more or less as the individual application requires. selection. Alarm set points can be programmed timed automatic sensitivity selection (such as more sensitive at night, sensitive during day). Control unit programming can also provide operation per sensor. For example, a 0.2% level may cause a to prompt investigation while a 2.5% level may initiate an alarm. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0531, 7300-2269:0560, 7272-2269:0537 and 7300-2269:0551 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Addressable Notification Appliances Emergency Communication Appliances, Clear/Amber Strobes addressed and separately controlled multi-candela (visible only) notification appliance with one amber ALERT and one clear lens FIRE strobe provides: Combination unit allows mounting two visible notification appliances at same installation site Multi-candela xenon strobes with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and with programmable from the control panel or jumper selected 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs from 4100ES fire alarm control panels with EPS/EPS+ power (and 4009 IDNAC Repeaters) providing regulated 29 VRMS strobes to operate with lower current even under battery Amber lens with “ALERT” lettering produces a signal unique from lens fire alarm evacuation strobes for use with Emergency Systems Clear lens with “FIRE” lettering provides visible notification for fire alarm Both strobes connect on same SLC, are separately addressed, and independent operation; (Operation is clear/Fire OR amber/ not both) Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing “T-tapped” connections for B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring) TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing appliance ID, custom label, type, and candela setting Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of appliances wiring Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to important installation in Strobe Details and Mounting Height Reference) Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems for upgrade replacement Clear lens strobe is UL listed to Standard 1971, ULC listed to Standard Amber lens strobe is UL listed to Standard 1638 (due to non-white and provides light dispersion patterns of UL Standard 1971; ULC is to Standard S526 indicator and magnet test feature: Each appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to appliance supervision In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to indicate address AND pulses to indicate the intensity selection; brief output of the strobe is also selectable to confirm operation design features: Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing for flush surface wall mount; available with red or white housing Individual strobe housings mount onto a common bracket that does extend into box and easily mounts to standard electrical boxes Wall mount wiring terminal access is from front of housing to assist inspection, and testing Mounting options include adapter skirts for surface mounting and box plates 1: Clear/Amber Strobe Assembly (front side view shown, available with red or white housing) TrueAlert addressable combination strobes individually addressed and individually controlled with power, and control supplied from a Autocall fire alarm control panel IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See compatibility list page 4.) A single assembly provides an amber lens strobe for non- alarm, alert notification for use with Emergency Communications and a clear lens strobe for fire alarm notification. Application Reference strobes used as part of an Emergency Communications system located to provide the same area coverage as required of clear lens alarm strobes. Specific Emergency Communications requirements discussed in detail in document UFC 4-021-01 (USA Department of United Facilities Criteria) and in NFPA 72, Chapter 24 (2010 and editions). strobe coverage criteria is further described in the National Fire Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the with Disabilities Act (ADA). This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7125-2269:0527 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest Rev. 4 1/2020 Emergency Communication Appliances, Clear/Amber Strobes

Datasheet Smoke Detectors Detector Housings with TrueAlarm Photoelectric Detector for 2-Wire or 4-Wire ULC, CSFM Listed, FM air duct detector housing with clear cover to monitor the presence of smoke** factory installed TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke and features: On-board TrueAlarm sensitivity drift compensation and dirt tracking Multi-function status LED indicator Magnetic test that initiates an alarm and provides detailed diagnostic Clear cover allowing visual inspection Test ports provide functional smoke testing access with cover in place UL listed to Standard 268A availability: A4098-9685, 2-Wire standard operation A4098-9688, 2-Wire with supervised control for a single remote relay included) A4098-9686, 4-Wire operation with supervised control for multiple relays (includes one remote relay) to rectangular ducts or round ducts Minimum size is 8″ (203 mm) square or 18″ (457 mm) diameter operated functional test: Initiates alarm and displays dirt accumulation status using the detector LED dirty detectors Assists with maintenance priorities by categorizing detector status and tubes (ordered separately): Available in multiple lengths to match duct size Installed and serviced with housing in place module options (ordered separately): Red alarm LED (A4098-9830) Test stations with LED(s) and keyswitch (refer to page 2 for Relays for remote control applications Please note that smoke detection in air ducts is intended to provide of the presence of smoke in the duct. It is not intended to, will not, replace smoke detection requirements for open areas or non-duct applications. 1: Detector Housing, Front and Bottom View Alarm Indicators and Test Stations Autocall air duct smoke detector housings provide a smoke detector for monitoring air conditioning or ventilating Sampling tubes are installed into the duct allowing air to be to the smoke detector mounted in the housing. These duct housings with smoke detectors are compatible with Autocall alarm control panels that provide conventional two-wire or four-wire device circuits (IDCs). This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 3240-2269:0526, 7300-2269:0551 7272-2269:0510 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the status. Rev. 11 03/2021 Detector Housings with TrueAlarm Photoelectric Detector for 2-Wire or 4-Wire Operation Details supports a remote red alarm LED or a remote test station with LED(s). Models with relay output provide relay coil wiring supervision that will a trouble to the IDC if supervision is lost. Model A4098-9685 provides basic smoke detection for applications that do not require a remote relay. Power is from the IDC. Model A4098-9688 provides a supervised relay output for connection to a single A4098-9841 relay. This model is powered from the IDC and connection as the only device to ensure relay operation. Model A4098-9686 provides a supervised relay control output that can control up to 15, 4098-9843 control relays. Relay supervision troubles indicated by a yellow LED on the interface board. (Resettable 24 VDC is required, see Specifications.) Remote test station A4098-9835 is available use with this model to provide a test keyswitch, a red LED alarm indicator and a green power-on LED. Detector Selection Chart 1: Duct Smoke Detector Housing with Photoelectric Detector* relay(s) Duct Detector, standard operation Duct Detector with supervised single remote relay output; includes one relay; Must be only device on IDC for proper relay operation; (When used with Autocall 4004 or 4005 fire alarm control panel, connect to “high current” only) Duct Detector with supervised multiple remote

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Smoke Detectors Detector Housings with TrueAlarm Photoelectric Detector for Stand-Alone Operation Operation. an alarm is detected, the on-board relay contacts transfer, the control tone-alert sounds, and the alarm LED illuminates. Activating the switch will silence the tone-alert. After the source of the alarm is and resolved, turning the key switch to Test/Reset will reset the Relay Operation. output relay contacts are held energized during normal operation. loss of power or removal of the detector, the contacts will transfer. stand-alone operation air duct detector housing with cover to monitor for the presence of smoke** factory installed TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke and features: On-board TrueAlarm sensitivity drift compensation and dirt tracking Multi-function status LED indicator on detector Magnetic test that initiates an alarm and provides detailed diagnostic Clear cover allows visual inspection Test ports provide functional smoke testing access with cover in place Input power of 120 VAC, 24 VAC, or 24 VDC UL listed to Standard 268A relay output features: Fail-safe operation that is normally energized and transfers upon loss of power, or detector removal Contacts are Form C, rated 5 A @ 120 VAC or 28 VDC, resistive requires Control Station A4098-9842 Provides power-on LED, alarm LED, local tone-alert signal, local tone- silence, and keyed test/reset switch Control station is ordered separately to rectangular ducts or round ducts Minimum size is 8″ (203 mm) square or 18″ (457 mm) diameter operated functional test: Initiates alarm and displays dirt accumulation status using the detector LED dirty detectors Assists with maintenance priorities by categorizing detector status and tubes (ordered separately): Available in multiple lengths to match duct size Installed and serviced with housing in place Please note that smoke detection in air ducts is intended to provide of the presence of smoke in the duct. It is not intended to, will not, replace smoke detection requirements for open areas or non-duct applications. Operation. A4098-9687 stand-alone duct detector housings with smoke are for applications that operate independent of a fire alarm panel. They provide a TrueAlarm smoke detector for monitoring conditioning or ventilating ducts. Sampling tubes are installed into duct allowing air to be directed to the smoke detector mounted in housing. Control Station A4098-9842 a red alarm LED, a green power-on LED, a piezoelectric tone- a tone-alert silence switch, and a key switch for selecting normal mode or to initiate a test or reset operation. (This control is required.) 1: Stand-Alone Detector Housing, Front View 2: Control Station This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 3240-2269:0526 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest Rev. 7 1/2020 Detector Housings with TrueAlarm Photoelectric Detector for Stand-Alone Operation Detector Selection Chart operation duct detector with internal output relay, input power is VAC, 24 VAC, or 24 VDC* A4098-9842 Test Station (ordered 1: Control Station (required, ordered separately) Station with power-on green LED, red alarm LED, tone-alert, silence and key switch for test/reset, on stainless steel plate double gang box, 3″ H x 4″ W x 2″ D (76 mm x mm x 51 mm) Stand-alone duct detector housing includes an internally mounted model A4098-9601 TrueAlarm photoelectric detector and an exhaust tube. A sized sampling tube (ordered per application) is required, refer to chart below. Tube Selection Chart, Ordered Separately Per Duct Width, Select One Duct Width (305 mm) to 23″ (330 mm to 584 mm) to 46″ (610 mm to 1168 mm) to 71″ (1168 mm to 1803 mm) to 95″ (1803 mm

System Accessories Boot 4098-9848 for Autocall TrueAlarm Sensor and Detector Bases 2: Dust Boot (shown on base with wires) applications requiring additional protection for the rear of a Autocall or detector base, the 4098-9848 Dust Boot inserts over the and provides a dust and water seal around the base wiring. The is rated to IP51, protection against dust limited ingress (no harmful and against vertically falling water drops (condensation). 2: Specifications Diameter Instructions (122 mm) (8 mm) White Autocall sensor and detector bases from dust and For locations where mounting requires extra protection from dust or Boot attaches to rear of base forming a seal to both the base and to wiring Locking tab ensures a secure fit Color coordinated with base Bases 1: Compatible Bases Detectors: 4-Wire Base with relay contacts connections for remote LED Detectors: 4-Wire Base with auxiliary alarm output Detectors: 2-Wire Base with relay & for remote LED Detectors: 2-Wire Base with relay Heat Detectors only: 2-Wire Base with connection remote LED Detectors: 2-Wire Base with connections Remote Alarm LED Indicator, photo and ion detectors Detector: 2-Wire Base, no options Base with connections for remote LED or relay Base with connections for supervised relay and connections for remote alarm or unsupervised relay Base, standard, no options Addressable Isolator Base address base for multi-sensor A4098-9754; connections for remote LED alarm indicator unsupervised relay Agency listing of this product is not applicable. Use is subject to of Local Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1: Dust Boot (shown on with tab inserted into locking keyway) Rev. 1 08/2020

Datasheet Initiating Peripherals Analog Heat Sensor A4098-9733E and Bases for Extended Exposure to High ULC, CSFM Listed, FM heat sensors provide analog thermal information to the base and feature: Epoxy encapsulated electronic thermal sensor design with gold plated high humidity thermistor, and stainless steel screws A fast response thermistor that is inherently rate compensated Operation for ceiling or wall mounting sensor bases features: Digital transmission of analog sensor values via IDNet Base mounted address remains with its location Integral red LED for power-on (pulsing), or alarm or trouble (steady on) Locking anti-tamper design mounts on standard box Designed for EMI compatibility Magnetically operated functional test options and accessories include: Control of supervised or unsupervised remote relay Remote LED alarm indicator output Relays and LED alarm indicators Communications isolator base or sounder base alarm control panel provides: Fixed temperature sensing, rate-of-rise temperature sensing, or both Utility temperature sensing Automatic, once per minute individual sensor calibration check that sensor integrity Ability to display and print detailed sensor information in plain English use with the following Autocall products: 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES Series control panels listed to Standard 521 for: 60 ft x 60 ft (18.3 m) spacing for 135 F (57.2 C) alarm 40 ft x 40 ft (12.2 m) spacing for 155 F (68 C) alarm Sounder operation is also listed to UL Standard 464 as an audible appliance most fires, hazardous levels of smoke and toxic gas can build before a heat detection device would initiate an alarm. In cases Life Safety is a factor, the use of smoke detection is highly heat sensors heat sensors are self-restoring and provide rate fixed temperature sensing, selectable with or without temperature sensing. Due to its small thermal mass, sensor thermistor accurately and quickly measures the local for analysis at the fire alarm control panel. 1: Heat Sensor in Standard Size Base 2: Heat Sensor Mounted in Sounder Base Selection temperature detection is selectable at the control panel for 15 F (8.3 C) or 20 F (11.1 C) per minute. Fixed temperature is independent of rate-of-rise sensing and programmable to at 135 F (57.2 C) or 155 F (68 C). In a slow developing fire, temperature may not increase rapidly enough to operate the rate- feature. However, an alarm will be initiated when the temperature its rated fixed temperature setting. Device Temperature Monitoring device temperature monitoring can be programmed to monitor temperature extremes in the range from 32 F to 155 F (0 C to 68 This feature can provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system (Refer to specific panels for availability.) Communication of Analog Sensing bases contain integral addressable electronics that monitor information from the detachable heat sensors. Each sensor is digitized and transmitted to the system fire alarm control approximately every four seconds using Autocall addressable The panel processes the information to evaluate for alarm levels or other off-normal conditions. Alarm and Trouble LED Indication sensor base LED pulses to indicate communications with the If the control panel determines that a sensor is in alarm or has other type of trouble, the details are annunciated at the control and that sensor base LED will be turned on steadily. During a alarm, the control panel will control the LEDs such that an LED a trouble will return to pulsing to help identify the alarmed This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0550, 7300-269:0531, 7300-2269:0538, 7300-2269:0503, 7270-2269:0512 and 7300-2269:0551 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings be applicable

Datasheet Initiating Peripherals Electronic Heat Detectors for Extended Exposure to High Humidity 1: Electronic Heat Detector Mounted in Base Current Current, 2-Wire Current, 4-Wire Operation Range Range to 32 VDC (filtered DC with 30% ripple) typical, 100 maximum to 86 mA maximum, exact current is by alarm current limiting of IDC mA typical @ 24 VDC FM requirements for operation 15 and 25 F/min (8.33 and C/min) to diagram on page 3 for covered outdoor applications the ambient conditions stated below to 95% RH from 32 to 122 F (0 to C) 1: Ambient Temperature Operating Range F Models F Models to 100 F (0 to 38 C) to 150 F (0 to 66 C) ** In most fires, hazardous levels of smoke and toxic gas build up before a heat detection device would initiate an alarm. In where Life Safety is a factor, the use of smoke detection is highly ULC, CSFM Listed, FM and reliable heat detection for protection of property** listed to Standard 521 as a rate compensated heat detector temperature operation is suitable for most applications: Thermistor based design is inherently rate compensated due to thermal lag Available for 135 F (57 C) or 200 F (93 C) UL spacing distance is 70 ft (21.3 m) with rate-of-rise temperature detection: Dual thermistor rate-of-rise operation For use where anticipated ambient temperature changes are less than F/minute (3.33 C/minute) UL spacing distance is 70 ft (21.3 m) provides: Epoxy encapsulated electronic detector design with gold plated high humidity thermistor, and stainless steel screws Operation for ceiling or wall mounting Easily tested, self-restoring operation with repeatable accuracy Alarm indicating LED located on detector Current limited alarm that is compatible with two wire initiating device (IDCs) Designed for EMI compatibility remote alarm indicating LED base options: Bases for 2-wire or 4-wire operation Auxiliary relay output (refer to selection chart on page 2 for relay Remote alarm indicating LED output Electronic Design electronic heat detectors use a fast response, thermistor based to provide temperature sensing that quickly, accurately, and identifies when fixed temperatures are exceeded. The temperature sensing thermistor readily tracks the local ambient This eliminates the time required to melt a lead pellet or a bimetallic element as occurs in mechanical heat detector designs provides the required heat detection for most applications. detection detection is determined by comparing two thermistor By combining accurate thermistors with proper physical this patented rate-of-rise detection design achieves a high of performance not normally available with mechanical detection. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0551, 7270-2269:0511 and 7300-2269:0550 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 4 03/2021 Electronic Heat Detectors for Extended Exposure to High Humidity Reference detectors are used where property protection is desired and where life safety protection is not required or is performed by other equipment. heat detector applications are satisfied by use of these fixed temperature electronic detectors. addition of rate-of-rise operation provides two forms of heat detection for use where temperature fluctuations are controlled and are less than 6 (3.33 C/min). Where temperatures may fluctuate more quickly, use fixed temperature detection. to NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm Code and publication 574-7

Datasheet Initiating Peripherals Heat Detectors for Two-Wire and Four-Wire Bases Reference detectors are used where property protection is desired and life safety protection is not required or is performed by other Typical heat detector applications are satisfied by use of fixed temperature electronic detectors. addition of rate-of-rise operation provides two forms of heat for use where temperature fluctuations are controlled and less than 6 F/min (3.33 C/min). Where temperatures may fluctuate quickly, use fixed temperature detection. to NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm Code and publication A4098 Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application Manual, for guidance in applying and locating heat detectors. Current Current, 2-Wire Current, 4-Wire Operation Range 1: General Specifications to 32 VDC (filtered DC with 30% ripple) typical, 100 maximum to 86 mA maximum, exact current is by alarm current limiting of IDC mA typical @ 24 VDC FM requirements for operation 15 and 25 F/min (8.33 and C/min) to 95% RH from 32 to 122 F (0 50 C), not intended for outdoor to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C) to Temperature Temperature Operating Range F Models F Models to 100 F (0 to 38 C) to 150 F (0 to 66 C) ** In most fires, hazardous levels of smoke and toxic gas build up before a heat detection device would initiate an alarm. In where Life Safety is a factor, the use of smoke detection is highly Temperature Guidelines F (57 C) fixed temperature detectors are for normal temperatures do not exceed 100 F (38 C). F (93 C) fixed temperature detectors are for normal temperatures exceed 100 F (38 C) but are less than 150 F (66 C). Indicating LED Operation heat detector LED turns ON continuously when in alarm. During conditions the LED is OFF. ULC, CSFM Listed, FM 1: Heat Detector Mounted in Base and reliable heat detection for protection of property** listed to Standard 521 as a rate compensated heat detector temperature operation is suitable for most applications: Thermistor based design is inherently rate compensated due to thermal lag Available for 135 F (57 C) or 200 F (93 C) UL and ULC spacing distance is 70 ft (21.3 m) with rate-of-rise temperature detection: Dual thermistor rate-of-rise operation For use where anticipated ambient temperature changes are less than F/minute (3.33 C/minute) UL and ULC spacing distance is 70 ft (21.3 m) encapsulated electronic design provides: Operation for ceiling or wall mounting Easily tested, self-restoring operation with repeatable accuracy Alarm indicating LED located on detector Current limited alarm that is compatible with two-wire initiating device (IDCs) Designed for EMI compatibility remote alarm indicating LED base options: Bases for 2-wire or 4-wire operation Auxiliary relay output (refer to selection chart on page 2 for relay Remote alarm indicating LED output Electronic Design. electronic heat detectors use a fast response, thermistor based to provide temperature sensing that quickly, accurately, and identifies when fixed temperatures are exceeded. The temperature sensing thermistor readily tracks the local ambient This eliminates the time required to melt a lead pellet or a bimetallic element as occurs in mechanical heat detector designs provides the required heat detection for most applications. detection. detection is determined by comparing two thermistor By combining accurate thermistors with proper physical this patented rate-of-rise detection design achieves a high of performance not normally available with mechanical detection. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM thermal detection for protection of property** listed to Standard 521 temperature operation is suitable for most applications: Thermistor based design is inherently rate compensated due to thermal lag Available for 135 F (57 C) or 200 F (93 C) UL spacing distance is 60 ft with rate-of-rise temperature detection: Dual thermistor rate-of-rise operation For use where anticipated ambient temperature changes are less than F/minute UL spacing distance is 70 ft encapsulated electronic design provides: Operation for ceiling or wall mounting Easily tested, self-restoring operation with repeatable accuracy Alarm indicating LED located on detector Current limited alarm that is compatible with two-wire initiating device (IDCs) connecting design: Wiring attaches directly to detector terminals Detector mounts onto mechanical adapter plate (supplied) Electronic Design. electronic heat detectors use a fast response, thermistor based to provide temperature sensing that quickly, accurately, and identifies when fixed temperatures are exceeded. The temperature sensing thermistor readily tracks the local ambient This eliminates the time required to melt a lead pellet or a bimetallic element as occurs in mechanical heat detector designs provides the required heat detection for most applications. detection determined by comparing two thermistor responses. By combining thermistors with proper physical placement, this patented detection design achieves a high level of performance not available with mechanical detection. Reference detectors are used where property protection is desired and life safety protection is not required or is performed by other Typical heat detector applications are satisfied by use of fixed temperature electronic detectors. addition of rate-of-rise operation provides two forms of heat for use where temperature fluctuations are controlled and less than 6 F/min (3.33 C/min). Where temperatures may fluctuate quickly, use fixed temperature detection. Initiating Peripherals Heat Detectors for Two-Wire Direct Connect 1: Direct Connect Heat Detector Range Current Current Operation Range Temperature to 32 VDC, filtered DC with 30% ripple nominal to 100 mA maximum, exact current is by alarm current limiting of IDC FM requirements for operation 15 and 25 F/min (8.33 and C/min) to 95% RH, not intended for applications to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C) diagram on page 2 1: Ambient Temperature Operating Range F Models F Models to 100 F (0 to 38 C) to 150 F (0 to 68 C) ** In most fires, hazardous levels of smoke and toxic gas build up before a heat detection device would initiate an alarm. In where Life Safety is a factor, the use of smoke detection is highly Temperature Guidelines F (57 C) fixed temperature detectors are for normal temperatures do not exceed 100 F (38 C). F (93 C) fixed temperature detectors are for normal temperatures exceed 100 F (38 C) but are less than 150 F (66 C). Indicating LED Operation heat detector LED turns ON continuously when in alarm. During conditions the LED is OFF. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7270-2269:0513 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 15 03/2021 Heat Detectors for Two-Wire Direct Connect Selection F C) F C) Reference temperature with rate-of-rise temperature with rate-of-rise

Datasheet Voice Control Unit Communication Systems and Mass Notification Systems Approved (ANSI/UL 864), Control Accessory; CSFM Listed* 4003EC Voice Control Unit adds digital voice message capability to fire alarm control units: Remote booster amplifiers are available to expand coverage area or to multiple notification areas Activate up to 8 separate messages by direct connection to fire control unit (FACU), NACs using the NAC Interface Module or by a supervised connection to relay contact closures 4003EC voice control unit status alarm, system trouble, or separate trouble is through isolated contact closure allowing compatibility a wide range of Autocall brand and other fire alarm systems Multiple 4003EC control units can interconnect for system-wide Communication Systems (ECS)/Mass Notification Systems message control using Autocall fire alarm network node Broadcast live messages using the internal microphone or up to 18 microphones Select from 8 digitally pre-recorded messages using the control switches or controlled from the FACU; select a pre-tone and a post tone if desired You can order custom messages separately as custom chip sets, record directly at the unit; requires external equipment new override standard messages control unit details: Efficient Class D amplifier design provides 40 W at 25 VRMS or 70.7 with power-limited output One general alarm Class B audio NAC rated at 40 W; can be expanded to four Class B NACs or two Class A NACs using a A/B Splitter One general alarm Class B, 2 A strobe NAC with strobe formatted to synchronize either Autocall or Cooper ,Wheelock strobes, not mixed Internal push-to-talk microphone and individual manual tone or controls for convenient operator control Strobe circuit activation is DIP switch selectable for each recorded for microphone use, and for auxiliary input Multiple connections are available for auxiliary output power, 24 1/2 A maximum Internal battery charger for up to 12 Ah batteries in cabinet or up to Ah batteries in a separate cabinet Removable terminal blocks for easy wiring Beige or red cabinet for surface mounting booster amplifier details: Remote booster amplifiers are available with 80 W (with 2, 2 A circuits), 160 W, and 320 W; each has an efficient Class D design Wiring options allow limited or detailed control with respect to power failure and non-fire alarm operation modes Wiring options allow control of non-alarm audio output when on standby and selection of monitoring main trouble contacts or trouble contacts 1: 4003EC Voice Control Unit Removable terminal blocks for easy wiring Beige or red cabinet for surface mounting optional features: Supervised remote microphones with key switch control, beige, or for alarm paging Local Operating Console (LOC) providing enclosed microphone and control for the 8 unit messages Application Note: For control from a Wide Area Notification System, audio (1 VRMS, 600 ohm) and contact closure wiring to an input port on a Remote Microphone Expansion Module Four circuit NAC module, Class A or Class for boosters or control allows zone wiring separation Extensive non-fire alarm features are available for night ringer tone telephone page input, and background music Non-fire alarm paging includes zone control and zone volume that are bypassed when the unit is in alarm mode Models are available for 120 VAC or 240 VAC input non-voice FACUs require the addition of voice and tone Autocall 4003EC Emergency Communications Voice Control supply an extensive feature list. Available equipment includes up 18 remote microphones, up to 5000 W of distributed remote booster and extensive non-fire alarm general paging controls. operation requires opening the locked 4003EC cabinet door access the 8 message selection switches, the local microphone, and status indicator LEDs. Secure control of remote microphones using a switch. See Figure 4. applications: Add audio operations to existing fire alarm control units or non-audio Use of non-emergen

Datasheet ES Network Net Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Approved* Net features Network (ES Net) is a high bandwidth (100 Mbps) IP based fire alarm that supports up to 99 nodes and uses industry standard technology and infrastructure for greater design and installation wide system upgrades from a single point Net allows for software updates to be applied to all network nodes a single download. The high bandwidth ES Net network can software updates to all 99 nodes from a single location at node on the network in minutes, increasing system up-time and business interruptions. appliance synchronization the Network Sync feature to synchronize all notification appliances a single loop of up to 99 nodes. Network Sync requires a network topology where all sync nodes be within a maximum distance of 30 nodes from the designated Sync Node (MSN) if using Ethernet or Fiber and 10 nodes if DSL. Refer to your control unit’s programmer manual for further diagnostics Net provides advanced network diagnostic tools and reports that easy to read. Detailed information about network communication and status is available, allowing technicians to pinpoint problems reduce the time required to troubleshoot network communication increased bandwidth and traffic speeds compared to fire networks Net is an IP based network which has greatly increased bandwidth to traditional fire networks. Every node that is part of a can be notified about network events. cable 1: Typical ES Net traffic speeds traffic rate megabits per second (Mbps), or better Mbps (single mode or multi- fiber media) Mbps to 12 Mbps depending on (with 18 AWG cabling) 2 Mbps in ULC mode 1: ES Net example Net overview Net fire alarm control units (FACUs) provide extensive installation, and service features with point and module capacities suitable a wide range of system applications and large multi-site installations. FACUs and devices 4100ES, 4010ES and 4007ES series FACUs 4100ES network display units (NDU) 4190 series TrueSite Workstations and Incident Commanders Net network configuration Net supports multiple Class X loops and/or Class B linear network See ES Net network multi-topology support. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0567, 7165-2269:0542, 7165-2269:0541 and 7165-2269:0536 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. AC4100-0076 Rev. 10 8/2021 Net Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications network diagnostic tool supports multiple remote terminal sessions ES control unit nodes and provides information on network status topology and attendance in the ES network. Historical port statistics as operational parameters and errors for each port are stored for Error reporting and historical data on some error conditions is available. network diagnostics tool diagnoses the following errors on the ES from an ES control unit or TSW: Link down Mis-wired links Ground fault Version control mismatch between nodes Extra node in network Duplicate node in network Missing node Non-sync nodes ES Net node requires an ES Net Network Interface Card (NIC) to and receive data on the network; in some cases optional network cards may be required. You can configure the network to share and control functions between nodes. ES NICs on each node connect in a point-to-point arrangement, security and fault-tolerance to the network. resilience Net is resilient to failures and can detect degraded and non- paths between any two connected nodes. network options Support for multiple Class X loops or multiple Class B linear network m) or less Ethernet communications with Cat-5e cable or better for runs of 328 ft

UL, ULC, CSFM listed* and 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels TSD Remote Displays ES Touch Screen Remote Displays and Annunciators for use 4100ES and 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Units Touch Screen Remote Displays provide customized operating Color ES Touch Screen Displays offer intuitive operation similar a tablet or smart phone that mimic the fire alarm control unit user operation. By using a larger area format versus an individual line display, more information is available at-a-glance and minimal presses are needed to access detailed information. Event activity display choices include: First 8 Events; or First 7 Events emphasis on Most Recent; or First 6 Events with emphasis on First Most Recent, individually selectable for each event type System reports are easily viewable; logs can be read with minimal key press point or zone Up to two languages are available for each system, easily selected by Information sent to ES Touch Screen Remote Displays can be vectored Both Hard and Soft keys available for critical functions: Event Alarm Silence, and Reset Functions Resistive touchscreen technology allows operation with or without Seven programmable RGY LEDs available for user-defined display up to 2 status conditions for each LED Seven programmable Soft keys available for user-defined control or functions detection status PRI2 Soft key label can be changed to CO to annunciate Carbon You can program an ES Touch Screen Display to report individual or groups of points as a single zone Seismically compliant under the State of California Statewide Office Housing and Development (OSHPD) Special Seismic Certification program guidelines. Refer to Simplex Seismic Application Guide and Battery Brackets for Seismic Activity Applications for details. properties: 8 inch (203 mm) diagonal, 800 x 600 resolution color touch screen capable of annunciating up to 8 active events without scrolling Bright white LED backlighting provides efficient and long lasting backlight is dim in quiescent state, automatically switches full power on touch or on event activity in system. 1: ES Touch Screen Display in Remote Cabinet Touch Screen Remote Displays for 4100ES and 4010ES fire alarm provide a large display with extended information content, dual support including UTF-8 character languages, and an intuitive key interface with the following: Up to 10 ES Touch Screen Displays are supported for each 4100ES or control panel; able to allow one ES Touch Screen Display to and to designate access levels for interfaces not in-control; LEDs can be assigned to in-control status indications Menu-driven format conveniently prompts operators for the next required Direct point callup displays individual points alphabetically and then in on the logical choice as more point information is entered Event categories are color coded for quick visual representation; Red Alarm and Priority 2 Events; Yellow for Supervisory and Trouble Date formats are either MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY Time formats are either 24 hour or 12 hour with AM/PM System Normal screen supports a color background (watermark) for name, company logo, site plan, or other desired display This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest AC4100-1070 Rev. 3 11/2021 display screens TSD Remote Displays 2: First and Most Recent Alarm Display 3: Main Menu 4: First Eight Active Trouble Events List 5: Direct Point Callup 6: Alarm History Log 7: Detailed Point Status Screen for TrueAlert ES Appliance 2

FFE Program Announcement for Ordering Non-Standard Items a product from a Max-Value supplier will not be listed in Selection Navigator. The item be a unique product, a custom product for a special application, or something that the vendor just introduced which is not yet available in Selection Navigator. Autocall dealers can now order items produced by a Max-Value vendor that are not in Navigator by following the procedure outlined below. Vendor List XTRALIS Early warning smoke and beam detection Security holders and emergency pull stations Eaton and visual notification appliances Roemer Fire Pro Gate valves Valcom paging communication systems Westell Technologies wireless communications systems USSI area speakers for mass notification Age Electronics Enclosures, guards, relays, and specialty products and flame detection products Corporation detection and video analytics for ordering non-standard Max-Value products Check the SKU entry in the Max-Value Product Selector option in Selection Navigator to ensure part number entered is correct. If the part number is found send an email requesting price and lead time for the item to customer service ([email protected]) listing: a. the Max-Value vendor, vendor part number, and c. product description. Within 48 hours JCI customer service will respond with the price and estimated lead time for the The quoted price will be valid for thirty (30) days after receipt of the customer service email. Note that defective custom products manufactured by a Max-Value vendor cannot be returned Johnson Controls for warranty credit, but may be returnable to the vendor dependent on warranty terms. more information additional information on the material in this bulletin, please contact one of the team members Management: Mills Manager, Building Systems Fire Detection Products Controls 978-731-7174 direct and Commercialization: D. Ryan Commercialization Manager Fire Detection Products Controls (978)-731-7913 direct use by Johnson Controls Employees and Authorized Partners Page 1 June 22, 2021

UL, ULC Approved* Accessories Alarm Control Relays, Track Mount and Encapsulated; Model 4098-9843 and Series listed under Standard 864 as Control Unit Accessory (UOXX) 3: Relay 2088-9021 encapsulated SPDT relay package with color coded 18 AWG leads, available in two versions: 2088-9021 (PAM-1) provides diode polarized multiple input voltage and LED indication 4098-9843 (PAM-SD) provides a diode polarized 24 VDC coil with in/out Ratings Ratings A @ 120 VAC, resistive VAC/VDC, 120, or 240 VAC mA @ 24 VAC/VDC, & @ 120 or 230 multi-purpose control relays offer SPDT or DPDT, 10 A (or 7 A) in a variety of mechanical packages. Models are available for operation by one of four input voltages allowing a single relay to be from a voltage source of 18-35 VDC or VAC, 120 VAC, or 230 (not available with 4098-9843). Voltage selection is made by wiring the appropriate input terminals or wire leads. relay model (except model 4098-9843) contains a red LED which that the relay is energized. options are varied for application flexibility. Track mounted may be “snapped apart” from a standard four-module assembly used independently if desired. 4: Relay 4098-9843 Ratings Ratings VDC input, polarized, 15 mA @ 24 A at 0.35 p.f @ 28 VDC & 120 VAC @ 5 VDC 5: Temperature Ratings Listed Range F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C) RH, condensing 1: Encapsulated Relay Package (typical of PAM-1 and 4098-9843, PAM-SD) 1: Temperature Ratings Listed Range F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C) RH Non-condensing 2: Encapsulated Relays, see Selection Chart for dimensions AWG (0.82 mm2 ) color-coded wire Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 10 11/2014 Number Selection Chart mount, without cover mount with cover mount, without cover mount with cover multi-voltage coil, color coded 18 (0.82 mm ) wire leads, with coil status LED 24 VDC coil, color coded 18 AWG mm ) wire leads (no LED) H x 2-1/8″ W x 1-1/2″ D (83 mm 54 mm x 38 mm) H x 3-1/8″ W x 2-1/2″ D (131 mm 79 mm x 64 mm) H x 8-1/2″ W x 1-1/2″ D (83 mm 216 mm x 38 mm) H x 9-1/2″ W x 2-1/2″ D (131 mm 241 mm x 64 mm) H x 1″ W x 7/8″ D (38 mm x 25.4 x 22 mm) H x 1-3/16″ W x 13/16″ D (38 x 30 mm x 21 mm) 2017 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 10 11/2014

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Fire Alarm Systems Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Graphic Annunciators; Version 6.02 with Autocall ES Net Network Graphic Annunciator general features: RAID 1 Support provides a real-time image on a secondary drive. Operation will automatically transition to the alternate drive a drive failure without loss of operation. RAID support is available to that do not use the Backup Utility. Autocall fire alarm network connected graphical interface Supports standard fire service annunciation icons to provide and first responders with critical fire response information Custom alarm and system messages can intuitively guide responders; important information including HAZMAT and contact information can be quickly presented Color graphical annunciation capacity for up to 250,000 ES Net points. See ES Net Version Compatibility for additional details. Floatable and dockable windows allows windows to either be fixed or floatable Password Security supports 8 to 16 alphanumeric passwords with lockout for quantity of failed attempts Pan-and-zoom features allow precise dynamic navigation within graphic screen for rapid and convenient selection of the area of Configurable coverage zones allow user defined areas or zones a graphics screen to be highlighted to indicate the area of without zooming into the point of interest Auto-jump allows the screen view to automatically jump to a graphic a predetermined zoom level with the active device centered on the alternately, the system can be selected to auto-jump to the List window Captive or Non-Captive modes support dedicated annunciator (captive) or annunciator operation with other Windows (including word processing and spreadsheet) where activity takes precedence (non-captive) Extensive historical logging; up to 500,000 events; information compatible with spreadsheet and database programs for report Multiple password controlled operator levels with selectable feature Available optional connections for printers or other compatible Listings UL 864 as Fire Alarm Control Unit Annunciator (UOXX.S771) UL 1076 as Proprietary Burglar Alarm Unit (APOU.BP2801) UL 1610 as Central Station Burglar Alarm Control Unit (AMCX.S771) ULC/ORD-C1076, Proprietary Alarm System Annunciator (APOU7.S771) UL 1076, Proprietary Burglar Alarm Multiplex Receiving Unit ULC-S527 as Fire Alarm Control Unit Annunciator (UOXX7.S771) annunciator system features: Export to XML allows TrueSite Workstation data to be easily exported report generation and customization Node Name supports including a description of the specific building area associated with a point in the annunciator views and reports Web Browser Command Link enables the ability to easily call up an web page or link (including web-cam) with a single command on a graphic screen 1: TrueSite Graphic Annunciator (optional monitor with expanded desktop shown) Backup Utility can be configured to automatically backup specified including TSW job data, to the secondary hard drive. The utility is available to systems that do not use RAID. Sound files (WAV) can be used to create custom audible status using local onboard speakers Fahrenheit or Celsius temperatures can be displayed for screens heat sensor temperatures screens details: is available for details) Over 30,000 custom field generated and edited graphic screen Multiple import and export formats are supported (refer to Graphics Fire Alarm Network capabilities: Multiple annunciators can be nodes on the same fire alarm network to redundant operations for improved survivability Connect to up to seven (7) separate network loops Graphical diagnostic tools identify network node and loop status Provides event printing (with compatible printer), view or print of status service reports, TrueAlert Self-Test reports, and print graphic (see Table 16 for printing details) Computers are available as desktop or rack mount with mouse and/or touchsc

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, NYC Fire Dept Autocall TrueSite Workstation (TSW) is a next generation platform manages an entire fire and life safety network from a single location. PC-based graphical command center provides centralized network historical logging, report generation, and control of fire network points. 1: TSW desktop application Autocall fire alarm network connected graphical interface control with Autocall ES Net network Available TCP/IP, LAN/WAN connections; up to 60 remote clients an ES Net network, can be connected to the server for multiple users; with dedicated and listed Fire Alarm LAN equipment, remote clients can have control access Supports standard fire service annunciation icons to provide and first responders with critical fire response information Custom alarm and system messages can intuitively guide responders; important information, such as HAZMAT contact information and more, can be quickly presented Color graphical annunciation and control capacity for up to ES Net network points. See ES Net software compatibility for details. Floatable and dockable windows allows windows to either be fixed or floatable Pan-and-zoom features allow precise dynamic navigation within graphic screen for rapid and convenient selection of the area of Configurable coverage zones allow user defined areas or zones a graphics screen to indicate the area of activity without into the point of interest Auto-jump allows the screen view to automatically jump to a graphic a predetermined zoom level with the active device centered on the alternately, the system can be selected to auto-jump to the List window Captive or non-captive modes support dedicated workstation (captive) or workstation operation with other Windows such as word processing, spreadsheet and more, where activity takes precedence (non-captive) Extensive historical logging; up to 500,000 events with operator information is spreadsheet and database compatible for customization Optional interface to Digital Alarm Communicator Receiver integrates multiple systems onto a single workstation DACR account filter can filter historical log reports easily Multiple password controlled operator levels with selectable feature Fire Alarm Systems Workstations; Version 6.02 Operating systems; Server and clients compatible with Windows 10 or Enterprise, 32-bit and 64-bit. Clients also compatible Windows 10 Home, 32-bit and 64-bit. Export to XML feature allows TrueSite Workstation data to be easily for report generation and customization Test mode allows unobtrusive testing of selective devices without interruptions at the operator workstation Password security supports 8 to 16 alphanumeric passwords with lockout for failed attempts Operator notes allows an operator to log notes associated with events for historical records and retrieval Web browser command link enables the ability to easily call up an web page or link, such as web-cam and more, with a single button on a graphic screen RAID 1 support provides a real-time mirror image on a secondary drive for enhanced life-safety workstation survivability; operation automatically transition to the alternate drive on a drive failure loss of operation. RAID support is available to systems that do use the Backup Utility. Backup utility can be configured to automatically backup specified including TSW job data, to the secondary hard drive. The Utility is available to systems that do not use RAID. Vector information to supervised Remote Clients; select by point, category, panel, or custom list Email generation is available to send updates to individuals or to lists with selectable content Sound files (WAV) can be used to create custom audible status using local onboard speakers Fahrenheit or Celsius temperatures can be displayed for screens heat sensor temperatures Software Maintenance Agreement (SMA) provides access to new features as well as cyber-security and compatibility updates. first year is included with the new system

Datasheet Fire Alarm Systems Alarm Network Annunciators; Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches ULC, CSFM Listed, NYC Fire and FM Approved* a dedicated Fire Alarm local area network (LAN) for of a TrueSite workstation server to remote clients: Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches provide up to eight wired Ethernet with individual earth fault supervision Wired Ethernet cable distance of up to 328 ft (100 m) Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches can be interconnected to extend capacity and/or distance using either Ethernet wired ports fiber optic ports Fiber optic cable switch connections provides a distance of up to 1.24 (2 km) for multimode fiber, and up to 9.3 miles (15 km) for single- Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches are UL listed to Standard 864 Switches are available without earth fault supervision for special not requiring fire alarm listings For additional TrueSite Workstation server and client information, refer data sheet AC4190-0016 with three connection options: Eight Ethernet wired ports with RJ-45 terminations Four wired ports and two single-mode fiber optic ports (SC connectors) Four wired ports and two multimode fiber optic ports (SC connectors) faults are reported three ways: An on-board IDNet Supervised IAM is available for connection to a Autocall fire alarm control panel An on-board trouble relay provides contact transfer On-board LEDs identify fault location per port Alarm Ethernet Switches combine an Ethernet switch module with earth detection circuit (for wired Ethernet connections), housed a dedicated cabinet. Using Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches allows of a TrueSite workstation server, and multiple TrueSite clients, into a dedicated Fire Alarm LAN. When networked, TrueSite workstation clients can monitor and (if authorized) control alarm system activity. If additional connections or increased are required, Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches can be connected additional switches. Details Fire Alarm Ethernet Switch uses an Ethernet switching hub to bridge connected data links. It also has the ability to segment the network in separate collision domains for network survivability. Operation packets are inspected to determine the source and destination of each packet, then forwarded accordingly. Simultaneous exchanges are allowed on different data links, resulting in more Operation is either half-duplex or full-duplex. 1: Alarm Ethernet Switch Connection Reference Communications Support Ethernet Communication protocols include 10BASE-T or 100BASE- allowing network Ethernet connection speeds of 10 Mbps or 100 Models with fiber optic ports allow Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches be interconnected using the advantages of fiber optics connections. optics ports operate at 100BASE-FX. Fault Detection an earth fault is detected by the Earth Detection Module, it a general trouble for external monitoring. Monitoring is by either communicating with the on-board IDNet IAM or by the trouble relay contacts. Earth fault status is indicated by the on-board status LEDs (see This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0543 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6270. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall supplier for the latest status. For specific product listings refer to tables 2 and 3. Rev. 9 3/2021 Alarm Network Annunciators; Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches Selection Ethernet Switch equipment and accessories are ordered as options for use with TrueSite Workstation and Incident Commander upper product selection model numbers per the System Order Reference section below. For additional product information, refer to data sheet for TrueSite Workstation and AC4190-0020 for TrueSite Incident Commander. 1: System Order Reference (to be selected per order type) Workstation, Standard Operation Works

UL, ULC, CSFM, Listed* Fire Alarm Systems Alarm Network Annunciators; TrueSite Incident Commander Graphic Annunciator; 6.01 with Autocall ES Net Networks. Incident Commander Graphic Annunciator provides mounting for the Autocall TrueSite Graphical All-in-one touchscreen computer/monitor mounts in a 4100ES and is powered from the fire alarm system power supply, battery backup Seismic hardware; 4100ES mounting with battery brackets provides area protection (see Seismic Testing) High resolution touchscreen monitor Includes Windows 10 Enterprise (64-bit) Hinged mounting bracket allows convenient service access Available for desktop use operating at 120 VAC with an included supply module Annunciator function summary: Autocall fire alarm network connected graphical interface Connects to the Autocall fire alarm Network as a node allowing to remote panel activity status Supports standard fire service annunciation icons to provide and first responders with critical fire response information Custom alarm and system messages for example, HAZMAT and contact information can intuitively guide emergency Color graphical annunciation capacity for up to 250,000 ES Net points. See ES Net Version Compatibility for additional details Extensive historical logging up to 500,000 events Multiple password controlled operator levels Available optional connections for printers or compatible systems Backup Utility can be configured to automatically backup specified including TSW job data to the secondary hard drive. The utility is available to systems that do not use RAID. Password Security supports 8 to 16 alphanumeric passwords with lockout for quantity of failed attempts Dual monitor support allows the Alarm List to be on one monitor the Graphics Window on the other Operating Systems; Server and clients are compatible with Windows & 10 Professional or Enterprise, Clients also compatible with 7 Home Premium and Windows 10 Home (32-bit and 64-bit all options) screen details: Pan-and-zoom features allow precise navigation Configurable coverage zones allow user defined zones to highlight area of activity without zooming in Auto-jump allows the screen view to jump to a graphic or alarm list listing: UL 864 as Fire Alarm Control Unit Annunciator (UOXX.S771) UL 1076 as Proprietary Burglar Alarm Unit (APOU.BP2801) UL 1610 as Central Station Burglar Alarm Control Unit (AMCX.S771) ULC-S527 as Fire Alarm Control Unit Annunciator (UOXX7.S771) ULC/ORD-C1076, Proprietary Alarm System Annunciator (APOU7.S771) UL 1076, Proprietary Burglar Alarm Multiplex Receiving Unit 1: Incident Commander Graphic Mounts in Bay 2 of a 4100ES Control Panel 2: TrueSite Incident Graphic Annunciator system features: Node Name allows a description of the specific building or area with a point in views and reports Export to XML feature allows TrueSite Workstation data to be easily Sound files (WAV) can be used to create custom audible status with PC model A190-7014 Fahrenheit or Celsius temperatures can be displayed Web Browser Command Link allows an external web page or link to launched with a single command button on a graphic screen RAID 1 Support provides a real-time mirror image on a secondary drive; operation transitions to the alternate drive on a drive failure loss of operation. RAID support is available to systems that do use the Backup Utility. Fire Alarm Network capabilities: Multiple Graphic Annunciators can be nodes on the same fire alarm for improved survivability Standard fire alarm network connection for wired or fiber optic media Connect to up to seven (7) separate network loops Graphical network diagnostic tools Provides event printing (with compatible printer), view or print of and service reports, TrueAlert Self-Test reports and print graphic (see TrueSite Incident Commander Product Selection for details) This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, NYC Fire Dept FM Approved* with Autocall ES Net Network. TrueSite Incident provides 4100ES mounting for the Autocall Workstation All-in-one touchscreen computer/monitor mounts in a 4100ES and is powered from the fire alarm system power supply, battery backup Seismic hardware; 4100ES mounting with battery brackets provides area protection High resolution touchscreen monitor Includes Windows 10 Enterprise (64-bit) Hinged mounting bracket allows convenient service access Available for desktop use operating at 120 VAC with an included supply module Incident Commander function summary Autocall fire alarm network connected graphical interface control Connects to the Autocall fire alarm network as a node allowing to remote control unit activity status, and for a Mass Notification event or a fire alarm event, can take control of remote control activity over the fire alarm network Available TCP/IP, LAN/WAN connections; you can connect up to remote clients on an ES Net network, to the server for multiple users; with dedicated and listed Fire Alarm LAN equipment, remote clients can have control access Supports standard fire service annunciation icons to provide and first responders with critical fire response information Custom alarm and system messages guide emergency responders important information Color graphical annunciation and control capacity for up to ES Net network points. See ES Net version compatibility for details Floatable and dockable windows allows windows to either be fixed Backup utility can be configured to automatically backup specified including TSW job data to the secondary hard drive. The utility is available to systems that do not use RAID. Multiple password controlled operator levels 3rd Party Interface open-architecture solution provides enhanced access for advanced users Available optional connections for printers or other compatible Dual monitor support allows the Alarm List Window to be on one and the Graphics Window on the other Operating systems Server and clients are compatible with Windows Professional or Enterprise. Clients are also compatible with 10 Home; 32-bit and 64-bit for all options Fire Alarm Systems Incident Commander; Version 6.02 1: TrueSite Incident Commander mounts in bay two a 4100ES control unit (shown with master controller) Pan-and-zoom features allow precise navigation Configurable coverage zones allow highlighted areas of activity in Auto-jump allows the screen view to jump to a graphic or alarm list defined zones Incident Commander system features Export to XML feature allows TrueSite Workstation data to be easily for report generation and customization Test mode allows unobtrusive testing of selective devices without interruptions Node name allows a description of the specific building or area with a point in views and reports Vector information to supervised remote clients; select by point, category, control unit, or custom list Email generation is available to send updates to individuals or to lists with selectable content Sound files (WAV) can be used to create custom audible status with Agency listed desktop PC model A190-7014 Extensive historical logging; up to 500,000 events with operator 2: Desktop TrueSite Incident Commander Password security supports 8 to 16 alphanumeric passwords with screens details or floatable lockout Refer to Product Selection tables for specific product listing details. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0553, 7165-2269:0542, 7300-2269:0543, 7300-2269:0565 and 7300-0026:0336 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6270. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status.

Releasing System Peripherals Suppression System Abort Switch listed* switches provide a manual fire suppression system release abort request: Pushbutton momentary switch is mounted on a blue single-gang plate Plate is flame retardant with improved impact and heat resistance A protruding collar protects the switch from accidental contact (collar is removable if required) Available surface mount Surface mounting includes a red mounting box ULC listed to Standard S527 systems often require abort switches. These abort switches are clearly labeled, have a visually striking blue plate and combine easy with rugged construction for high integrity operation. selection 1: switch 1: Abort switches mount; includes red box status listed size; includes 3 position contact block housing with one block installed 2: Accessories for field installation Contact Block for Abort Switch; 1 Form C contact; UL recognized component for use with these switches; and approvals are not applicable Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 1 6/2019 Switch; One Contact block Switch Information Range Range 3: Electrical ratings contacts; 1 N.O. & 1 N.C.; rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC 4: Wiring connections blocks for in/out wiring; 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm to 2.08 mm Installation Instructions 5: Environmental ratings to 120 (0 to 49 to 93% at 90 (32 For flush mounting, use a 2-3/4 in. deep (70 mm) single-gang box. 2: switch installation reference 2019 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 1 6/2019

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* System Peripherals Suppression System Abort Switches and Releasing Appliance Circuit (RAC) Switches switches provide a manual Fire Suppression System abort request: Push button momentary switch is mounted on a stainless steel single- systems require maintenance disconnect switches and often abort switches. These abort and maintenance switches are labeled and combine easy operation with rugged construction for integrity operation. plate if required) A protruding collar protects the switch from accidental contact (collar is Available flush or surface mount Flush mounting requires standard single-gang box Surface mounting includes a red mounting box Models are available with internal 1.2 k resistor for current limited switches provide a secure and visible disconnect for servicing Fire Suppression System Releasing Appliance (RACs): Maintained position keyswitch with key removable only in the normal Disabled position opens connection to output circuit and places a 16.2 resistor across the input circuit to initiate a supervisory condition at host panel Models with indicator lamp use a bright incandescent bulb with red powered from separate 24 VDC Available for flush or surface mount Flush mounting requires a standard double-gang box for models with or a standard single gang box for models without lamp. Surface mount models includes a red mounting box Models with lamp provided with a double gang stainless steel plate. without lamp provided with a single gang stainless steel plate. listed to Standard 864 1: Switches, with without Disconnect Indicator Lamp 2: Switch This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-2269:0555 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 6 1/2020 Suppression System Abort Switches and Releasing Appliance Circuit (RAC) Maintenance Switches Selection mount mount; includes red box Listed 1: Abort Switches Status size; includes 3 position contact block housing with one block installed 2: Abort Switches for 4004R Series Suppression Release Panel Current Limited Operation size; includes 1.2 k 1W for current limited operation 3 position contact block housing one contact block installed. mount mount; includes red box Status listed 3: Maintenance Switches with Disconnect Indicator Lamp mount mount; includes red box Status & ULC listed 4: Maintenance Switches without Disconnect Indicator Lamp mount mount; includes red box Status & ULC listed size; includes 3 contact block housing with contact blocks installed; disabled opens connection to and places a 16.2 k resistor the input circuit; resistor is if required for retrofit size; includes 3 position block housing with 1 contact installed; disabled position connection to output and a 16.2 k resistor across the circuit; resistor is removable if for retrofit 5: Accessories for Field Installation Contact Block for Abort or Maintenance Switch; 1 Form C UL recognized component for use with these switches; listings approvals are not applicable 2 Rev. 6 1/2020 Suppression System Abort Switches and Releasing Appliance Circuit (RAC) Maintenance Switches Switch Installation Reference Red box is supplied with surface mount Abort Switch A2080-9057 or A2080-9068 3 Rev. 6 1/2020 Suppression System Abort Switches and Releasing Appliance Circuit (RAC) Maintenance Switches

UL, ULC Listed, CSFM Approved* no specialist tools or knowledge needed for installation and the Fireray One is a standalone beam detector that prioritises of installation. the Fireray One, it could not be easier to bring the benefits of detection to your application. One Minute Auto-Alignment Just steer the laser onto the reflector, at the flick of a switch, it aligns itself; eight times faster than detectors. One person installation Everything can be done by one person. One standalone product No specialist tools required; minimal prior and training needed. warehouses buildings Products One Beam Detector 1: Fireray One features One installation effective protection A standalone beam with all the of Fireray beam detection point of wiring and Movement automatically for natural movement to maintain when according to guidelines of the building cause other beam to misalign and in nuisance alarms 1: Fireray One 2: Fireray One 3: Reflector Listings are by Fire Fighting Enterprises. Refer to CSFM 7260-1508:0500. This product was not approved by FM as of document revision date. Rev. 1 06/2021 One Beam Detector specification range method protocol Movement Tracking 2: Detection performance ft to 164 ft (0 m to 50 m) ft to 394 ft (0 m to 120 m) with Reflective Long Range Kit assisted, Auto-Alignment manual alignment optional setting check, box search, adjust, and center for natural shifts in alignment from building movement when mounted according to guidelines for gradual build-up of contamination on the optical surfaces for high levels of sunlight and artificial lighting compensation Cancellation Technology wavelength, smoke detection 850 nm near infrared (invisible) nm visible; Class IIIa <5 mW laser, laser alignment beam detectors to be mounted facing each other with the reflectors in the middle. Eliminates false Beam Phasing caused by crosstalk between beams. alarm and fault relays (VFCO) 2 A at 30 VDC output response threshold levels to Alarm to Fault user interface status indication status indication distance between and Reflector path clearance spacing between detectors location dimensions x H x D) dimensions weight arrangement color 3: Programmable user settings (1.25 dB) Fastest response to smoke (1.87 dB) Default value (3.46 dB) High immunity to false alarms, slow response to smoke (8.23 dB) Highest immunity to false alarms, slowest response to smoke through the integrated user interface seconds, for momentary partial obstruction of the beam path seconds, for momentary obstruction of the beam path 4: User features mode switch, alignment directional buttons, and configuration switches for alarm response threshold green LEDs and one yellow LED operation: green LED flashing every 10 seconds condition: red LED flashing every 5 seconds condition: yellow LED flashing every 10 seconds for obscuration or every 5 seconds for contamination front face with enclosed optics. Cleaning the optics does not affect alignment. 5: Design parameters ft to 164 ft (5 m to 50 m) ft to 394 ft (50 m to 120 m) with Reflective Long Range Kit ft (1 m) in diameter from center line between detector and reflector ft (18.3 m) maximum as per NFPA 72 the ceiling jet flow (top 10% of the floor to ceiling height) unless otherwise stipulated in. x 7.13 in. x 5.28 in. (130 mm x 181 mm x 134 mm), see Figure 2 to 164.0 ft (50 m) separation distance 3.94 in. x 3.94 in. x 0.36 in (100 mm x 100 mm x 9 mm) to 393.6 ft (120 m) separation distance - Four reflectors 7.88 in x 7.88 in. x 0.36 in. (200 mm x 200 mm x 9 in square pattern 1.55 lbs (0.7 kg)

ULC Listed; CSA Certified* Automatic detection of fires Compact, rugged construction Rate-of-rise and fixed temperature principles of operation Large area of protection for each unit ratings: 3 A at 6 VAC to 125 VAC 1 A at 6 VDC to 28 VDC 0.3 A at 125 VDC series heat detectors are an ultra-sensitive electric thermostat to automatically detect the excessive heat created by a fire. compact, simple designed units are rugged and unaffected by All metal parts are brass or aluminum and are mounted on durable, mineral-filled, phenolic base. No exposed metal parts carry Electrical contacts are all silver clad and of ample size. line terminals and wire ways are provided in the base for easy and installation in either open wiring or concealed wiring systems. versions are available: Rate-of-rise and fixed temperature, and fixed only. and fixed temperature: rate-of-rise and fixed temperature detector is a dual-element employing two independent methods of detection: rate-of- and fixed temperature. rate-of-rise method detects fires that grow rapidly in intensity by responding to abnormally fast temperature increases. The fixed method detects smoldering fires, which build temperatures a high level at a slow rate, by responding to a specific temperature temperature only: fixed temperature only version is of the same size and style of as the rate-of-rise and fixed temperature version, but the rate-of-rise element. Initiating Peripherals Detectors, 4255 Series 1: series heat detector detectors having the rate-of-rise principle of operation include an chamber, a vent, and a flexible diaphragm. When the unit is heated, air in the chamber expands. The vent permits the chamber to and slowly release the expanded air. If a fire occurs, the air in chamber will expand more rapidly than it can be vented. This causes diaphragm to close a set of silver contacts (normally open) to set off fire alarm. The rate-of-rise heat detector restores itself to a normally contact position when the heat is dissipated or remains constant. heat detectors also have fixed temperature principle of operation. consists of a phosphor bronze spring held under tension by sprinkler fusible solder. When the heat detector is heated to melting point of the solder, the spring releases and closes the silver (normally open) setting off a fire alarm. You can recognize heat that operate by a fixed temperature principle by a small hole the shell. You need to replace units operated by the fixed temperature as you cannot reset them. rate-of-rise and fixed temperature heat detectors are for the majority of locations. Do not mount them in line with heater blowers, directly over stoves and ovens, and other heat units. detectors are available in two fixed temperature ratings: rated at 135 (57.2 are suitable for most applications; those at 200 (93.3 are suitable whenever the temperature exceeds (37.7 but not 150 (65.5 for extended periods of time. (93.3 units are particularly useful in those installations which air conditioning. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 1 02/2021 Detectors, 4255 Series selection 1: Product selection (57.2 rate-of-rise and fixed temperature (93.3 rate-of-rise and fixed temperature (57.2 fixed temperature (93.3 fixed temperature area protected m2 ft2 m x 15 m ) ft x 50 ft) ft2 m2 m x 9 m ) ft x 30 ft) Normally Open (N/O) In most fires, hazardous levels of smoke and toxic gases can build up before a heat detector would initiate an alarm. In cases where life safety is factor, the use of smoke detectors is recommended. guidelines temperature conditions of heat detectors) temperature changes schoolrooms, and industrial where no equipment is which could cause a ceiling rate-of-rise of 15 temperature changes directly over stoves, or in line with space heater

Datasheet Fire Alarm Systems Level Interface to VESDA Air Aspiration Detectors for 4100ES/4010ES Series Fire Control Units ULC, CSFM Listed* the Autocall/VESDA High Level Interface (HLI) to provide between Autocall fire alarm control units (FACUs) and air aspiration smoke detection systems. HLI enables communication of very low level smoke activity to critical or high value applications, facilitating early response. system communications include the following: Smoke obscuration threshold levels Sample pipe network airflow status Detector head status Sensitivity settings detection unit features include the following: You can program unit operation to recognize and categorize up to Information from up to 30 VESDA smoke detectors can be gathered on You can perform Reset, Enable, and Disable of each individual VESDA smoke levels communications input detector UL listing to Standard 864 with the following: Autocall 4100ES and 4010ES FACUs VESDA-E series models VEU, VEP and VES VESDA models LaserPLUS (VLP), LaserSCANNER (VLS), LaserCOMPACT and LaserFOCUS (VLF), Laser Industrial (VLI) air aspiration smoke systems HLI Autocall/VESDA HLI enables Autocall addressable fire detection units gather and process status information from VESDA high sensitivity air smoke detection systems. Hardware requirements include an Interface Module installed in the fire alarm control unit, and HLI Module and associated VESDA equipment installed in a separate warning combination of VESDA smoke detection and the extensive features the Autocall addressable unit, equips mission critical and high value with a low level smoke detection system that can provide early of the presence of fire conditions. 1: Autocall Control unit communicates VESDA smoke detection equipment with HLI Description air inlet Description link with VESDA Module, 4100ES for reference level smoke in West cable tray Air Aspiration detection system data HLI and equipment, 19 rack mount with box This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. AC4100-0026 Rev. 8 12/2021 Level Interface to VESDA Air Aspiration Detectors for 4100ES/4010ES Series Fire Alarm Control Units the Autocall/VESDA HLI communications link, individual VESDA smoke detectors connect to the FACU as remote addressable devices. This provides remote monitoring of the detectors’ locally displayed information and remote control for Reset, Enable, and Disable of the VESDA detectors. interface applications critical or high value facilities require adequate protection from smoke and fire. Some facilities have missions that are extremely critical, or contents of high value, and benefit from integrating very early smoke detection into their fire detection unit. critical examples of mission critical facilities are telephone switching stations, semiconductor clean rooms, computer rooms, and research laboratories. such facilities, loss of operation can result in significant economic impact. value such as libraries, archives, and museums may contain priceless, irreplaceable or high value objects that require extra protection. the earliest indication of a potential fire condition, the facilities need to dispatch trained personnel to investigate and repair wiring problems or malfunction. In some instances, saving a few seconds in response time may avoid extensive downtime or smoke damage to delicate or a priceless work of art. interconnection information shown for reference communications link cable assembly with 4 1/2 ft (1.3 m) leads, supplied the Intelligent I

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Technology Addressable Devices (Mini, Dual, Signal, and Relay); Monitor ZAMs, and Line Isolator Modules Technology addressable input/output module features Mini-IAMs (Individual Addressable Module) provide remote of a single input and have a small size suitable for mounting Dual Input IAMs provide remote monitoring of two Class B inputs or Class A input Relay IAMs provide remote relay contact control Signal IAMs combine with 24 VDC to provide a 2 A local Class B or A operation Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Monitor ZAMs (Zone Adapter Module) provide local Initiating Device (IDC) operation, either dual Class B IDCs or single Class A IDC Line Isolator Modules monitor line condition and separates input output to isolate short circuits Address is easily programmed with the MX Service Tool Modules (except A4090-5201 Mini-IAM) are mounted in a cover that provides access to the address setting port and allows of the LED status indicator Modules with covers mount in a standard dual gang MK box UL listed to Standard 864 For use with Autocall 4100ES, 4010ES, and 4100U Series fire alarm panels equipped with an MX Loop Module Refer to data sheet AC4100-0059 MX Loop Interface Modules for and 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels for MX Loop Module MX Technology addressable I/O (input/output) modules provide monitoring and control to satisfy a variety of applications. Each individually addressable and communicates with an MX Loop Module in the host fire alarm control panel. 1: Typical MX Technology I/O Module Assemblies 1: Mini-IAM Mini-IAM (Individual Addressable Module) Features: Small size for single input circuit monitoring of normally open or closed contacts Provides open and short circuit monitoring of the line Fits in small devices such as flow switches, special detection devices, explosion proof callpoints A variation of this module is used in addressable callpoints and pull Dimensions are 1 W x 2 5 H x D (48 mm x 58 mm x 13 mm) If mounted separately from the device being monitored, select box with cover plate per dimensions above 2: Dual Input IAM Dual Input IAM Features: Two separately wired Class B spur inputs providing open and short line monitoring that can be combined for one Class A input Each can be configured to monitor normally open or normally closed Both inputs can be configured to initiate an alarm or short circuit fault in the event of a short circuit on normally open monitoring This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0506, 7300-22690551 and 7165-2269:0542 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 3 1/2020 (Mini, Dual, Signal, and Relay); Monitor ZAMs, and Line Isolator Modules Monitor ZAM (Zone Adapter Module) Features: Provides monitoring and zone power for two Class B circuits or one A circuit of low voltage conventional detectors and callpoints External 24 VDC power is supplied from a A100-5130 Voltage Module in the controlling host fire alarm panel 24 VDC status is monitored and a fault signal is provided if lost Power reset is controlled from the MX Loop module in the host fire panel Input detection circuit can be wired as one or two spur circuits (Class or one 4-wire detection circuit 3: Relay IAM Relay IAM Features: A single relay output programmable from the MX Loop Applications include signaling fire conditions to plant, machinery, fire dampers, and security systems Relay coil is monitored Relay contact is rated for 2A @ 24V DC 4: Signal IAM Signal IAM Features: Remote addressable NAC spur can be wired Class B or Class A and is 2A @ 24V DC for up to 62 appliances; requires a sepa

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM* communications compatibility chart 1: Devices compatible with 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES IDNet communications Addressable Devices Communications Compatibility Chart B IDC ZAM A IDC ZAM A4098-9775 A4098-9776 Sensor Housing without Sensor Housing with relay Sensor Housing without relay Sensor Housing with relay wire Sensor Base with relay aspiration sensor housings; -100, -110 are single inlet; -200, and are dual inlet 2: Devices with special considerations IAMs; A4090-9051 is encapsulated and LED Address Sounder Base Address Standard Base Multi-Sensor for above bases sensor Multi-Sensor, one address for photo, heat, TrueSense operation Temperature Heat Sensor Releasing Station, Push Communications Isolator Signal IAM mA to 20 mA AMZ, revision 2.01 firmware Contact Relay IAM A Relay IAM Base with LED/relay output wire Sensor Base with supv. Sensor Base Base Station, Standard Station, Breakglass Station, Push Single Action Addressable 4010ES, and 4100ES IDNet provide 4010ES, and 4100ES IDNet; two addresses; does not provide TrueSense see below for single address applications A4098-9754 4010ES, and 4100ES IDNet; uses only address; use with sensor bases: A4098-9770, A4098-9780, A4098-9789, A4098-9792, A4098-9793, A4098-9776, A4098-9777, 4098-9797, and 4098-9798 4010ES, and 4100ES with IDNet Releasing FACUs only 4010ES, and 4100ES IDNet 4010ES, and 4100ES IDNet requires one but consumes two unit loads 4010ES, and 4100ES IDNet, IDNet requires unit loads 4010ES, and 4100ES IDNet 4010ES, and 4100ES IDNet Operation Beam Detector 4010ES, and 4100ES 3: Devices compatible with 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES IDNet communications only (except as noted) IDNet NAC Extender (4009 A) Fiber Optic Transmitter B A Repeater Message Board and 2 1 1 IAM Base Release Peripheral (SRP) without (uses A2975-9227) with Enclosure This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 3240-2269:0526, 7150-2269:0515, 7150-0026:0224, 7165-0026:0251, 7165-2269:0514, 7165-2269:0542, 7260-2269:0572, 7270-2269:0512, 7272-2269:0509, 7272-2269:0537, 7300-2269:0508, 7300-2269:0560, 7300-2269:0503, 7300-2269:0506, 7300-2269:0507, 7300-2269:0505, 7300-2269:0555, 7300-2269:0552, 7300-2269:0553, 7300-0026:0324, 7300-0026:0330, and 7300-0026:0182 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product for the latest status. Rev. 27 7/2021 1 1 1 1, 1 1, 3 3 3 1 1 1 Communications Compatibility Chart 4: Devices compatible with 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES IDNet communications only (except as noted) Power Isolator IAM with T-Sense Input IAM with unsupervised input Sensor Standard Base Hz Sounder Base Sensor Base with 520 Hz Sounder 1 1 1 1 Operation is software revision dependent, see for software revision compatibility details for these products. point Module, four T-Sense inputs, two relays Monitor IAM, two unit loads; Not with 4007ES Mux. Module (internal IAM); 4100ES only Sensor Sounder Base 1 1 1 Isolators and Isol

Datasheet Peripherals Addressable Devices, Model A4090-9007 Signal IAM (Individual Addressable Module) ULC, CSFM Listed, FM IAMs provide additional selective signaling for Autocall 4010ES, 4100ES Series fire alarm control panels: Signal output notification appliance circuit (NAC) wiring is supervised connected to the signal input under IDNet communications NAC output is rated 0.5 A for Special Application or Regulated 24 VDC or for audio operation (12.5 W @ 25 VRMS, 35 W @ 70.7 and can be wired Class B or Class A; see Specifications Signal coding of horn/strobe control, strobe synchronization, or other is provided by the signal input; coding at the Signal IAM via addressable communications is not supported features: Relay contacts isolate signal inputs from outputs during supervision do not monitor signal presence; signal inputs sources will need to monitored separately During supervision, signal outputs are isolated from signal inputs by contacts allowing consideration for use with SCIF applications Compartmented Information Facilities) details: Signal IAM operation is powered and supervised by the IDNet communications loop separate 24 VDC is not required the IAM separate signal power is required for the on-board NAC Signal IAM communications use a single physical address; however, Signal IAM reduces the IDNet loop capacity by two addresses to the extra power required for output NAC supervision construction: Mounts in standard 4 in. square electrical box Visible LED flashes to indicate communications Optional covers are available to allow LED to be viewed after Screw terminals for wiring connections Listed to Standard 864 NAC Operation. applications requiring additional individual NAC supervision and the A4090-9007 Signal IAM provides a 0.5 A remote NAC under panel addressable point control. IDNet communications monitor Signal IAM status and then connects the output NAC to the separate input for local alarm notification. Signal IAM provides additional NACs to the host control panel, it not provide additional power. Control. Signal IAM also allows the control panel to use IDNet to control audio circuits from a compatible Autocall control panel. Only one signal source is used per Signal IAM, Signal IAMs would be required for control of DC powered such as strobes. phone circuits are not supported. 1: Signal IAM Reference Signaling. Use Signal IAMs to provide additional local area zones per applicable version of NFPA 72 (the National Fire and Signaling Code), local codes and system requirements. Signaling. Use Signal IAMs to connect to higher current (rated output is 0.5 A). retrofit of Class B NAC wiring, where only two wires are available, in/ connections can be made at the Signal IAM maintaining appliance supervision per applicable version of NFPA 72 and local codes. IAM operation is programmed at the fire alarm control panel per requirements. Requirements Signal IAMS with both IDNet communications and signal/NAC input the latest requirements of UL 864, and to NFPA 72 per local code. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0538, 7165-2269:0514 and 7300-2269:0567 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local supplier for the latest status. Rev. 10 03/2021 Addressable Devices, Model A4090-9007 Signal IAM (Individual Addressable Module) 4: Additional Information Control Panel Control Panel Selection 5: Product Selection IAM; programming types are hardware type for 4008; device type SIGIAM for other fire alarm control panels For semi-flush mounted box For surface mounted box trim plate with viewing window, mounting galvanized steel Communications Isolator; may be required for connections to Sign

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Peripherals Communicating Devices 4-20 mA Analog Monitor Zone Adapter Module (AMZ) compatible 4-20 mA output sensors: Interface linear analog sensor data to Autocall fire detection panel 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES using IDNet communications, 4100ES using IDNet communications Refer to special note below for additional important information detection panel monitoring and annunciation: Up to three threshold levels, each with custom action message Display and archive actual sensor analog levels Allows sensor calibration date recording Requires a single address (two IDNet unit loads) Up to 100 custom AMZ point types are available per panel or per Network module features: Automatic and manual AMZ self-test On-board manual test switch provides WALKTEST system test feature Resettable sensor power output Supervised sensor trouble input Local LED alarm annunciator output Mounts in 4″ (102 mm) square electrical box with extension Monitor ZAMs (AMZs) provide an accurate, multi-featured for connecting analog sensors to compatible Autocall fire detection panels. The panel monitors the sensor and whenever a selected threshold level or trouble condition observed. Typical applications include: air quality for demand control air and liquid temperature, humidity, and air velocity (see 3). sensors are typically supplied by non-Autocall manufactur- and/or distributors. Autocall DISCLAIMS ALL EXPRESS WARRANTIES IS IT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY SERVICE, TESTING AND/ OR INSPEC- OF THE COMPATIBLE SENSORS. Autocall DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR REGARDING THE COMPATIBLE SENSORS. Application Considerations The purpose of the AMZ is to communicate the status of a 4-20 mA sensor to the Autocall fire detection panel proper fire alarm system response including annunciation and logging. Responses required to be initiated by the sensor for fire life safety actions are to be initiated by sensor output (refer to Additional Application Reference). Autocall does not assume responsibility for the application, inspection, warranty, calibration, or testing of the analog AMZs and the connected panel are to be located outside of the area and installed in accordance with applicable local requirements. The AMZ accommodates 2-wire, 3-wire, or 4-wire connections to a sensor. 1: System Interface Example** Depicted sensor location is for illustration only. Refer to specific requirements for proper location. Detection Panel Features Data Access. Real time analog sensor values can be accessed the front panel interface. Data is formatted in the specific units measured. Sensor Programming. AMZ point types can be designated Priority 2, Supervisory, Trouble, Latched Supervisory, or Utility, each custom label. (For Fire and Life Safety monitoring, connect to sensor contacts, refer to Additional Application Reference.) Communications. By default, the AMZ provides an “output trouble if the monitored sensor produces an output below mA or above 20.0 mA. Programmable Threshold Levels. Each AMZ can have up to separate threshold levels, each with a custom action message. AMZ Point Types. Up to 100 custom AMZ point types can programmed into a single fire alarm detection panel. (For Network the Network total custom AMZ point type limit is also 100 Custom point types would be required for the same sensor but with different threshold values, or for different sensors with characteristics. Date Recording. Each sensor calibration date can be entered for secured record keeping. Exporting. Sensor activity pertaining to the three analog alarm levels can be exported for archiving via the Autocall Network a TrueSite Workstation or TrueSite Incident Commander. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0505, 7300-2269:0551 and 7300-2269:0552 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local supplier for the latest status. Rev. 10 1/2020 Commu

Datasheet Peripherals Communicating Devices A4090-9101 and A4090-9106, Zone Adapter Modules Monitor ZAMs Monitor ZAMs allow a single addressable point to monitor a initiating device circuit (IDC) populated with 2-wire or 4- initiating devices. Refer to Monitor ZAM Two-Wire Initiating Device Reference Chart for compatible devices. ULC, CSFM Listed, FM communications compatible Monitor ZAMs (Zone Adapter provide an addressable interface to a conventional device circuit (IDC) for Class B or Class A IDCs: A4090-9101, Class B monitoring for 2-wire or 4-wire initiating devices, power reset connections for 4-wire devices A4090-9106, Class A monitoring for 2-wire initiating devices Zone device power is supplied separately (typically from fire alarm panel) Refer to device compatibility list Monitor ZAM Two-Wire Initiating Compatibility Reference Chart use with the following Autocall fire alarm control panels: Model Series 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES fire alarm control panels IDNet communications sealed construction: Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration Mounts in standard 4 in. (102 mm) square electrical box Screw terminals for wiring connections Visible LED flashes to indicate communications Optional covers are available to allow LED to be viewed after UL listed to Standard 864 1: Series ZAM Package approximately 1/2 size) This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0508, 7270-2269:0511, 7272-2269:0510, 7270-2269:0513, 7300-2269:0507 and 7300-2269:0567 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 6 03/2021 Communicating Devices A4090-9101 and A4090-9106, Zone Adapter Modules Input Voltage Current @ 24 VDC ZAM, Zone Supervision Resistor Connections Wiring Material Plate Material Range Range Selection 1: Specifications 1 address per device to 32 VDC (nominal 24 VDC) = 16 mA maximum Alarm = 72 mA maximum (actual current is by total device requirements) k 1 W terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 to 2.08 mm2 ) to 2500 ft ( 762 m) from fire alarm control panel to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring distance (including T-Taps) with Autocall, A2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors 1/8 in. H x 4 1/8 in. W x 1 3/8 in. D (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm) thermoplastic metal, galvanized to 120 F (0 to 49 C) intended for indoor operation to 93% RH at 100 F (38 C) 2: ZAM Modules Adapter Module for Class B monitoring of 2-wire or 4-wire initiating devices; with power reset connections 4-wire devices Adapter Module for Class A monitoring of 2-wire initiating devices 3: Optional Adapter and Trim Plates plate to fit 4 11/16 in. (119 mm) square electrical box semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box 4: End-of-Line Resistor Harness plate with LED viewing includes mounting screws; steel No. k 1 End-of-Line Resistor Harness for A4090-9101, Class B zone 2 Rev. 6 03/2021 Communicating Devices A4090-9101 and A4090-9106, Zone Adapter Modules ZAM Two-Wire Initiating Device Compatibility Reference Chart Bases Quantity heat detectors base required smoke detectors detector housing with A4098-9601 detector Four-wire detector operation is compatible with conventional listed contact closure initiating devices. Four-wire detectors require det

Datasheet Peripherals Communicating Devices Addressable Manual Stations Action Stations (Breakglass) require the operator to strike front mounted hammer to break the glass and expose the recessed lever. The pull lever then operates as a single action station. action NO Single action NO Retrofit kit Breakglass Push A2099-9828 Cover kit Action Stations (Push Type) require that a spring loaded plate, marked PUSH, be pushed back to access the pull of the single action station. reset requires the use of a key to reset the manual station lever deactivate the alarm switch. If you use the break-rod, you must it. testing is performed by physical activation of the pull lever. You also perform electrical testing by unlocking the station housing to the alarm switch. ULC, CSFM Listed, FM addressable manual fire alarm stations with: Power and data supplied by IDNet addressable communications using single wire pair Operation that complies with ADA requirements Visible LED indicator that flashes during communications and is on when the station has been activated The NO GRIP Single Action Station and Retrofit Kit are available with more easily operated pull lever for applications where anticipated may find the standard station lever difficult to activate Pull lever that protrudes when alarmed Break-rod supplied (use is optional) Models are available with single or double action (breakglass or push) UL listed to Standard 38 NEMA 1 rated. See Addressable manual station product selection for information. with the following Autocall control panels: Model Series 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES fire alarm control panels with IDNet communications construction: Electronics module enclosure minimizes dust infiltration Allows mounting in standard electrical boxes Screw terminals for wiring connections resistant reset key lock, keyed same as Autocall fire cabinets. mounting options: Surface or semi-flush with standard boxes or matching Autocall boxes Flush mount adapter kit Adapters are available for retrofitting to commonly available existing Autocall addressable manual station combines the familiar Autocall station housing with a compact communication module is easily installed to satisfy demanding applications. Its integral addressable module (IAM) constantly monitors status and changes to the connected control panel through IDNet wiring. of the A4099-9004 single action manual station requires a downward pull to activate the alarm switch. Completing the action an internal plastic break-rod which is visible below the pull lever, is optional. The use of a break-rod can be a deterrent to vandalism interfering with the minimum pull requirements needed for easy The pull lever latches into the alarm position and remains out of the housing to provide a visible indication. Action NO GRIP Station A4099-9021. For applications such as Building Code, Title 24, which requires “Controls and operating shall be operable with one hand and shall not require grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist” the model A4099-9021 provides a more easily operated pull lever compared to standard Retrofit of existing stations is available using the A4099-9805 kit. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7150-2269:0515 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 5 03/2021 Communicating Devices Addressable Manual Stations to 4099 MAPNET II/ IDNet Addressable Manual Pull Station with LED Installation Instructions 579-1135AC for additional information. and communications means connections listed temperature range range color lever color dimensions 1: Specifications communications, 1 address for each station switch, 8 position terminal for in/out wiring, for 18 AWG to

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM* Peripherals Communicating Devices Addressable Manual Stations addressable manual fire alarm stations with: Power and data supplied through IDNet addressable communications a single wire pair Operation that complies with ADA requirements Pull lever that protrudes when alarmed Break-rod supplied, use is optional models are available: Single action operation Double action operation, Breakglass or Push Two stage pull station use with Autocall IDNet communications sealed construction: Allows mounting in standard electrical boxes (with spacer) Screw terminals for wiring connections Reduces dust infiltration resistant reset key lock (keyed same as Autocall fire alarm mounting options: Surface or semi-flush with standard or matching Autocall boxes Flush mount adapter available Adapters are available for retrofitting of existing addressable stations Autocall A4099 Series addressable stations combine the familiar manual station housing with a compact communication module is easily installed to satisfy demanding applications. Its integral addressable module (IAM) constantly monitors status and changes to the connected control panel using Autocall communications wiring. 1: addressable manual stations Figure shows Single stage; Two stage; Breakglass; and Push manual stations. of the Autocall single manual station requires a firm pull to activate the alarm switch. Completing the action an internal plastic break-rod which is visible below the pull lever, is optional. The use of a break-rod can be a deterrent to vandalism interfering with the minimum pull requirements needed for easy The pull lever latches into the alarm position and remains out of the housing to provide a visible indication. Action Stations (Breakglass) require the operator to strike front mounted hammer to break the glass and expose the recessed lever. The pull lever then operates as a single action station. Action Stations (Push Type) require that a spring loaded plate (marked PUSH) be pushed back to access the pull of the single action station. reset requires the use of a key to reset the manual station lever deactivate the alarm switch. If the break-rod is used, it must be testing is performed by physical activation of the pull lever. testing can be also performed by unlocking the station housing activate the alarm switch. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7150-2269:0515 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 8 02/2021 addressable manual station product selection Communicating Devices Addressable Manual Stations Models shown are English Language. Add for French, for Bilingual, for example, A4099-9004CA, A4099-9004CAF, A4099-9004CAB. and communications means connections listed temperature range range colour lever colour dimensions 1: Addressable manual stations addressable manual station addressable manual station with N/C Contact addressable manual station, Breakglass operation action addressable manual station with N/C Contact action addressable manual station 2: Mounting accessories mount steel box, red aluminum surface mount box, red trim plate for Wiremold 5744-2, red mount adapter kit, black mount adapter kit, beige breakglass break-rod key for manual station reset for dimensions for retrofit, see Figure 2 Figure 2 for details 3: General specifications 1 address per station, up to 2500 ft (762 m) from fire alarm control panel, up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total dista

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Addressable Relay Module (Relay IAM): IDNet addressable control for use with Autocall fire alarm control panel 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES A single addressable point provides control and status tracking of a contact Low power latching relay design allows IDNet communications to both data and module power Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss of IDNet sealed construction: Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration Mounts in standard 4 in. (102 mm) square electrical box, optional bracket is available to mount in a 4 11/16 in. (119 mm) square box Screw terminals for wiring connections Visible LED flashes to indicate communications Optional covers are available to allow LED to be viewed after listed to Standard 864 Peripherals Communicating Devices Model A4090-9002 Relay IAM Selection 1: Product Selection IAM 2: Optional Adapter and Trim Plates plate to fit 4 11/16 in. (119 mm) square box semi-flush box surface mounted Plate, galvanized steel, with viewing window; includes screws 3: Specifications communications, 1 address per device by IDNet communications IAM Power Ratings* (not rated for incandescent switching) C, SPDT A @ 24 VDC, resistive A @ 24 VDC, inductive A @ 120 VAC, resistive listed fire supply Provide circuit fusing and transient suppression as required per DC inductive loads can typically be diode suppressed; 120 loads may require RC networks or varistors, depending on device Refer to the installation instructions for additional information. Connections Communications Reference Material Plate Range terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 to 2.08 mm2) to 2500 ft (762 m) from control panel to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring distance T-Taps) with Autocall, A2081-9044 Protectors 1/8 in. H x 4 1/8 in. W x 1 3/8 in. D (105 mm x mm x 35 mm) thermoplastic metal, galvanized to 120 F (0 to 49 C), intended for indoor to 93% RH at 100 F (38 C) Range Instructions 574-184AC 1: IDNet Relay IAM (shown approximately 1/2 size) Relay IAMs allow fire alarm control panels to control a remotely Form “C” contact using IDNet addressable communications both data and module power. Typical applications would be for local power for control functions such as elevator capture, or of HVAC components, pressurization fans, dampers, etc. Relay is also communicated requiring only one device address. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0507 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 12 03/2021 IAM Mounting Information illustration shows the mounting of the A4090-9002 Relay IAM. Also shown are the A4090-9801 trim plates for semi-flush mounted boxes and the trim plate for surface mounted boxes. Communicating Devices Model A4090-9002 Relay IAM A4090-9002 Relay IAM shown above A4090-9801 Trim plate for surface mounted box shown above 2021 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 12 03/2021

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Initiation Peripherals Communicating Devices Model A4090-9008 Dual Contact Relay IAM Contact Relay IAMs allow fire alarm control panels to control remotely located Form “C” contact using IDNet addressable for both data and module power. Typical applications be for switching local power for control functions such as elevator or control of HVAC components, pressurization fans, dampers, Relay status is also communicated requiring only one device adapter for semi- mounted box adapter for surface box 1: Product Selection trim plate for 4″ boxes LED viewing window, includes screws; galvanized steel Firmware Connections Reference 2: General Specifications communications, 1 address per device by communications 3.12.04 or higher terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 to 2.08 mm2) to 2500 ft (762 m) from control panel to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring distance T-Taps) with Autocall, A2081-9044 Protectors H x 4″ W x 1 D mm x 102 mm x 35 mm) metal, galvanized Plate Range 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C), intended for indoor Range to 93% RH at 100 F (38 C) 3: Contact Ratings* (not rated for incandescent switching) Form C contacts (DPDT) with terminal access to Common, N.O., and N.C for each A @ 30 VDC, resistive A @ 30 VDC, inductive listed fire supply contact common is fused with a 2 A fast non-time delay fuse 0.5 A @ 125 VAC, resistive Fusing * Provide external transient suppression as required per DC inductive loads can typically be diode suppressed; 120 loads may require RC networks or varistors, depending on device Refer to Installation Instructions for additional information. 1: Dual Contact Relay IAM Contact Relay IAM (Individual Addressable Module): A single addressable point provides control and status tracking of two, A Form contacts Low power latching relay design allows IDNet communications to both data and module power Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss of IDNet use with following Autocall control panels: Model Series 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES fire alarm control panels for communications construction: Mounts in standard 4 (102 mm) square electrical box, optional bracket is available to mount in a 4 11/16 square electrical box Screw terminals for wiring connections Visible LED flashes to indicate communications, can be selected at to indicate activated state Optional 4 square box covers are available to allow LED to be viewed installation listed to Standard 864 Selection 1: Product Selection Contact Relay IAM adapter plate to fit 4 11/16 (119 mm) square box This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0505 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 5 03/2021 Communicating Devices Model A4090-9008 Dual Contact Relay IAM Contact Relay IAM Mounting Information Contact Relay IAM Mounting Information shows the procedure for mounting the A4090-9008 Dual Contact Relay IAM Assembly to the Adapter Plate. Also shown are the optional A4090-9801 Trim Plate for semi-flush mounted boxes and the A4090-9802 Trim Plate for mounted boxes. 2021 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire

Datasheet Peripherals Communicating Devices Model A4090-9010, 8 A Relay IAM 2: Optional Trim Plates and Adapter For semi-flush mounted For surface mounted Adapter plate to fit 4 11/16″ (119 mm) square electrical box plate, galvanized steel, with viewing window; includes screws 4: Contact Ratings* (not rated for incandescent switching) IAM Power Voltage Ratings Connections Reference 3: Specifications communications, 1 address per device by IDNet communications contacts; 1, NO and 1, NC VAC or 30 VDC A, resistive A, inductive at 0.35 PF terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 to 2.08 mm2) to 2500 ft (762 m) from control panel to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring distance T-Taps) with A2081-9044 Overvoltage H x 4″ W x 1 D (105 mm x 102 mm x 35 metal, galvanized Plate Range 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C), intended for indoor Range * Provide circuit fusing and transient suppression as required application. DC inductive loads can typically be diode suppressed; VAC loads may require RC networks or varistors, depending on type. Refer to Installation Instructions for additional information. to 93% RH at 100 F (38 C) ULC, CSFM Listed, FM 1: 8 A IDNet Relay IAM Package Addressable Relay Module (Relay IAM): A single addressable point provides control and status tracking of 8 A Normally Open (Form A, NO) and 8 A Normally Closed B, NC) contacts Low power latching relay design allows IDNet communications to both data and module power Operation upon loss and restoration of communications is switch to either reset the output relays to normal or to keep them in the selected state use with following Autocall control panels: Series 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES fire alarm control panels for communications construction: Mounts in standard 4 (102 mm) square electrical box, optional bracket is available to mount in a 4 11/16 square electrical box Screw terminals for wiring connections Visible LED flashes to indicate communications, can be selected at to indicate activated state Optional 4 square box covers are available to allow LED to be viewed installation listed to Standard 864 A Relay IAMs allow fire alarm control panels to control a remotely NO and NC contact using IDNet addressable communications both data and module power. Typical applications would be for local power for control functions such as elevator capture, or of HVAC components, pressurization fans, dampers, etc. Relay is also communicated requiring only one device address. Selection A Relay IAM 1: Communicating Device This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0505 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 3 03/2021 A Relay IAM Mounting Information Communicating Devices Model A4090-9010, 8 A Relay IAM 2: A Relay IAM Mounting Information 2021 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 3 03/2021

Datasheet Peripherals Communicating Devices, Individual Addressable Modules (IAMs) 1: Supervised IAM 2: Supervised IAM Closure of the monitored contact(s) initiates an alarm or other response programmed at the fire alarm control panel. An open in the circuit wiring will cause a trouble to be reported. Selections can be made at the control panel to maintain the alarm if the initiating device contacts are momentary, such as from a heat detector, or to track the device contact status . Limited Operation Applications use with IDNet communications only, these IAMs can provide quad- sensing of normal, open circuit, short circuit, and current limited (Program type is “T-sense.”) With the proper end-of-line and limiting resistors, dual functions such as tamper switch and switch monitoring can be determined and communicated by a addressable point. ULC, CSFM Listed, FM addressable communications supply both data and power a single wire pair to provide** Supervised Class B monitoring of normally open, dry contacts Total wiring distance from IAM to supervision resistor(s) of up to 500 ft m) Monitored connection is compatible with Autocall A2081-9044 Protectors for outdoor wiring or electrically noisy For use in indoor locations up to 158 F (70 C) such as attic spaces or applications use with following Autocall control panels Model Series 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES fire alarm control panels for communications A4090-9001 Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration Mounts in standard single gang electrical box Screw terminals for wiring connections Visible LED flashes to indicate communications Optional covers are available to allow LED to be viewed after (requires mounting bracket, ordered separately) A4090-9051 Encapsulated design for extended exposure to high humidity (LED is present on this model) Color coded 18 AWG leads for wiring communications provides current limited monitoring Provides monitoring of tamper switch (supervisory) and waterflow (alarm) on same circuit using one point Available with IDNet communications only operation modes are available and are selectable at the panel Contact closure status can be tracked Momentary contact closure conditions can be selected at the panel to latched or tracked , UL listed to Standard 864 listed to Standard 864 addressable modules (IAMs) both power and communications from a two-wire IDNet circuit. provide location specific addressability to a single initiating device as single station smoke detector alarm contacts or heat detector or multiple devices at the same location by monitoring open dry contacts and the wiring to an end-of-line resistor. A4090-9001 is packaged in a thermoplastic housing and provides screw connections and a status indicating LED. A4090-9051 is an encapsulated package with wire leads. It does not a status indicating LED. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0507 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 14 03/2021 Communicating Devices, Individual Addressable Modules (IAMs) 1: IAM Product Selection IAM, mounted in thermoplastic housing with screw terminals; see applicable options below IAM, encapsulated with wire leads 2: Optional Trim Plates and Mounting Bracket for Model A4090-9001 semi-flush mounted box plate with LED viewing window, A4090-9810 mounting bracket, surface mounted box mounting screws; galvanized steel bracket, mounts IAM to electrical box and provides screw holes for trim plate, required for trim plates 3: End-of-Line Resistor Harnesses (ordered separately as required) no. k 1/2 W; Standard end-of-line resistor harness for N.O. contact supervision k 1/2 W k

Datasheet System Peripherals Communicating Devices; Addressable Manual Stations for Releasing Applications ULC, CSFM Listed, FM addressable manual fire alarm stations for releasing with: Power and data supplied via IDNet addressable communications using single wire pair Operation that complies with ADA requirements Visible LED indicator that flashes during communications and is on when the station has been activated Pull lever that protrudes when alarmed Break-rod supplied (use is optional) Dual action push and pull operation Label kit provides for six varieties of releasing applications (ordered with the following Autocall Releasing System control equipped with IDNet communications: Model Series 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES construction: Electronics module enclosure minimizes dust infiltration Allows mounting in standard electrical boxes Screw terminals for wiring connections resistant reset key lock Locks are keyed the same as Autocall fire alarm cabinets mounting options: Surface or semi-flush with standard boxes or matching Autocall boxes Flush mount adapter kit Adapters are available for retrofitting to commonly available existing listed to Standard 38 A4099 series addressable manual stations combine the familiar housing with a compact communication module providing easy for releasing applications. The integral individual addressable (IAM) monitors status and communicates changes to the control panel via IDNet communications wiring. blank area on the front of the station allows the selection of a label to the specific releasing application (label kit is ordered separately). to data sheet AC4099-0005 for standard Autocall addressable stations.) 1: Addressable Station for Releasing Applications requires that a spring loaded interference plate (marked be pushed back to access the station pull lever with a firm pull that activates the alarm switch. Completing the action an internal plastic break-rod (visible below the pull lever, use optional). The use of a break-rod can be a deterrent to vandalism interfering with the minimum pull requirements needed for easy The pull lever latches into the alarm position and remains out of the housing to provide a visible indication. reset requires the use of a key to reset the manual station lever deactivate the alarm switch. (If the break-rod is used, it must be testing is performed by physical activation of the pull lever. testing can be also performed by unlocking the station housing activate the alarm switch. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7150-2269:0515 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 3 03/2021 Communicating Devices; Addressable Manual Stations for Releasing Applications Manual Station Product Selection 1: Addressable Manual Stations action, Push operation, Addressable manual station; red housing with white letters and white pull lever; requires label kit kit, white lettering on red background; select the label required for the specific releasing application; types include: Clean Extinguishing, Carbon Dioxide, Foam System, Sprinkler, and Manual 2: Accessories mount steel box, red aluminum surface mount box, red trim plate for double gang switch box, red trim plate for Wiremold box V5744-2, red mount adapter kit, black mount adapter kit, beige break-rod to Figure 2 for dimensions for retrofit, refer to Figure 4. to Figure 5 for more information. and Communications Means Connections Listed Temperature Range Range Color Lever Color Dimensions Instructions 3: Specifications communications, 1 address per station, up to 2500 ft (762 m) from fir

IDNet Isolator2 Compatibility Chart this document to clarifiy which products you can use in conjunction with the IDNet Isolator2 and IDNet Isolator2 Bases. Refer to 579-1313AC Isolator2 Usage Guidelines for more information about Isolator2 usage. Some PIDs in the IDNet Isolator2 Compatibility Chart are also available with a BA suffix. In relation to the IDNet Isolator2 compatibility these PIDs are equivalent to the default PIDs. modules incompatibility following table details IDNet modules that are not compatible with the Isolator2. 1: IDNet modules that are not compatible with Isolator2 Isolator note or Part Number Board Assembly: Board Assembly: The modules listed in Table 1 do not recognize the Isolator2 devices. If Isolator2 devices connect to equipment identified in Table 1, the Isolator2 will report a answer trouble on the control unit. However,other devices downstream will continue to communicate with the control unit. devices incompatibility can not connect the devices listed below to the IDNet2 channel alongside the IDNet Isolator2 where ULC S524 7th edition isolator requirements be met (even when all other software and hardware assembly revisions on the IDNet2 channel meet the Isolator2 compatibility requirements). If you use equipment listed in Table 2 on the IDNet2 channel alongside the IDNet Isolator2, all operation except compliance with ULC S524 7th isolator requirements will function properly. A4090-9107 A009-9811 A4098-9793 2: IDNet2 channel equipment Fiber Transmitter Fiber Receiver Repeater Isolator Isolator Base modules revision compatibility the following section to identify the specific module revision for Isolator2 compatibility. For ULC S524 7th edition compatibility, make sure the and PC Board assemblies meet the minimum revisions below. 3: ULC revision compatibility IDNet2, IDNet2 Loop Card, 4007ES NAC PSU and IDNAC PSU or Part Number / IDNet2+2 Board Assembly Revision Revision D or later Revision Requirements 3.01 or higher 6.01 or higher Loop Card Revision C or later Revision C or later Rev A Isolator2 Compatibility Chart or Part Number Revision Requirements 3: ULC revision compatibility IDNet2, IDNet2 Loop Card, 4007ES NAC PSU and IDNAC PSU NAC PSU Board Assembly Revision Revision F or later IDNAC PSU Revision D or later 3.01 or higher 6.01 or higher 3.01 or higher 6.01 or higher or Part Number MSS2 Board Assembly Revision Revision A or later Revision Requirements 3.01 or higher 6.01 or higher 4: ULC revision compatibility for 4010ES MSS2 or Part Number ESS Board Assembly Revision Revision C or later Revision Requirements 3.01 or higher 6.01 or higher 5: ULC revision compatibility for 4010ES ESS modules listed above recognize the Isolator2 devices and can communicate with them only if the software revision requirements are the assembly (566-XXX) revision requirement is not met but the software is, then the following applies: Class A / DCLA or Class X / DCLC operation can not be guaranteed to work to ULC S524 7th edition. Class B / DCLB operation meets ULC S524 7th edition. All products sold after the release of the Isolator2 meet the minimum requirements. 2 Rev A devices PC Board assembly compatibility ULC S524 7th edition compatibility, make sure the PC Board assemblies of the active field devices meet the following minimum revisions. Isolator2 Compatibility Chart 6: PC board assembly revision requirements

IDNet Isolator2 Usage Guidelines Isolator2 safely isolates a channel in the event of a wiring fault and monitors the wiring for restoration to normal when the fault is repaired. is possible to configure systems using Class A wiring, Class A with zone isolations / DCLC, or Class X wiring that meets NFPA 72 or ULC S524 using the Isolator2. See the Wiring section for more instructions. usage guidelines feature information on the following Isolator2-type devices: A4090-9122 IDNet Isolator2 A4098-9767E, A4098-9767BA, A4098-9766, A4098-9767 IDNet Isolator2 Bases Isolator2 features the following benefits over existing technologies: Self-restoration when fault is repaired. No impact on required operation times of the Fire Alarm Control Unit (FACU) to a fire per agency standards following a wiring fault. circuit internal isolation switch in the Isolator2 separates shorted and/or disabled wiring from functioning wiring to optimize the available appliances. The communicates the module status to the control panel so you can identify the shorted wiring location. a complete list of compatible devices and minimum requirements, refer to 579-1324AC IDNet Isolator2 Compatibility Chart and AC4090-0011 IDNet Addressable Devices Device Communications Compatibility Chart. Module Isolator2-type can only be used on IDNet2-based Modules. They do not function nor are they recognized on prior revisions of IDNet, IDNet+ or requirements Isolator2 requires the following firmware: 4010ES or 4100ES software revision 6.01 or higher 4007ES software revision 6.01 or higher or IDNet2+2 firmware revision 3.01 or higher. IDNet Isolators if you can use the Isolator2 with existing addressable IDNet Isolators (A4090-9116) and IDNet Isolator Bases (A4098-9777, A4098-9793), mixing isolators with Isolator2 does not meet ULC S524 7th edition. In this mixed fire alarm system, all the Isolator2 performance improvements are present, see Performance improvements. For explicit limitations when mixing types, see Appendix A – Wiring examples. Isolator and Isolator2 devices are present on your IDNet2 channel, follow the strictest requirements from the two installation manuals. 1: IDNet Isloator2 and legacy isolator instruction manuals Isolators Isolator Base If at least one IDNet Isolator Base (A4098-9777, A4098-9793) or one Addressable IDNet Isolator (A4090-9116) is present on the IDNet channel, maximum line resistance between the FACU and the isolator and between any two isolators is 10 ohms (780 ft @ 18 AWG). See Figure 1 for an of a correct application. instructions 574-707AC for both Isolator and Isolator2 bases. Isolators instructions Rev A Isolator2 Usage Guidelines 1: Maximum wire length between isolators is 10 ohm if a 4090-9116, 4098-9777 or 4098-9793 isolator is installed wiring can wire Isolator2 isolators in any direction and you can connect input on either P1 or P2. The direction has no impact on recovery time or there are remote isolators or isolator bases on the loops, it is recommended to address the isolators in ascending order: start from the B side and each successive isolator a higher address than the isolator it precedes. Isolation functionality is not affected by the order of isolator addresses. there is at least one prior remote isolator (A4090-9116) or one prior isolator base (A4098-9777, A4098-9793) on the channel, addressing the as recommended speeds up the system power up any time the IDNet2 is reset. there are only Isolator2 (A4090-9122) or Isolator2 bases (A4098-9766, A4098-9767) on the channel, addressing the isolators as speeds up the Earth Fault Search diagnostic tool. can set the address of regular IDNet devices (devices that are not isolators A4090-9116, A4090-9122, A4098-9777, A4098-9793, A4098-9766, in any order without impact. 2 Rev A Isolator2 Usage Guidelines This is the preferred method as isolators are addressed in ascending order through the branches from the B side. Non-isolators devices be addressed in any way. 2: Correct addressing 3: Incorrect addressing This is not the preferred addressing because isolators are not addressed in ascending order (example shows: 100, 50, 1); this will take time (variable) to complete the automatic

Datasheet Analog Sensing Mounting of the A4098-9714 TrueAlarm Photoelectric Smoke Sensor ULC, CSFM Listed, FM the model A4098-9714 TrueAlarm analog photoelectric directly inside air ducts** : Accommodates duct airflow from 0 to 4000 ft/min (0 to 1220 m/min), HVAC duct smoke sensing where sampling tube designs are appropriate (refer to Specifications for more information) For applications with controlled dust and humidity Standard models are for rectangular ducts from 6″ (152 mm) square to (914 mm) square Optional adapters allow use with round ducts of 6″, 8″ (203 mm), (254 mm) or 12″ (305 mm) in diameter TrueAlarm analog communications can be either IDNet format Model A4098-9714 sensor is required and ordered separately alarm led indicator in housing: Visible through transparent housing cover Pulsing indicates power-on, steady on indicates alarm or trouble as at the fire alarm control panel A4098-9750 provides two-wire operation (no relay output) A4098-9751 provides a local relay: Relay operation is programmable from fire alarm control panel and is 1 A @ 28 VDC, power limited; or 1/2 A @ 120 VAC, non-power 24 VDC power is supplied by fire alarm system (4-wire operation) Adapters for 6″, 8″, 10″ or 12″ round ducts Remote Test Station (A2098-9806) Remote LED Alarm Indicator (A2098-9808) listed to Standard 268A Please note that smoke detection in air ducts is intended to notify the presence of smoke in the duct. It is not intended to, and will not, smoke detection requirements for open areas or other non-duct 1: Housing with A4098-9714 (mounted in 8″ square duct for reference) air ducts air ducts in buildings supply fresh air and exhaust stale air. on the overall fire detection requirements, smoke detection be required in the air ducts. For applications where sampling tube duct detection is not appropriate due to low air velocity or small size, Autocall model A4098-9750 and A4098-9751 housings can be to install the Autocall model A4098-9714 TrueAlarm analog sensor in the duct. (Refer to data sheet AC4098-0030 for smoke sensor with sampling tubes.) housings mount a spot-type smoke sensor directly into the duct Proper application requires controlled dust and humidity. note that in the event of loss of duct airflow, the A4098-9714 sensor will smoke IF the smoke reaches the sensor. However, with no duct smoke may not reach the sensor depending on the location of smoke source relative to the sensor. Operation. a A4098-9714 sensor in an air duct provides the high reliability of TrueAlarm analog sensing featuring: programmable consistent accuracy, environmental compensation, status and monitoring of sensor dirt accumulation. These housings communicate their analog sensor information to the fire alarm panel using IDNet two-wire communications. Model. A4098-9751 provides a relay that can be programmed to track local sensor operation or can be independently controlled by the alarm control panel to perform fire response actions such as fan and damper control. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 3240-2269:0539, 7272-2269:0537 7300-2269:0551 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest Rev. 12 03/2021 Mounting of the A4098-9714 TrueAlarm Photoelectric Smoke Sensor Sensor Selection Chart Sensor Housing with mounting box, (requires sensor) Sensor Head relay 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES relay as above separately, required for A4098-9750 or A4098-9751 Sensor Options, ordered separately as required, compatible with both A4098-9750 and A4098-9751 for 6″ (152 mm) round duct, beige for 8″ (203 mm) round duct, beige for 10″ (254 mm) round duct, beige for 12″ (305 mm) round duct, beige Test Station mounted on single gang stainless steel plate LED A

4100ES Fire Control Units Command Center for Fire Alarm Control Units with EPS Power Supplies ULC, CSFM Listed, NYC Fire Approved* with Autocall ES Net Alarm Network. expanded content display interface for Autocall 4100ES fire alarm control units, available with the following Fire alarm control units (stand-alone or networked) Network Display Units (NDU) with support for up to 12,000 points Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers mounted in a dedicated cabinet control units support Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers of host panel display type) Models include an Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) and battery (9 A total) with on-board: IDNAC SLCs (signaling line circuit) addressable appliance control, an electrically isolated IDNet 2 device control module with dual short circuit isolating loops; and programmable function auxiliary output For additional information concerning EPS power supplies and their features, refer to 4100ES data sheet AC4100-0100 For additional 4100ES related applications, including models with supplies for conventional non-addressable NACS, refer to data AC4100-0045 Command Centers provide customized operating “Activity in System” primary display choices include: First and Most First 5 and Most Recent, First 8, Site Plan with activity status General Alarm, or Direct to List; selectable individually by event System reports are easily viewed; logs can be read with minimal required Up to six “softkeys” per screen provide functions that aid operators in how to proceed Up to two languages are available per system, easily selected by key press (systems with IMS/GCC/NPU or 2 x 40 LCD or annunciators require one language to be the default font) International models allow customized language legends for operator and status LEDs Information sent to Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers can be by point properties 320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an active area of 4.53″ W 3.4″ H (115 mm x 86 mm) Bright white LED backlighting provides efficient and long lasting operation is selectable as continuous or off with power fail with no key presses listed to Standard 864 1: Command for Control Unit Mounting 2: Command Center in Remote Cabinet more information. 4100ES Controls using the InfoAlarm Center provide an expanded content, multi-line LCD interface requires minimal key presses to access detailed information. it is system-powered, its detailed information is provided requiring separate supplementary equipment. Command Center Control Unit. By using a larger area instead of an individual text line display, the LCD provides text for Alarm, Supervisory, or Trouble. The format is flexible and to be customized per application allowing additional information to presented to suit the specific application. Command Centers for 4100ES fire alarm systems provide large display with extended information content, dual language including 2 byte character languages, and an intuitive control interface per the following: Up to 10 InfoAlarm Command Centers are supported per 4100ES unit; able to allow one InfoAlarm Command Center to take- and to designate access levels for interfaces not in-control; can be programmed for in-control status indications Menu-driven format conveniently prompts operators for the next required Key controls are provided to select the highlighted entry, load next of information, or jump to top or bottom of activity lists Direct point callup displays individual points alphabetically and then in on the logical choice as more point information is entered A Site Plan bitmap can be displayed for reference; icons can be added indicate system status Up to 50 custom point detail messages can be generated Date formats are either MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY Time formats are either 24 hour or 12 hour with AM/PM System Normal screen supports a gray scale bitmap (watermark) for name, company logo, or site plan This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings

UL, ULC listed, FM Approved* with Autocall ES Net Fire Alarm Networks expanded content display interface for Autocall 4100ES fire alarm control panels, available with the following Fire alarm control panels (stand-alone or networked) including CPU options (Software Revision 12 or higher is required) Network Display Units (NDU) with support for up to 12,000 points Remote Annunciator panels and models that mount in a dedicated (4100ES control panels support Remote InfoAlarm Command independent of host panel display type) UL listed to Standard 864 Command Centers provide customized operating “Activity in System” primary display choices include: First and Most First 5 and Most Recent, First 8, Site Plan with activity status General Alarm, or Direct to List; selectable individually by event System reports are easily viewed; logs can be read with minimal required Up to six “softkeys” per screen provide functions that vary with the screen information aiding operators to determine how to Up to two languages are available per system, easily selected by key press (systems with IMS/GCC/NPU or 2 x 40 LCD or annunciators require one language to be the default font) International models allow customized language legends for operator and status LEDs by point Information sent to Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers can be properties: 320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an active area of 4.53 in. x 3.4 in. H (115 mm x 86 mm) displaying up to 854 characters using ASCII character font Bright white LED backlighting provides efficient and long lasting operation is selectable as continuous or off with power fail with no key presses Command Center Control Panel LCD interface requires key presses to access detailed information. By using a larger format instead of an individual text line display, the LCD provides information for Alarm, Supervisory, or Trouble. The format can customized per application allowing additional information to be to suit the specific application. Fire Control Panels Command Center for the 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel 1: Command for Control Panel Mounting 2: Command Center in Remote Cabinet Command Centers for 4100ES fire alarm systems provide large display with extended information content, dual language including 2 byte character languages, and an intuitive control interface per the following: Up to 10 InfoAlarm Command Centers are supported per 4100ES panel; able to allow one InfoAlarm Command Center to take- and to designate access levels for interfaces not in-control; can be programmed for in-control status indications Menu-driven format conveniently prompts operators for the next required Key controls are provided to select the highlighted entry, load next of information, or jump to top or bottom of activity lists Direct point callup displays individual points alphabetically and then in on the logical choice as more point information is entered A Site Plan bitmap can be displayed for reference; icons can be added indicate system status Up to 50 custom point detail messages can be generated Date formats are either MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY Time formats are either 24 hour or 12 hour with AM/PM System Normal screen supports a gray scale bitmap (watermark) for name, company logo, or site plan Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. For specific product listings please refer to the tables on pages 8 and 9. Rev. 8 03/2021 Command Center for the 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel Plan with Event Icons Plan Bitmap. The InfoAlarm Command Center supports a site plan bitmap image (size is 281 pixels wide by 192 pixels high) can also display icons indicating activity and location. Shown to the is a sample site plan with icons shown in each building area. For this each area is showing an “A” for an initiating device in alarm, a for waterflow occurring, and an icon indicating notification appliances alarm. (Icons can be created for site specific symbology, these are for only.) P

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, NYC Fire Approved* with Autocall ES Net Fire Alarm Networks expanded content display interface for Autocall 4100ES fire alarm control units, available with the following Fire alarm control units (stand-alone or networked) including CPU options (Software Revision 12 or higher is required) Network Display Units (NDU) with support for up to 12,000 points Remote Annunciator panels and models that mount in a dedicated (4100ES control units support Remote InfoAlarm Command independent of host panel display type) UL listed to Standard 864 Command Centers provide customized operating “Activity in System” primary display choices include: First and Most First 5 and Most Recent, First 8, Site Plan with activity status General Alarm, or Direct to List; selectable individually by event System reports are easily viewed; logs can be read with minimal required Up to six “softkeys” per screen provide functions that vary with the screen information aiding operators to determine how to Up to two languages are available per system, easily selected by key press (systems with IMS/GCC/NPU or 2 x 40 LCD or annunciators require one language to be the default font) International models allow customized language legends for operator and status LEDs by point Information sent to Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers can be properties: 320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an active area of 4.53″ x 3.4″ H (115 mm x 86 mm) displaying up to 854 characters using ASCII character font Bright white LED backlighting provides efficient and long lasting operation is selectable as continuous or off with power fail with no key presses 320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an active area of 4.53 x 3.4 H (115 mm x 86 mm) displaying up to 854 characters using ASCII character font Command Center Control Unit LCD interface requires key presses to access detailed information. By using a larger format instead of an individual text line display, the LCD provides information for Alarm, Supervisory, or Trouble. The format can customized per application allowing additional information to be to suit the specific application. Fire Control Units Command Center for the 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Unit 1: Command for Control Unit Mounting 2: Command Center in Remote Cabinet Command Centers for 4100ES fire alarm systems provide large display with extended information content, dual language including 2 byte character languages, and an intuitive control interface per the following: Up to 10 InfoAlarm Command Centers are supported per 4100ES unit; able to allow one InfoAlarm Command Center to take- and to designate access levels for interfaces not in-control; can be programmed for in-control status indications Menu-driven format conveniently prompts operators for the next required Key controls are provided to select the highlighted entry, load next of information, or jump to top or bottom of activity lists Direct point callup displays individual points alphabetically and then in on the logical choice as more point information is entered A Site Plan bitmap can be displayed for reference; icons can be added indicate system status Up to 50 custom point detail messages can be generated Date formats are either MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY Time formats are either 24 hour or 12 hour with AM/PM System Normal screen supports a gray scale bitmap (watermark) for name, company logo, or site plan This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7120-2269:0546, 7120-2269:0547 7165-2269:0542 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6271A. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local supplier for the latest status. Rev. 16 8/2020 Command Center for the 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Unit 3: Plan Trouble Log History screen shown to the right identifies the ab

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Approved* or dual channel intrinsically safe, transformer isolated modules: 2081-9062, single channel 2081-9063, dual channel requirements of National Electrical Code Articles 500-517 Hazardous Locations: Classes I, II, and III Divisions 1 and 2 Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, and G with Autocall intrinsically safe manual stations and apparatus: Refer to Compatibility Reference for compatible product details compatible smoke detector model Product selection summary is detailed in Intrinsically Safe Product accessories (ordered separately): A2975-9218, red cabinet with solid door and lock 2081-9061, module installation kit Intrinsically Safe Modules are for use with Autocall control to make initiating device circuit wiring safe for use in locations hazardous concentrations of flammable gases or other materials exist. The intrinsically safe module is an isolated, power-limited that limits the output current to a level below ignition for defined by NEC Articles 500-517 for Classes I, II, and III, 1 and 2, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, and G. Considerations installation of intrinsically safe modules requires strict adherence to compatibility lists and must be in accordance with all product instructions and applicable codes and wiring practices. all applicable references thoroughly before completing the safe design. Alarm System Accessories Safe Devices Single and Dual Channel Isolated Barrier Modules 1: Barrier Modules 2081-9062 and 2081-9063** Voltage (Vin) Current (Iin) Voltage < 23.7 V > 23.7 V Current Temperature Humidity VDC to 35 VDC mA maximum, limited by module = Vin – (400 x Iin) – 0.7 V = Vin – (400 x Iin) current 40 mA circuit current 65 mA to 120 (0 to 49 to 85% RH maximum @ 86 (30 1/2 in. H x 4 1/4 in. W (including block) x 13/16 in. D mm x 108 mm x 21 mm) Cabinet; required, ordered separately Installation Kit; required, ordered separately in. W x 8 3/8 in. H x 3 1/2 in. D mm x 213 mm x 89 mm) for barrier module mounting (35 DIN rail type), mounting hardware, drawing, and required end-of-line Refer to Intrinsically Safe Product Selection for listing of approved parameters and allowable wiring distances. Safe Barrier Module Compatibility 2081-9062 and 2081-9063 intrinsically safe modules report as a current limited condition. Intrinsically Safe applications are not compatible with Alarm operation. Reference 3: Zone Adapter Modules (ZAMs) B, for use with compatible fire alarm control panels; communications 4: Compatible Initiating Devices Action Station Stations Series Apparatus device which does not store or generate more than 1.2 V, 100 mA, 20 (typically a dry contact heat detector or pushbutton switch) Smoke Detector (NOTE: Not FM approved, but tested compatible with IDCs listed) IDCs Intrinsically Safe Smoke Detector SLR-E-IS with Hochiki Safe Detector Base YBN-R/4-IS; Note: Five (5) per circuit; Available Hochiki America 1: Intrinsically Safe Barrier Module in Cabinet, shown with cover removed, and conduit shown for reference only This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0507 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. AC2081-0018 Rev. 6 09/2021 Safe Devices Single and Dual Channel Isolated Barrier Modules R

IP Gateway GSM Cellular Module Installation Guide guide describes how to install the optional IP Gateway GSM Cellular Modules, antenna and antenna extensions. GSM 4G/LTE cellular module requires two antennas. In cases with poor signal strength at the Fire Alarm Control Unit (FACU), you may need to the antenna to another location with improved network coverage using an extension kit. documentation may need to consult the following additional documentation: Communicator / Connected Services Gateway Module Installation Guide 579-1296AC Antenna Extension Kit 579-1281 ES Panel Programmer Manual For 4100ES and 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels 574-849AC 4007ES and 4007ES Hybrid Fire Alarm Programmer Manual 579-1167AC Gateway External Box Installation Guide 579-1249AC warnings, and regulatory information AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Follow the instructions in this installation manual. These instructions must be followed to avoid damage to product and associated equipment. Product operation and reliability depend upon proper installation. NOT INSTALL ANY AUTOCALL PRODUCT THAT APPEARS DAMAGED Upon unpacking your Autocall product, inspect the of the carton for shipping damage. If damage is apparent, immediately file a claim with the carrier and notify an authorized product supplier. HAZARD Disconnect electrical field power when making any internal adjustments or repairs. All repairs should be by a representative or an authorized agent of your local Autocall product supplier. HAZARD Static electricity can damage components. Handle as follows: Ground yourself before opening or installing components. Prior to installation, keep components wrapped in anti-static material at all times. RULES AND REGULATIONS PART 15. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. information CANADA INTERFERENCE STATEMENT device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and ISED Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause operation of the device. pr appareil est conforme aux CNR d’ISED Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autoris aux deux suivantes : (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio subi, si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement. CLASS A DIGITAL DEVICE NOTICE equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one more of the following measures: the separation between the equipment and receiver. Reorient the receiving antenna. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or experienced radio/television technician for help. ICES-3 (B) / NMB-3 (B) Rev. D Gateway GSM Cellular Module Installation Guide CANADA WIRELESS NOTICE equipment complies with FCC and ISED Canada radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. The antenna should be and operat

ADDRESSABLE CONTACT MONITOR IXA-501CM Supervises and Dry Devices Normally Open and Closed IXA-501CM Fits Standard Box IXA-500CMA Mounts Standard 2-Gang Box High EMF/RFI Noise Powered Directly By Circuit (No Power Programmable for or Fast Interrupt) Reporting Information AUTOCALL contact monitor modules (Style B and D) and IXA-501CM module) provide an initiating zone suit- for contact devices such as pull sta- waterflow switches and sprinkler super- devices. Each module reports an input any contact device in its zone as a address to the AUTOCALL TFX series contact monitor module uses one of available addresses on an AUTOCALL signaling circuit. It responds to regular from the control panel and reports its and the status of its initiating circuit. The latches steady on alarm. modules may be programmed to inputs as either alarm or supervisory Another programming option in- a special polling interrupt routine, re- in quicker alarm response than sys- which rely on simple polling techniques detect an alarm. IXA-500CMA provides a Style B or D circuit and mounts on a standard 2- electrical box. An attractive plastic with eggshell finish is included. An is visible through an opening in the cover and illuminates steadily during IXA-500CMA may be programmed to normally open or normally closed devices. IXA-501CM mini module provides a B initiating circuit. Its compact size it ideal for placement inside a stan- electrical box behind the monitored device, such as a pull station. & Approvals UL File No. S374 CSFM No. 7300-1493:152 MEA No. 415-92-E Vol. VI FM ID No. OX2A8.AY 1 of 2 CONTACT MONITOR IXA-501CM Installation Instructions (Publication Numbers and 19700293) for more information. and Wiring IXA-500CMA surface mounts on a electrical box, or flush mounts on recessed 4-inch square box with 2- adaptor. The IXA-501CM mini is designed to be placed inside standard electrical box, typically be- the monitored contact device. (Re- 619 ohm end-of-line resistors.) and Maintenance functional tests may be per- by activation of devices on the initiating device circuit. Temperature: Humidity: Voltage: Circuit Current: Current: Current: Circuit Wiring Material: Information No. Model to 120 (noncondensing) to 120 (noncondensing) maximum maximum ohms maximum maximum maximum ohms maximum ABS Alloy x 4.9″W x 1″D x 1.4″W x 0.5″D Addressable contact monitor module mini contact monitoring module resistors, Pkg of 10, 619 ohm, for use with 976081 reference both the model and part numbers when ordering. literature does not cover all the variations in the equipment described, nor does it provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation and All specifications and listings are subject to change without notice. If you need more information on this product, or have a question, contact Grinnell Fire Protection Systems Com- Westlake, Ohio 44145. 1998 Grinnell Fire Protection Systems Company, a Division of the Grinnell Corporation. AUTOCALL is a registered trademark of the Grinnell Corporation. Sharon Drive, Westlake, Ohio 44145 (440) 899-5445; FAX (440) 871-2301 tyco INTERNATIONAL LTD. COMPANY 2 of 2

With Addressable Notification, Fire Protection Can Deliver Added Benefits it comes to fire prevention, no facility is more worthy our efforts than a school. It a great responsibility to help our communities children and the teachers and entrusted with their learning and development not to the property paid for by taxpayers dollars. the number of fires in K-12 buildings has dropped over the last 30 years, an estimated 4,000 school fires are reported by United States fire departments year, causing an estimated 75 injuries and $66.1 million property loss. good news is that recent innovations in the field of fire combined with newer NFPA standards, can help reduce those numbers even further. The better news is many of those innovations deliver added benefits beyond fire prevention. benefits include fewer nuisance alarms, improved and response to onsite threats (including shooter incidents), reduced risk of vandalism, an ability to monitor facility temperatures in cold easier management (including self-testing), fewer required for maintenance, and better protection carbon monoxide. DIFFERENT CLASS OF FIRE PROTECTION facilities are not like typical commercial buildings. environments are often complex and sprawling, with auditoriums, technical centers, and gymnasiums, well as cooking facilities and science labs, and can be to nuisance alarms, vandalism and arson. Budget resource constraints are also issues. These factors require and architects to think about fire protection system in a different way. THE CHALLENGES readers will remember school environments filled with kinds of devices: pull stations and bells. These older relied on human action to initiate alarms and the of the bell to signal an evacuation. These simpler offered some protection, but had undesirable effects, including frequent nuisance alarms, ample for vandalism, and an inability to provide instructions to building occupants in a emergency. as communities and private institutions refurbish replace aging facilities, many are taking advantage opportunities to address these issues with modern Recognizing application specific issues in the K-12 both the International Business Code (IBC) and 101 offer solutions that differ from previous code cycles. of these changes is the requirement for only one pull at a constantly attended location allowing for others be replaced with addressable detection devices that are sensitive and reliable at detecting fire than humans that work around the clock. And of course, reducing the of pull stations reduces the risk of someone initiating false alarm. today detection devices also do something a human do: detect carbon monoxide. Recent code updates by the have put an increasing emphasis on carbon monoxide and addressable devices are available today that combine heat, carbon monoxide, and smoke detection in a unit for more comprehensive protection. REAPING THE EXTRA BENEFITS can also be programmed to do more than fire For example, they can monitor temperature in cold and send alerts when building temperatures drop a threshold. This enables schools to address heating problems before they become costly and disruptive. schools with more than 50 students are now required have voice evacuation systems, many are replacing traditional alarm bells and horns with sophisticated systems that enable building occupants to clear, explicit instructions in an emergency through speakers in classrooms and hallways. This helps ensure orderly evacuations. Digital message boards can be to deliver the same instructions to the hearing impaired. high-powered exterior addressable speakers can provide intelligibility for miles, alerting students in outdoor areas, and playing fields. voice notification allows for different messages address building occupants in different areas. This can be critical importance in specific emergencies, allowing school officials to provide detailed instructions to students and to take appropriate action. In addition, you can consider unique needs of students with auditory sensitivity, omitting messages to those classroo

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed ES Fire Control Units Text Messaging Appliance with Addressable Message Selection using IDNet 1: TrueAlert Text Messaging Appliance with sample evacuation message plan on page 4 visibility, multi-color LED text message board provides visible textual alarm notification controlled from compatible Johnson fire alarm control units: During alarm conditions, up to 32 pre-programmed message selections can be activated in response to pre-defined emergency situations or linked specific system point status conditions Text messages provide textual alarm notification for areas of high noise or with other audibility limitations Text messages can duplicate a broadcasted audible message or can provide more local detail per the Emergency Communication Systems/Mass UL listed to Standard 1638, Textual Visible Appliance; ULC listed to S527, Miscellaneous Ancillary Device. Refer to ULC note in message specifications with the 4007ES, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Series fire alarm control unit using IDNet communications IDNet communications format emulates 4009 IDNet NAC Extender (4009A) controls for easy interfacing 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet SLCs (signaling line circuit) can control up to 25 message boards with up to ten 4009 IDNet NAC 4010 IDNet SLCs control up to five total of either type message presentation area provides long distance, wide area (140 viewing: Dual line, 2.3 in. (58 mm) high messages provide typical viewing distance of up to 100 ft (30.5 m) Single line, 4.7 in. (119 mm) high messages provide typical viewing distance of up to 200 ft (61 m) LEDs are multi-color, red/yellow/green, to emphasize message content Words can be upper or lower case, standard, bolded, condensed or expanded, with selectable sizes Messages can be static, flashing, or scrolling with a variety of appearance/transition options communications control provides: Up to 32 available messages; 10 factory pre programmed messages are included message details: Advise of proper evacuation routes, relocate to a secure area, take action due to severe weather conditions, defend in place, or other facility specific New messages can be created; factory pre programmed messages can be modified if needed Please note that the creation and modification of alarm messages may trigger code-mandated retesting of the fire alarm system and should be by authorized service personnel; non-alarm general messages can be created using TrueSite Workstation Free-Form Messaging Software requirements: Message board is powered by listed fire alarm power supply providing 24 VDC with battery backup, typically provided by host control unit features: Standard message board includes fixed brackets for wall mounting and also includes 100 mm VESA (Video Electronics Standards Association) holes for use with listed wall or ceiling VESA mounting bracket Optional wall mount adjustable brackets allow rotation downward where required for improved viewing Optional mounting box secures to wall, surface or flush; can also mount with 100 mm VESA bracket Ceiling mounting is available by cable suspension connected to top mounted eyehooks (optional) operation mode: Message boards can also display general non-alarm information via local LAN Ethernet connection created using TrueSite Workstation Free-Form software; general free-form messaging is overridden during an Alarm or Alert condition Control units will override non-alarm messages upon alarm; they can also be programmed to blank the display during local power failure to conserve product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:324 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Controls product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Johnson Controls International. Rev. 1 6/2021 Text Messaging Appliance with Addressable Message Selection using IDNet Communications messaging appliances. Audible appliances and strobes are commonly used to provide notification of alarm conditions, typically to

Datasheet Accessories, LED Annunciators Annunciator Model A4610-9111 and Accessories System Annunciators. communications for these panels can include up to devices, including the LED/Switch Annunciator; an LCD Remote and the optional host panel door-mounted LED Information. to LED/Switch Annunciator Installation Instructions 579-710AC and the host panel instructions. 1: General Specifications Current Current Temperature Humidity to 33 VDC, system supplied mA mA maximum (all LEDs and tone-alert on) to 120 F (0 to 49 C) to 93% RH, non-condensing at 100 F (38 2: Annunciator Communications Supported Type for wiring to building Wiring Connections to four annunciator modules per panel pair, or twisted, shielded pair; 18 AWG mm2) to 4000 ft (1219 m); 0.58 (580 nF) capacitance; 35 maximum to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring; up to ft (762 m) to farthest device one at panel and at end of line one at panel and at farthest device A2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors where leaves and enters a building (refer to sheet AC2081-0016 ) VDC system power and Earth ground for box (ground per local code) for in/out wiring; 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 to 3.31 mm2) 1/2 W; PID (part 733-974) 3: Mounting Information Dimensions Material for Flush (supplied by W x 4-1/2″ H (254 mm x 114 mm) steel, red 5-gang boxes with conduit entrance refer to installation information in Information. ULC, CSFM Listed, FM LED/Switch annunciator for the Autocall 4006 fire alarm panel with: 16 LEDs with functions programmable at the host panel to indicate system conditions and locations (Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble, Dedicated LEDs that indicate Alarm Silence, Trouble, Communication and Power-on Local tone-alert audible indicator access control switches provide: Event Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, System Reset, and local Lamp Test LED options: 10 Red LEDs to indicate Alarm conditions by programmable area 6 Yellow LEDs to indicate Trouble conditions Custom label inserts describe LED functions requirements: Twisted pair for communications 24 VDC system power via separate wiring options: Flush mount uses standard 5-gang electrical boxes Listed to Standard 864, 9th Edition 1: LED/Switch Annunciator LED Annunciation. A4610-9111 LED/Switch Annunciators provide remote fire system status and control with 16 programmable LEDs to provide specific information. Keyswitch controlled access allows switches to activate Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, system or local Lamp (LED) Test. Label inserts allow custom LED specifics be identified. LEDs and Remote Switch Control. indicate Alarm Silenced, Communications Loss with panel, Trouble, local Power-on, along with a local tone-alert audible indication. the Acknowledge push-button switch silences the system but leaves the LEDs on until all conditions in that category restored to normal. LED operation (continuous or pulsing) is at the control panel. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0569, 7300-2269:0567 7300-0026:0381 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest Rev. 4 03/2021 Annunciator Model A4610-9111 and Accessories Selection Detail View 4: Product Selection Annunciator, red trim matching resistor; 100 1/2 W; (part number 733-974); see specifications on page 3 for location and quantity protector; required where annunciator

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM additional remote microphones to a Autocall 4100ES fire audio control panel: Each A100-1274 Microphone Multiplex Module converts a single input to support up to eight (8) remote microphones Up to 40 remote microphones can be connected per audio controller compatibility below) Allows additional remote microphones for applications such as UFC Facilities Criteria) requirements for Mass Notification systems Navy and Air Force requiring a microphone interface within 200 ft m) of travel within a building Refer to UFC-4-021-01, 9 April, 2008 for details (Note: Remote and associated controls have specific operation and requirements per this document) Connect one (1) A100-1274 to the remote microphone input of either Digital Audio Controller (Model A100-1311 or an Analog Audio (Model A100-1210) Connect up to two (2) A100-1274 Microphone Multiplex Modules to a Auxiliary Audio Input Module (inputs 3 and 4) Up to two (2) A100-1240 modules are supported per audio controller microphones: Model A100-1244, panel mounted microphone (located in Remote Model A4003-9803, remote microphone with control; requires wiring to a 24-Point I/O Module (Model A100-1290) in the audio panel Other compatible standard or noise cancelling microphones (each on a A100-1274 Module needs to be the same type) details: Individual remote microphone wiring and PTT (push-to-talk) switch is monitored by the A100-1274 module An on-board IDNet Supervised IAM monitors module status (requires IDNet address and one unit load) On-board module diagnostic LEDs indicate Open, Short, + Earth, – per microphone; IAM LED indicates communication status with alarm control panel On-board earth detection circuit UL Listed to Standard 864 Control Panels Multiplex Module Model A100-1274 1: Audio System with A100-1274 Microphone Module and 8 Remote Microphones; 6, A4003-9803 Remote Microphones and 2 (single Remote Annunciators with Remote Microphone Remote Microphones. 4100ES Audio systems support up to five (5) remote For applications requiring more convenient access to microphone control, the A100-1274 Microphone Multiplex allows up to eight (8) remote microphones to connect to each remote microphone input. to 40 Remote Microphones. two, A100-1240 Auxiliary Audio Input Modules connected, and five A100-1274 Microphone Multiplex Modules, a total of 40 Remote are supported. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0553 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 4 03/2021 Multiplex Module Model A100-1274 Selection 1: Product selection Multiplex Module Microphone with on/off switch and ready-to-talk LED; control wiring connects to a A100-1290, 24 Point I/O module in audio control panel 2: Installation Instruction Reference Microphone Mux Module Installation Instructions Remote Microphone Assembly Installation Instructions 3: Additional Product Reference Basic Panel Modules and Accessories Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment Remote Annunciator Panels Sheet 4: A100-1274 Microphone Multiplex Module Specifications Module size Mounting Location Remote Microphone Input Sources Audio Input Module Details Voltage Current Wiring Information field wiring) microphones active microphone active microphone active and keyed keyed microphones Supervised IAM between Microphone Module and Remote Input Microphone Wiring Microphone Distance Supervised IAM Details and Wiring Information (requires wiring) 4 x 5 block module

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Alarm System Accessories A190-9027, 24-Pin Dot Matrix Fire Alarm System Remote Printer resolution, 24-pin, dot matrix bi-directional printer for use Autocall model: 4190 TrueSite Workstation (TSW) 4190 PC Annunciator Fire Alarm Control Panels: 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES Other legacy Autocall fire alarm control units with serial printer Contact your local Autocall product representative for hard copy records of: System events with alarm conditions automatically printed bold Alarm Historical Log Trouble Historical Log TrueAlarm Status Report TrueAlarm Service Report TrueAlert Device Report TrueNAC Status Report TrueAlarm CO Report Install Mode List Report Alarm Verification Tally Report TrueAlertES Self-Test Report TrueAlertES SpeakerTap Report Advanced Earth Fault Diagnostic Report The list above is product-dependent. Refer to the specific product to verify which reports are supported. RS-232, USB, or parallel communications interface communications and AC input are transient protected is a high resolution 24-pin printer for use with Autocall fire alarm units and related systems. It is listed for supplemental fire signaling system operation under UL Standard 864. suppression is included for both RS-232 communications and VAC power. Testing is performed to ensure proper operation with UL listed fire alarm control equipment. printer operations include: recording of fire alarm system activity fire response documentation, documenting non-fire alarm activity as security monitoring of door openings and WALKTEST system results, and documenting other related activity (such as AC power and restoration) as directed by the connected unit. Additionally, information may be printed such as TrueAlarm analog sensor and service reports for analysis of smoke detection sensitivity to Sample Event Printouts). to Installation Instructions 579-1310AC for additional information. 1: Fire Alarm System Printer 1: Specifications voltage power current print current speed width size high speed sheet VAC to 240 VAC, 50 Hz to 60 Hz W A typical A cps @ 10 cpi cps @ 10 cpi cps @ 12 cpi cps @ 10 cpi cps @ 12 cpi cps @ 15 cpi cps @ 10 cpi cps @ 12 cpi columns @ 10 cpi kB 9/10 in. to 10 1/10 in. mm to 257 mm) and up to 5 copies (carbonless 9/10 in. H x 17 1/5 in. W x 12 3/5 in. D mm x 437 mm x 320 mm) lbs (7.2 kg) to 95 (5 to 35 % to 80 % RH (non-condensing) S015337 Supervised. Unsupervised. temperature ribbon Device Type note that the printer specifications supplied under this model may vary slightly due to product availability. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:0320 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 1 1/2020 Event Printouts A190-9027, 24-Pin Dot Matrix Fire Alarm System Remote Printer TrueAlarm Status & Service Reports 2: event printout 3: Status and Service Report 2020 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 1 1/2020

A006-9803 Relay Module Installation Instructions Warnings, and Regulatory Information AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Follow the instructions in this installation manual. These instructions must be followed to avoid damage to product and associated equipment. Product operation and reliability depend upon proper installation. NOT INSTALL ANY AUTOCALL PRODUCT THAT APPEARS DAMAGED Upon unpacking your Autocall product, inspect the contents of the for shipping damage. If damage is apparent, immediately file a claim with the carrier and notify an authorized Autocall product supplier. HAZARD Disconnect electrical field power when making any internal adjustments or repairs. All repairs should be performed by a or an authorized agent of your local Autocall product supplier. HAZARD Static electricity can damage components. Handle as follows: Ground yourself before opening or installing components. Prior to installation, keep components wrapped in anti-static material at all times. publication describes installing and wiring the A006-9803 Expansion Relay Module. This module provides ten programmable relays. 1 identifies the mounting location for the Expansion Relay Module on the Main System Board (MSB). 1: Power specifications 24 VDC mA plus 10 mA for each energized relay. 2: Environmental specifications for indoor installation in typical commercial environment. to 120 (0 to 49 to 90% Relative Humidity from 32 to 100 (0 to 38 1: Location of A006-9803 Relay Module Rev A 2 3 4 56 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 78 23 4 5 6 78 9 10 Relay Module SYSTEM BOARD – CONVENTIONAL Relay Module Installation Instructions the Expansion Relay Module the Expansion Relay Module is a four-step process. Refer to the following sections for specific information about performing these steps. the LCD Display/Keypad to gain access to the Expansion Relay Module mounting location. the mounting bar to the Main System Board. standoffs to the MSB and secure the Expansion Relay Module to the mounting bar and to the MSB. the LCD Display/Keypad. the LCD Display/Keypad LCD Display/Keypad mounts to the MSB using three T15 Torx screws. Remove these three screws. Refer to Figure 2 for the location of screws. Disconnect the harness running from the keypad to the MSB at the MSB. the LCD assembly away from the MSB. Pay attention to the header and connector that attach the LCD to the MSB, making sure not to the header pins. 2: Mounting expansion relay Mounting Bar mounting bar attaches to the metal posts located on each side of the MSB. the end of the mounting bar with the tab into the slot on the left post. the end of the bar with the round hole over the threaded portion of the right post. Use the nut included with the stabilizing bar to the bar to the right post. See Figure 2. 2 Rev A Relay Module Installation Instructions Expansion Relay Module to MSB two standoffs to the MSB in the locations shown in Figure 2. two dual-sided headers (532-624) into connectors J1 and J2 on the Expansion Relay Module. the holes on the bottom corners of the Expansion Relay Module with the standoffs. the header pins on the Expansion Relay Module with the connectors J4 and J5 on the panel main system board. Align the standoff on the Expansion Relay Module with the standoffs mounted on the MSB. press down on the Expansion Relay Module, making sure that the header pins and standoffs are aligned. Relays wiring to the panel and its peripherals must be performed in accordance with NFPA 70, NFPA 72, all local codes, and per the technical requirements in each section below. guidelines Use a voltmeter (VOM) to verify no stray voltages are applied to the field wiring. Test for AC and DC voltages across each pair of wires and from wire to earth. Use a VOM to verify that all wiring tests free of grounds. Each conductor should test “open” against earth (chassis) All wiring must be 18 AWG (minimum) to 12 AWG (maximum). Contact rating: 2A @ 30VDC (pilot duty, .35 power factor). Each relay is selected

A4090-9002 IDNet Relay IAM Installation Instructions warnings, and regulatory information AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Follow the instructions in this installation manual. These instructions must be followed to avoid damage to product and associated equipment. Product operation and reliability depend upon proper installation. NOT INSTALL ANY AUTOCALL PRODUCT THAT APPEARS DAMAGED Upon unpacking your Autocall product, inspect the of the carton for shipping damage. If damage is apparent, immediately file a claim with the carrier and notify an authorized product supplier. HAZARD Disconnect electrical field power when making any internal adjustments or repairs. All repairs should be by a representative or an authorized agent of your local Autocall product supplier. HAZARD Static electricity can damage components. Handle as follows: Ground yourself before opening or installing components. Prior to installation, keep components wrapped in anti-static material at all times. A4090-9002 Relay Individual Addressable Module (IAM) provides the 4010ES, and 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Unit (FACU) control of one dry form-C set (Normally Open, Normally Closed, and Common). IAM reports its current state back to the FACU for confirmation of operation through the IDNet channel. The IDNet channel provides the link between the IAM and the FACU and powers the entire Relay IAM circuitry. IAM installation consists of the following: Setting the Relay IAMs address Making electrical connections to the Relay IAM Mechanically installing the Relay IAM 4: IAM Back Box Installation When wiring the Relay IAM, provide a minimum of 0.25 in. spacing between IDNet wiring and contact wiring. Use separate conduit entries if contacts are switching non power-limited power sources. When both power-limited, and non power-limited sources are present, use type FPLR, or FPLP power-limited cable for power-limited circuits. and surface covers with a light pipe are available to be ordered separetly. The covers with light pipe allow viewing of the LED without taking the cover off. Installation of the A4090-9801 semi-flush cover and A4090-9802 surface cover are detailed publication A4090 IDNet Semi-Flush/Surface Covers and IAM Bracket Installation Instructions (574-796AC). 2019 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Alarm Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. J Rev. J The LED flashes approximately once every three seconds to indicate valid communications with the FACU. 1: IAM Installation IDNet Relay IAM Installation Instructions IDNet Relay IAM Installation Instructions the Relay IAMs Address Relay IAM has a unique address (1 through 250). The address of the IAM is set through an eight position DIP switch Figure 2, DIP switch position is the least significant bit (LSB) and position 8 is the most significant bit (MSB). Set the IAMs address using Figure 2 as reference. Use a small or pen to set the switches. The device address for the Relay IAM should be written on the re-sealable label. information provides an aid in troubleshooting the system. DIP switch in position 1 is ON while DIP switch in position 0 is OFF. 3: IAM Connections When connecting two wires to one terminal, position one wire on each side of the terminal screw. Maximum allowable run from the FACU to farthest device cannot exceed 2500 ft. Refer to field wiring diagrams for further information on wiring Relay IAMs. Refer to the FACU label appropriate revision of the field wiring diagram to be used. IDNet wiring is supervised and power-limited. wiring to relay contacts is unsupervised, use #14 AWG or wiring that meets local code requirement. Relay contact wiring is only if switching power is provided by the FACU or a UL listed, power-limited power supply for fire protective signaling systems. loads must be suppressed with a suitable suppression device. If switching 120 VAC, the p

Datasheet Addressable Notification Appliances Audible/Visible (A/V) Appliances; Ceiling Mount notification appliance (horn): Low current electronic horn with harmonically rich output sound for coded or steady operation Horns sound as Temporal or March Time pattern (60 or 120 BPM), or continuously, controlled separately from visible appliances on the two-wire circuit Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference); IDNAC SLC control selects per device TrueAlert addressable A/Vs provide convenient to standard electrical boxes. Operation is individually and individually controlled with power, supervision, and supplied from a Autocall fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Line Circuits (SLCs). Application Reference selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy, local codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire Alarm Signaling Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). SLC Operation Advantage A/V Addressable Appliances on IDNAC SLCs provide and visible notification using a single two-wire circuit that also connection to the individual notification appliance electronic This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by providing that extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. current allows efficient IDNAC SLC operation. With SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even battery standby, allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage margin under both primary power and secondary battery standby. include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with notification, or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all installation and maintenance savings with high assurance that that operate during normal system testing will operate during case alarm conditions. Installation and Testing Time. With separate controls on same two-wire SLC, installation time and expense for both retrofit new construction can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in distance, conduit (size and utilization), and overall installation efficiency. Use the magnet test feature improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert reports conveniently identify information about each connected Addressable Wiring Isolator Model A4905-9929 is available for remote mounting on addressable circuits to isolate short circuited wiring from wiring. (Refer to data sheet AC4905-0001 for additional ULC, CSFM Listed, FM 1: Mount Addressable A/Vs addressed and controlled multi-candela A/V notification appliances provide: Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and with programmable from the control panel or jumper selected as 30, 75, or 110 cd Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs providing 29 VDC allowing strobes to operate with lower current even battery backup Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing “T-tapped” connections for B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring) TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing appliance point custom label, type, and candela setting Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of appliances wiring Compatibility with ADA requirements Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems for upgrade replacement (see TrueAlert Strobe LEGACY Compatibility Strobe operation listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC Standard S526 Horn operation listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525 indicator and magnet test feature: Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to indicate address AND pulses to indicate the intensity selection; a output of the strobe and the horn is also selectable to confirm design features: Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housings are in red or whi

Datasheet Addressable Notification Appliances Speaker/Visible (S/V) Appliances ULC, CSFM Listed, FM addressed and controlled multi-candela S/V notification appliances provide: Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and with programmable from the control unit or jumper selected as 15 30 cd, 75 cd, or 110 cd Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs providing 29 VDC allowing strobes to operate with lower current even battery backup Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing T-tapped connections for B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring) TrueAlert Device Reports at the control unit detailing appliance point ID, label, type, and candela setting Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of appliances Compatibility with ADA requirements; refer to Wall mount installation wiring Strobe operation is listed to UL 1971 and ULC-S526* indicator and magnet test feature: Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to indicate address and pulses to indicate the intensity selection; a brief of the strobe is also selectable to confirm operation design features: Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housings are for wall or ceiling mount Wall mount housings are available in red or white Wall mount options include electrical box adapters, separate covers to color, and red wire guards Ceiling mount housing is white notification appliance (speaker): High quality voice and tone reproduction with taps for 1/4 W, 1/2 W, 1 or 2 W, at 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS Speakers have capacitor input for connection to DC supervised NACs are wired separately from strobes Listed to UL 1480 and ULC S541* Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency Signal Requirements Sleeping Areas 1: and ceiling mount SVs with addressable strobes TrueAlert S/Vs with speaker and addressable TrueAlert S/Vs provides convenient installation to electrical boxes with extensions. The strobe is individually and individually controlled with power, supervision, and supplied from Autocall fire alarm control units providing IDNAC Line Circuits (SLCs). Speakers are wired separately. application reference selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy, local codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire Alarm Signaling Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7320-2269:0500, 7320-2269:0502 7300-2269:0553 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest Rev. 12 03/2021 Speaker/Visible (S/V) Appliances SLC operation advantage S/V appliances with addressable strobes on IDNAC SLCs provide visible notification using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms to the individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by providing supervision that beyond the appliance wiring connections. current allows efficient IDNAC SLC operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even during battery allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage drop margin under both power and secondary battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, support for more appliances for each IDNAC SLC, or use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all providing installation and savings with high assurance that appliances that operate during normal system testing will operate during worst case alarm conditions. installation and testing time. With separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation time and expense fo

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Addressable Notification Appliances Visible Only (V/O) Amber Lens Ceiling Mount Strobes for Emergency installation to standard electrical boxes TrueAlert addressable amber lens strobes provide installation to standard electrical boxes. The strobe individually addressed and individually controlled with power, and control supplied from a Autocall fire alarm control panel IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). amber lens multi-candela strobes provide non-fire alarm alert for use with Emergency Communications systems where response information is provided by audio or textual Application Reference strobes used as part of an Emergency Communications system located to provide the same area coverage as required of clear lens alarm strobes. Specific Emergency Communications requirements discussed in detail in document UFC 4-021-01 (USA Department of United Facilities Criteria) and in NFPA 72, Chapter 24 (2010 and editions). strobe coverage criteria is further described in the National Fire Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the with Disabilities Act (ADA). SLC Operation Advantage notification using a single two-wire circuit V/O Appliances with Addressable Amber Strobes on IDNAC provide visible notification using a single two-wire circuit that also connection to the individual notification appliance electronic This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by providing that extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. current current allows efficient IDNAC SLC operation. With IDNAC a constant 29 VRMS source voltage is maintained, even during standby, allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage drop under both primary power and secondary battery standby. include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with notification, or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all installation and maintenance savings with high assurance that that operate during normal system testing will operate during case alarm conditions. installation and testing time separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation time and for both retrofit and new construction can be significantly When Class B wiring is used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing savings in distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and installation efficiency. Use of the magnet test feature improves efficiency. TrueAlert device reports conveniently identify about each connected appliance. 1: Mount Addressable Amber Lens V/Os addressed and controlled multi-candela V/O (visible notification appliances provide: Amber lens with “ALERT” lettering produces a signal unique from lens fire alarm evacuation strobes for use with Emergency Systems Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and with programmable from the control panel or jumper selected as 30, 75, or 110 cd Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs from 4100ES fire alarm control panels with EPS/EPS+ power (and 4009 IDNAC Repeaters) providing regulated 29 VRMS strobes to operate with lower current even under battery Separate device type allows connection on same SLC as clear lens with independent operation; clear strobes for Fire Alarm, strobes for Alert (Operation is clear/Fire OR amber/Alert, not Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing “T-tapped” connections for B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring) TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing appliance point custom label, type, and candela setting Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of appliances wiring Compatibility with ADA requirements UL listed to Standard 1638 (due to non-white lens); verified by UL to provide light dispersion patterns of UL Standard 1971 at candela (no derating necessary for amber lens) ULC listed to Standard S526 indicator and magnet test feature Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to ind

Datasheet Addressable Notification Appliances Visible Only (V/O) Appliances (Strobes), Ceiling Mount ULC, CSFM Listed, FM addressed and controlled multi-candela V/O (visible notification appliances provide: Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and with programmable from the control panel or jumper selected as 30, 75, or 110 cd Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs providing 29 VDC allowing strobes to operate with lower current even battery backup Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing “T-tapped” connections for B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring) TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing appliance point custom label, type, and candela setting Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of appliances wiring replacement Compatibility with ADA requirements Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems for upgrade UL listed to Standard 1971 and ULC-S526* indicator and magnet test feature: Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle to indicate supervision In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to indicate address AND pulses to indicate the intensity selection; a brief of the strobe is also selectable to confirm operation design features: Rugged, high impact, flame retardant ceiling mount thermoplastic are available in red or white Rear of housing does not extend into box and easily mounts to electrical boxes electrical boxes Mounting options include red wire guards and adapters for surface TrueAlert addressable strobes TrueAlert addressable strobes provide convenient to standard electrical boxes. The strobe is individually and individually controlled with power, supervision, and supplied from a Autocall fire alarm control panel providing Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). Application Reference selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy, local codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire Alarm Signaling Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). SLC Operation Advantage addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs provide separate (and audible) notification using a single two-wire circuit that also connection to the individual notification appliance electronic This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by providing that extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. 1: Mount Addressable V/Os current allows efficient IDNAC SLC operation. With SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even battery standby, allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage margin under both primary power and secondary battery standby. include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with notification, or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all installation and maintenance savings with high assurance that that operate during normal system testing will operate during case alarm conditions. Installation and Testing Time. With separate controls on same two-wire SLC, installation time and expense for both retrofit new construction can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in distance, conduit (size and utilization), and overall installation efficiency. Use the magnet test feature improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert reports conveniently identify information about each connected Addressable Wiring Isolator Model A4905-9929 is available for remote mounting on addressable circuits to isolate short circuited wiring from wiring. (Refer to data sheet AC4905-0001 for additional Addressable Diagnostics Features. Controllers can be selected to pulse each appliance when it receives a supervision poll. When the controller is selected diagnostic mode, the appliance magnet test feature provides a at the individual appliance being tested. Appliance Magn

Datasheet Multi-Candela Notification Appliances High Intensity (non-addressable) Strobe and Horn/Strobe Mount appliances install using standard single gang electrical boxes. appliances install using standard 4″ electrical boxes. Color is determined by model number. 1: Intensity Strobes and Horn/Strobes Intensity Selection installation, a selection plug at the back of the housing the desired strobe intensity. An attached flag with black on a highly visible yellow background allows the selected intensity be seen at the side of the strobe lens. Application Selection selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy, local codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire Alarm (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building code: ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the Americans Disabilities Act (ADA). Two-Wire Control operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to provide the ability activate both the horn and strobe on the same NAC and then allow horn to be silenced while the strobe remains flashing. The horn as “on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is “on-until- Control Sources two-wire control is available from: Hybrid, 4010ES, 4100ES, Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to product data sheets for more information) IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet AC4009-0002 ) Control Module (SCM) Model A4905-9938 (refer to data sheet ) ULC, CSFM Listed, FM VDC high intensity notification appliance common features: Xenon strobe with intensity selectable as 135, 177, or 185 candela; selection jumper is secured behind strobe housing Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output and provides inrush current Control is compatible with Autocall SmartSync two-wire operation Operation is compatible with ADA requirements Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housings available red or white with clear lens Models are available for wall or ceiling mount Strobe operation is UL listed to Standard 1971 with audible notification (horn): Low current electronic horn with harmonically rich sound output for either steady or coded operation (Temporal or 60 BPM Time pattern) Horn operation is UL listed to Standard 464 provide synchronized flash for use with: Autocall fire alarm control panels and NAC Extenders when selected to strobe synchronization or SmartSync two-wire control Separate strobe Synchronization Modules or SmartSync Control (SCMs) that convert conventional NAC inputs to a Smartsync two-wire operation provides: Horns controlled separately from strobes on the same two-wire circuit, as Temporal pattern, March Time pattern (at 60 BPM), or on mount appliance features: Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the housing providing access for installation, inspection, and testing Covers are available separately to convert housing color A/V models have an available UL listed sound damper for locations attenuation of 5 to 6 dBA (stairwells, small rooms, highly areas, etc.) adapters and wire guards: Wall mount A/V adapters are available to cover surface mounted boxes and to adapt to 2975-9145 boxes UL listed red wire guards are available for wall or ceiling mount A/Vs. Selection and Installation multi-candela high intensity appliances provide convenient to standard electrical boxes. They are both impact and resistant and provide a convenient strobe intensity selection. each model can be selected for strobe intensity output, on- model inventory is minimized and changes encountered during can be easily accommodated. Mount are a one-piece assembly (including lens) that mounts to a or double gang, or 4” square standard electrical box. The cover be quickly removed (a tool is required) and covers are available for color conversion. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7125-2269:0523 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable;

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM* Notification Appliances Horns; SmartSync Controlled or Free-run; with 520 Hz output, Non-Addressable is mounted; use with single gang, double gang, or 4-inch box, flush or surface mount In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Optional mounting adapters are available to cover surface mounted boxes and to adapt to 2975-9145 boxes reference: UL listed to Standard 464 ULC listed to Standard S525 non-addressable multi-tone horns a flexible selection of output tones for fire alarm audible Tone selection and output level is set per appliance, allowing needs to be tailored to specific area requirements (Refer to Horn Specifications for details). Tone Selection. Switch selection determines the local tone choice. A separate DIP position allows selection of a standard or a high output sound selectable appropriate to the location. See Multi-Tone Horn for sound output ratings. two-stage alarm applications. DIP Switch selection per appliance allows the SmartSync March Time input to be produced as 60 bpm or 20 bpm. The 20 bpm rate typically required for Canadian two-stage alarm applications as the followed by the Temporal Pattern. Two-stage alarm operation a 4010ES, 4100ES, 4007ES as the control panel. See the section tone characteristics for functional limitations by tone type. mounting. horns can be semi-flush or surface mounted on a standard gang, double gang, or 4″ square (102 mm) electrical box. Optional are available to increase mounting and application flexibility. Two-Wire Control operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to provide the ability activate both the horn and strobe on the same NAC and then allow horn to be silenced while the strobe remains flashing. The horn as “on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is “on-until- Control Sources two-wire control is available from: Hybrid, 4010ES, 4100ES, Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to product data sheets for more information) IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet AC4009-0002 ) Control Module (SCM) Model A4905-9938 (refer to data sheet 1: Multi-Tone Horns are Available in with Red Lettering or Red with White Lettering 24 VDC multi-tone horns provide: Per appliance tone selection of: 520 Hz Horn, Broadband Horn, Chime, High/Low, Slow Whoop, or Siren; selected using an on- DIP Switch (refer to sound output details on Multi-Tone Horn for details) 520 Hz tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency Signal for Sleeping Areas Listed for wall or ceiling mount applications (blank covers are for ceiling mount applications) Operation is selectable for SmartSync two-wire control or free-run Output level is selectable as high or low Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity, supervised Appliance Circuits (NACs) Electrical test point access without removing cover two-wire control of audible and visible notification provides: Control of Horn, Bell, and High/Low tones as Temporal Pattern, March pattern, or on continuously, controlled separately from visible on the same circuit Control of Slow Whoop, Siren, and Chime tones as synchronized signals when receiving SmartSync continuous commands SmartSync March Time pattern is selectable per appliance to produce bpm or 20 bpm Visible appliances on the same SmartSync circuit operate at a 1 Hz flash rate Refer to SmartSync Two-Wire Control for SmartSync control list and operation information design features include: Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing in red with letters or white with red letters available with FIRE, FEU, FEU/FIRE blank lettering Separate covers are available to change application type on-site or replacement; covers can be easily removed without disturbing the housing and avoiding trouble conditions A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed before This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7135-2269:0516, 7125-2269:0

AUTOCALL PRODUCT… GEN6 SERIES WWW.AUTOCALL.COM FIND AN AUTOCALL DEALER YOU. Johnson Controls, Inc rights reserved worldwide. displayed are for visual representation only. products may vary. IN DETECTION products are known leading innovation. One way do this is by enhancing our technology to provide our with the most advanced for the varied challenges encounter. our long history we perfected the capabilities, and technology our sensors, working to safety in even the most environments. year, we invest millions of and countless hours in the of new technologies help safeguard lives, property the environment. RELIABILITY understand that a fire system is crucial to the and protection of a building its occupants. People rely on system every day to help keep safe and alert them at the possible sign of danger. Gen6 series sensors have developed to help ensure detection performance, and false alarm AND by our advanced and development and modern platforms the world, our deliver measurable performance and AND the forefront of innovation, we ourselves on an ongoing to integrate insights people who use and interact our products, ensuring are always evolving and the most innovative solutions. work with our customers to their safety and business by finding smarter ways protect where people live work – a promise we have on for over 100 years. GEN6 SERIES SENSOR new MX Addressable Fire Sensor ENVIRONMENTAL DETECTION FAULT TOLERANCE EASIER & QUICKER INSTALL LIFETIME COST Center SYSTEM YOU RELY ON MX Gen 6 series sensor range is designed for a variety environments and can be configured to deliver superior for numerous fire risks. TECHNOLOGY SENSOR FIRE sensors in a room are constantly information on the levels of and smoke to the panel. The panel sophisticated FastLogic algorithms evaluate information from the sensor determine whether there is a fire. in conjunction with the of Duisburg, is based on analysis of data nearly 100,000 fire/non fire gathered over 80 years. makes systems with FastLogic exceptionally good at real fires and rejecting alarms. FastLogic is designed achieve faster of real fires. calculates that the sensor response a high probability of a fire. In many FastLogic is able to detect fires more quickly accurately. THE DOOR OF A FILLED BATHROOM Alarm Alarm the sensor reaches the threshold for long to cause an alarm, FastLogic analyzes the pattern and calculates a low probability of it a fire. In this example, FastLogic prevents the of a false alarm. GEN6 SERIES RANGE Photo Sensor Photo Sensor with Isolator choice of several programmable gives this sensor a broad range applications. optical sensor can help to protect in environments where potential fires be slow burning. Modes: > Photo Sensor Photo Heat Sensor Photo Heat Sensor with Isolator to detect a wide range of fires from to smouldering types. photo and heat multi-sensor is the preferred choice for a range applications including light industrial, and office environments. in a number of configurations sensitivities that can be dynamically via software to suit different conditions. Modes: Photo High Sensitivity Photo High Performance Photo Photo/Fixed Temp Heat Photo / Rate of Rise Heat Heat (Rate of Rise or Fi

Cautions, warnings, and regulatory information AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Follow the instructions in this manual. These instructions must be followed to avoid damage this product and associated equipment. Product operation and reliability upon proper installation. NOT INSTALL ANY AUTOCALL PRODUCT THAT APPEARS Upon unpacking your Autocall product, inspect the of the carton for shipping damage. If damage is apparent, file a claim with the carrier and notify an authorized product supplier. HAZARD Disconnect electrical field power when any internal adjustments or repairs. All repairs should be by a representative or an authorized agent of your local product supplier. HAZARD Static electricity can damage components. Handle follows: Ground yourself before opening or installing components. Prior to installation, keep components wrapped in anti-static at all times. isolated callpoint 1: isolated callpoint indoor isolated callpoint is an addressable indoor manual callpoint. The signals the condition of a switch contact that activates with a press a deformable element. After activation the callpoint can be reset. The unit a short-circuit isolator and is UL compliant. For details of the status and activation see Table 4. 1: Ordering information – Indoor isolator element (pack of 1) box element (pack of 5) number the callpoint Connect an 801AP MX Service Tool or an 850EMT into the programming noting the orientation. Program the unit using the ID defined in the configuration. To surface mount the callpoint, use the dedicated back box to mount the callpoint to the wall. To flush mount the callpoint, use a standard single gang back box. The box must be at least 25 mm (0.98 in.) deep with fixing holes at mm (2.37 in.) spacing. Route the loop wiring through the back box. Indoor Isolated Callpoint Remove the callpoint sliding front plate and deformable element This is described in the following section under ‘replacing the or deformable element’. Connect the loop wiring to the push-fit connector, see Figure 2. Connect the push-fit connector. Fix the callpoint to the back box using the supplied screws through the Re-fit the front plate assembly. Slide it into position then push upwards fixing holes. it clicks into place. 2: 2: Installation 3: Field wiring port connector connection R Rev. A the LED status 4: LED status OFF ON – YELLOW ON – RED circuit the callpoint the large dot. A spring pushes the plastic element downwards, this a switch and triggers a signal to the control panel. the callpoint the test/reset key into the slot in the bottom of the unit and pull sliding plate downwards. This may cause an alarm. Remove the key. The deformable element facilitates testing by activating callpoint as normal. This is non-destructive. the callpoint the test/reset key into the slot in the bottom of the unit and pull sliding plate downwards. The element can now snap back to its non- state. To close the callpoint, push the sliding plate upwards until it snaps into See Figure 3. the glass of deformable element the test/reset key into the slot in the bottom of the unit and pull sliding plate down until it seperates from the unit. Remove the deformable element, pulling away the bottom first. Fit the then push the sliding plate upwards until it snaps back into 3: the callpoint compatibility temperature temperature humidity (H x W x D) current @ 40 VDC current @ 40 VDC 5: Specifications with Simplex 4100ES and 4010ES applications only to +55 to +70 retardant ABS to 90% non-condensing mm x 89 mm x 27.5 mm in. x 3.5 in. x 1.1 in.) g (3.9 oz.) or flush mA mA 2021 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Control Panel Modules Loop Interface Modules for 4100ES and 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels MX Technology addressable devices to a Autocall 4100ES 4010ES fire alarm control panel: Connect up to 250 MX addressable devices, with up to 500 mA of current per MX Loop module Up to 30 MX Loop Interface Modules per 4100ES fire alarm control Up to 4 MX Loop Interface Modules per 4010ES fire alarm control Provides dual isolated Class B loops that can be connected together Class A operation Device LEDs for alarm activation are selectable per loop as 5, 10, 20 or to be activated simultaneously; LED blink on poll is also selectable loop On-board LED diagnostics indicated module status for installation and convenience Compatible with 4100ES and 4010ES panels with software revision or higher and MX loop module software 2.01 or higher Supports Local Mode operation when module is mounted in MINIPLEX UL listed to Standard 864 Loop Communications provide: Compatibility with many types of existing cable for convenient retrofit typical communications distances up to 2 km (6560 ft) Wiring lengths may be longer depending on wiring characteristics and conditions, consult your Autocall product representative for details advanced MX Loop Module provides the following features: Information communicated to the control panel is analyzed using the Fastlogic algorithm The MX Fastlogic algorithm is considered an Expert algorithm that uses fire data as a basis for the alarm decision WALKTEST system testing with automatic self-resetting is available for mode (select SIG OFF) Peripherals provide: Soft addressing of devices performed using the 850EMT programming Device addresses may be changed at the front panel addressable devices include: Smoke sensors, heat sensors, and combination smoke/heat sensors Sensor base operation is available with loop powered sounder or or with separately powered sounder Loop powered beacons and sounder-beacons Single, dual, and multiple I/O modules Relay, signal, monitor, and separate line-powered isolator modules Indoor and outdoor breakglass callpoints Single and dual action manual stations Voltage Regulator Module A100-5130 or A010-9917 provides regulated DC voltage for use with Monitor ZAMs 1: Loop Interface Module Basic Reference Compatibility applications requiring compatible Autocall fire alarm control features to be applied to UL listed versions of MX Technology the MX Loop Interface Module provides the necessary monitoring, and control for up to 250 addressable MX per loop. Multiple MX Loop Interface Modules can be installed increased capacity. LEDs provide service level module status indications for earth monitoring, device response, and loop power Technology Features Fastlogic operation for photoelectric sensors and photoelectric/heat sensors. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0506, 7165-2269:0542 and 7165-2269:0541 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local supplier for the latest status. Rev. 10 2/2021 Loop Interface Modules for 4100ES and 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels Fastlogic Sensor Operation Fastlogic sensor operation is an algorithm that takes into account the pattern of smoke build up over time and applies fuzzy logic to calculate the of risk. This algorithm uses over 200 years of fire test data from research at the University of Duisburg (Duisburg, Germany) to determine the that there is a real fire and is designed to achieve faster detection of real fires and slower (preferably no detection) of false alarm sources. Fastlogic Sensor Basics MX Fastlogic algorithm can be described as an Expert algorithm since it uses real fire data as a basis for the alarm decision. For any given we are obliged to employ the most suitable detection in terms of response to an actual fire while minimizing false alarms. This general is clearly reflected in l

UL, ULC, and CSFM Approved, Approved* with Autocall ES Net Network flexible integration of fire alarm control panels into the ES Net Network Network Communication between the ES Net Network fire alarm network and fire alarm control panels is via dry contact closure connections Typical compatible controls include Autocall fire alarm control panel series., non-Autocall fire alarm control panels or other building controls including products for Emergency Communication (ECS/MNS), intrusion alarm, etc. Standard equipment provides 8 I/O points, each programmable as an or relay output Includes 6 Amp power supply for auxiliary power with integral battery for secondary power requirements Optional modules support expansion for up to 32 individually I/O points Includes ES Net Network Interface Card suitable for Class B or Class X (media modules ordered separately) (109 mm) Diagonal color touchscreen display: Convenient and intuitive user interface provides for NSI status testing, diagnostics, and historical log access Supports dual language selection, including unicode character A custom background display appears when operation is normal Feature Summary: Current and previous NSI configuration are both maintained in on- memory to allow easy selection of desired revision An internal Ethernet service port is available for service computer to perform configuration updates, downloads and report downloads, and system software updates Internal USB interface allows a memory stick/thumb drive to store job update revised jobs and panel software, and save detailed reports from the NSI modules and connections include: ES Net Network media modules for Ethernet, single-mode or multi- fiber optic, or DSL connections Eight Point Zone/Relay Modules individually selectable as IDC or relay 2 A @ 30 VDC (resistive) Mechanical: Compact red or platinum cabinet for convenient surface or semi-flush rated NEMA 1 and IP30 Listings reference: UL 864 Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX) ULC-S527 Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX7) UL 2017 Emergency Alarm System Accessories (FSYE) Alarm Network Products System Integrator (NSI) System Integrator Network System Integrator provides a gateway between any building panel into the Autocall ES Net fire alarm network. This allows from other building control panels that are not equipped for network communications to be annunciated on the Autocall fire network. NSI uses zones to monitor dry contact closures on the building panel and makes those zones public on the Autocall network, notifying other nodes on the Autocall network of any status Dry contact relay outputs from the NSI can also be used to status conditions from the NSI or other network nodes to the building control panel. Interface Status Information. The user interface is a 4.3″ diagonal touchscreen LCD with separate status LEDs as shown below. indicators describe the general category of activity being displayed the LCD providing more detail. For the authorized user, unlocking door provides access to the control functions and allows further by scrolling the display for additional detail. listings may be applicable; contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 3 03/2021 System Integrator (NSI) Description Locking door Latching front panel assembly swings forward for convenient internal access Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting conduit entrance holes exactly where required Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as relay modules) Battery compartment (bottom) accepts two batteries, up to 18 Ah, to be mounted within the cabinet without interfering with module space; charger is up to 33 Ah; for batteries greater than 18 Ah, refer to Table 5 for external battery cabinet details Supply Output and Zone/Relay Module Details Supply Output Details: 6 A Output Rating. This includes current for: module currents; and auxiliary output current (battery charging, CPU, and power supply current are subtracted from the 6 A)

AUTOCALL NETWORKING AND MANAGEMENT GREATER AND TO PROTECT AND PROPERTY ORDER TO ENVIRONMENTS facility presents unique opportunities and challenges for fire detection design, installation and management. Hazards and occupancy use. limitations. Multiple media types. These factors can complicate limit choice, inhibit performance and add costs and management whether you starting from scratch or expanding an structure. can overcome these limitations and gain greater control over your fire system with the help of Autocall networking and management They give you the ability to design without limitations, install without and monitor and control multiple panels and buildings with ease. Autocall, you don have to compromise. SOLUTIONS ALL YOUR NEEDS can count on Autocall products to deliver innovation that makes a right from the start. You can create more efficient, optimized thanks to the Autocall ES Net network scalability, resilience and With support for multiple network topologies, all major connection types and even supplemental system traffic, installation is worry-free cost-effective. And once your fire detection system is up and running, TrueSite Workstations deliver the decision-making information you Support for data rates up to 100MB per second gives you the performance to respond swiftly and effectively to any condition. ES NET NETWORK design. Installation flexibility. High-bandwidth connectivity. The highly scalable, resilient, IP-based Autocall ES Net delivers benefits and more while supporting a wider range of connection media, Ethernet, DSL, single-mode fiber and multi-mode fiber. In addition, ES supports ring, star, bus and bridged rings network topologies, enabling you create fault-tolerant, highly survivable networks while mixing and matching between nodes to optimize cost, distances and performance. FLEXIBLE SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE Net is a redundant system with battery backup, making it highly resilient to ensure survivability. As an IP-based network with high bandwidth, it can also supplemental traffic, such as security cameras, access control and automation systems. There zero impact to fire detection system traffic fire-related traffic is isolated and given top priority. management is easy with ES Net. Because it offers centralized system and higher bandwidth, you can perform upgrades more quickly to downtime and operational expenses. When you ready to expand your ES Net offers tremendous flexibility, allowing up to 82,000 feet (25 km) nodes. Its high bandwidth, increased memory capacity and advanced help ensure maximum uptime, consistent performance and a future limitations. networks are extremely robust. A single IP-based ES Net network can support up to 687 panels with panel controlling up to 3,000 points. ES Net also offers rates of up to 100Mb/sec and expanded memory capacity enhance technician productivity and network resilience. REMOTE CLIENT REMOTE CLIENT REMOTE CLIENT REMOTE CLIENT SERVER for ES Net is so robust that you can add other devices to the without affecting speed or performance. In this example, surveillance cameras have been added to the ES Net network. Since the cameras do need their own dedicated network, significant time and materials savings be realized. SERVER & MONITORING AUTOCALL FAMILY Autocall Workstation family delivers virtually you need to manage your fire protection you on site or on the road. TRUESITE WORKSTATION. PC-based graphical command center that runs on Windows, the TrueSite Workstation can monitor and up to 687 network nodes, 60 clients and 250,000 Its powerful, intuitive, graphical interface displays locations on a campus-wide map and individual floor plans to facilitate immediate, well- r

ES Net Connects You to a Life Safety Network how ES Net IP networking can improve design, and maintenance of your life safety network. deliver better and across network your network minutes once option to use multiple network such as star and ring helps greater flexibility when the Standard IP Technology networking is a proven, reliable technology. ES Net platform takes advantage of the IP developments and is positioned to future technology developments. Media Card Support Your Options Ethernet, DSL, or single-mode or multi-mode fiber to existing infrastructure and create a network tailored each facility. Supports longer distances up to 25 km ft) with single-mode fiber. Data Rate Efficiency faster performance greater reliability with downtime. Diagnostics Help Systems Performing easier pinpointing of performance connection issues improves reliability uptime. Johnson Controls. All Rights Reserved. learn more about Autocall fire detection products, visit www.autocall.com. US ON SOCIAL: Fire Detection Systems

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM* Notification Appliances Audible/Visible Notification Appliances for 4-Wire Operation (Horn/ mount audible/visible notification appliances with efficient horn and high output xenon strobe for 4-wire applications strobe visible notification appliance: 24 VDC operation with switch selection for free-run or synchronized rate Models available with 15, 75, or 110 candela UL listed to Standard 1971 Compatible with ADA requirements, see Installation references Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on reflector horn audible notification appliance: Low current operation (25 mA @ 24 VDC) Harmonically rich output sound suitable for either coded or steady UL listed to Standard 464 housing colors: Red cover with white “FIRE” lettering White cover with red “FIRE” lettering easy, and convenient semi-flush or surface wall Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch square outlet box Optional mounting adapters are available to cover surface mounted boxes and to adapt to Autocall 2975-9145 boxes Diode polarized inputs for connection to reverse polarity, supervised appliance circuit (NAC) In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG, accessible from front of providing easy access for installation, inspection and testing Rear of housing assembly does not extend into box Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing with covers available to convert housing color Optional UL listed red wire guard is available for semiflush or surface 1: Non-Addressable A/V Appliances are available in Red with Lettering and White with Red Lettering non-addressable audible and visible notification. For requiring audible/visible (A/V) notification with horn tones, Autocall A4903 series appliances combine a high intensity strobe a low current electronic horn in a compact package that is easy and to install. Each appliance can be controlled independently from other using conventional reverse polarity NACs. models with flexible mounting choices. These 4-wire A/V appliances are available with three strobe intensity levels 75, or 110 cd) and with red or off-white housings. Mounting can be or surface mount on a standard single or double gang, or 4 (102 mm) electrical box. Optional accessories are available to mounting and application flexibility. selection selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy, local codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire Alarm (NFPA 72); ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building code, ICBO, or SBCCI, and the application guidelines of the Americans Disabilities Act (ADA). This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7125-2269:0525, 7300-2269:0553 7125-0026:0239 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest Rev. 7 1/2020 Audible/Visible Notification Appliances for 4-Wire Operation (Horn/Strobe) operation non-addressable A/V strobes can be set for free-run operation or synchronized operation using an on-board selection switch. When for synchronized operation, flash operation is controlled from: Synchronized Flash Modules, A4905-9914 (Class B) or A4905-9922 (Class A) 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4010ES,and 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to individual product data sheets for details) 4009 IDNet NAC Extender, models A009-9201 and A009-9301 (refer to data sheet AC4009-0002) operation non-addressable A/V horns provide an audible notification output that is a loud and penetrating, harmonically rich sound capable of a or coded output per the controlling NAC capabilities. selection Notification Appliances (Horn/Strobe) 1: Red housing with white FIRE lettering

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Multi-Candela Notification Appliances Visible Only (V/O) Amber Lens Strobes for Emergency Communications only (V/O) 24 VDC wall mount notification appliances with output xenon strobe: Amber lens with “ALERT” lettering produces a signal unique from lens fire alarm evacuation strobes for use with Emergency Systems Intensity is selectable as 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela with visible jumper secured behind strobe housing UL listed to Standard 1638 (due to non-white lens); verified by UL to provide light dispersion patterns of UL Standard 1971 at candela (no derating necessary for amber lens) ULC listed to Standard S526 Polarized input allows connection to compatible reverse polarity, notification appliance circuit (NAC) Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output and provides inrush current Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housings are in red or white with amber lens provide synchronized flash for use with: 4100ES Series fire alarm control panels with NACs selected to provide synchronization or SmartSync two-wire horn/strobe control 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders Separate strobe synchronization modules that are available for Class B Class A operation Separate SmartSync Control Modules (SCMs) that provide Class B or A output from conventional NAC inputs Connect amber strobes to NACs dedicated for Emergency Com- operation, not for fire alarm notification housings provides flexible, easy, and convenient semi- or surface mounting: Rear of housing does not extend into box Strobes easily mount to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch square box Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the housing providing access for installation, inspection, and testing adapters and wire guard: Strobe adapters are available to cover surface mounted electrical and to adapt to 2975-9145 boxes UL listed red wire guard 1: Lens Wall Mount Strobes amber lens multi-candela strobes non-fire alarm alert notification for use with Emergency systems where additional response information is by audio or textual appliances. housings a one-piece assembly (including lens) that mounts to a single or gang, or 4″ square standard electrical box. The cover can be removed (a tool is required) and the enclosure design is impact vandal resistant. Output installation, a selection plug at the back of the housing the desired strobe intensity. An attached flag with black on a highly visible yellow background allows the selected intensity be seen at the side of the strobe lens. Application Reference strobes used as part of an Emergency Communications system located to provide the same area coverage as required of clear lens alarm strobes. Specific Emergency Communications requirements discussed in detail in document UFC 4-021-01 (USA Department of United Facilities Criteria) and in NFPA 72, Chapter 24 (2010 and editions). strobe coverage criteria is further described in the National Alarm and Signaling Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0504, 7125-2269:0527 7125-2269:0525 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest Rev. 5 1/2020 Visible Only (V/O) Amber Lens Strobes for Emergency Communications Strobes Strobes multiple strobes and their reflections can be seen from one location, synchronized flashes reduce the probability of photo-sensitive reactions well as the annoyance and possible distraction of random flashing. These multi-candela strobes are synchronized over a two-wire circuit when to compatible NACs, to compatible Synchronized Flash Modules, or to SmartSync Control Modules. Two-Wire Control Reference Alarm Operation two-wire control provides separate horn and strobe control over the same wiring

Multi-Application Peripherals and Accessories Manual Stations A2099 Series Single Action Operation listed* Single action models Institutional option: Key operated only Pull lever protrudes when alarmed Tamper resistant reset key lock: keyed same as fire alarm cabinet Pre-signal and annunciator contact options Surface or semi-flush mounting Flush mounting option Two stage alarm English, French, or Bilingual Action Stations require a firm downward pull to activate the switch. Completing the action breaks an internal plastic break-rod below the pull lever). The pull lever latches into the alarm position remains extended out of the cover to provide a visible indication of station was alarmed. Stations are designed to activate by key operation This allows access for manual alarms to be limited to authorized Operation requires key insertion and opening of the station option activates when the lever is pulled. General alarm requires a key to activate a keyswitch located behind the pull Reset requires use of a key to reset the pull station lever and the alarm switch. If the break-rod is used, it must be replaced. requires physical activation of the pull lever (except for stations). 1: action station 2: action station with institutional cover Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Lexan is a registered trademark of General Electric Co. Rev. 2 02/2021 Manual Stations A2099 Series Single Action Operation to the National Building Code, a manual pull station shall be installed in every floor area near every required exit. CAN/ULC-S524-M91 states stations be mounted not less than 1200 mm nor more than 1400 mm above the floor level… In addition, the National Fire Protection (NFPA) gives specific minimum requirements on this subject. When manual station coverage appears limited in any way, additional units be installed. Stations should be mounted with the bottom of the station not less than 1.07 m (3.5 ft) or more than 1.52 m (5 ft) from the Usually stations are mounted at the 1.37 m (4.5 ft) level. (In order to make buildings and facilities accessible to, and usable by the physically some specifications may require that the station be installed not more than 1.07 m (3.5 ft) from the floor.) should be located in the normal path of exit, and distributed in the protected area so that they are unobstructed and readily accessible. should be provided on each floor to obtain a travel distance not more than 61 m (200 ft.) to the nearest station from any point in the building. station should be provided for each floor where the maximum floor area is 930 m (10,000 ft ) or more. Covers and pull levers are constructed of chip resistant and dirt resistant, high impact Lexan polycarbonate. Covers are red with white and pull levers are white with red lettering. 2099-9819 (Black) and 2099-9820 (Beige) are optional adapter kits designed to flush mount any one of the A2099 series stations. manual station specification chart action models 1: Single action model specifications Annun. key = Normally Open Contact N/C = Normally Closed Contact 2: Accessories gang box depth (in.) (1.5) (3.0) breakglass (standard, English) break-rod adapter kit, black (refer Figure 5) adapter kit, beige (refer to Figure 5) retaining clip for breakglass cover kit surface mount box, sheet metal, 5.1875 in. H x 4 in. W x 2.1875 in. D (127 mm x 102 mm x 56 mm) cast aluminum surface mount box, 5 in. H x 3.875 in. W x 2.1875 in. D (127 mm x 98 mm x 56 mm) surface mount box, sheet metal, 5.1875 in. H x 4 in. W x 2.6875 in. D (127 mm x 102 mm x 68 mm) key for manual station reset 2 Rev. 2 02/2021 information to installation instructions (PER-21-502CAN) for additional information Manual Stations A2099 Series Single Action Operation or 2975-9178 box 3: mounting Refer

Datasheet System Peripherals Manual Stations for Releasing Applications mounting options: Surface or semi-flush with standard boxes or matching Autocall boxes Flush mount adapter kit Adapters are available for retrofitting to commonly available existing selection blank area on the front of the station allows the selection of a label to the specific release application (label kit is ordered separately). to data sheet AC2099-0007 for standard Autocall manual stations. 1: Action Push Type Manual Station (shown with sample release label) ULC, CSFM Listed, FM fire alarm stations for releasing applications: Double action push and pull operation with a normally open (NO) Current limited model is available with series connected 560 resistor Style C operation (current limited = alarm; open or short = trouble) Operation complies with ADA requirements Pull lever protrudes when alarmed Break-rod is supplied (use is optional) Label kit provides six varieties of releasing applications (ordered Screw terminals for wiring connections resistant reset key lock (keyed same as Autocall fire cabinets) listed to Standard 38 Action Push Type Manual Release Stations require that spring loaded interference plate (marked PUSH) be pushed back to the pull lever of the single action station, reducing the possibility an accidental activation. A firm downward pull of the lever then the alarm switch, breaking an internal plastic break-rod, visible the pull lever. use is optional. Use of a break-rod can provide an additional of the possibility of an accidental activation without interfering the minimum pull requirements needed for easy activation. activated, the pull lever latches into the alarm position and extended out of the housing to provide a visible indication. reset requires the use of a key to reset the manual station lever deactivate the alarm switch. If the break-rod is used, it must be testing is performed by physical activation of the pull lever. testing can be also performed by unlocking the station housing activate the alarm switch. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7150-2269:0540 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 6 03/2021 Manual Stations for Releasing Applications selection 1: Double action, push operation, manual release stations operation, NO contact Style C operation, NO contact with series 560 resistor kit; select the label required for the specific release application; types include: Clean Agent, Extinguishing, Carbon Dioxide, System, Sprinkler, and Manual release station, red housing with white letters and white pull lever; label kit A4099-9802 2: Accessories aluminum mount red trim plate for double gang switch box, red trim plate for Wiremold box V5744-2, red mount kit break-rod key for manual station reset to page 3 for dimensions for retrofit, refer to page 4 for to page 4 for details Connections Range Range Color Lever Color Dimensions Instructions terminal for in/out wiring, for 18 AWG to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2) to 140 (0 to 60 intended for indoor operation to 90% RH at 90 (38 with white raised lettering and pull lever are Lexan polycarbonate or equal with red raised lettering in. H x 3. 3/4 in. W x 1 in. D (127 mm x 95 mm x 25 mm) 2 Rev. 6 03/2021 mounting reference Manual Stations for Releasing Applications 2: mounting reference 3 Rev. 6 03/2021 mounting reference m

UL, ULC Approved* Peripherals Manual Stations Wire Guard 2099-9800 guard for manual station applications subject to accidental contact: Guard hinges at the top of its mounting plate, access requires lifting guard and then activating manual station pull lever For use with surface mounted or semi-flush mounted manual stations with the following Autocall manual station types: Conventional (non-addressable) manual stations (refer to data sheet AC2099-0007) Conventional (non-addressable) stations for Releasing Systems applications (refer to data sheet AC2099-0010) Addressable manual stations (refer to data sheet AC4099-0005) 2099-9800 wire guard protects Autocall manual stations from damage due to accidental contact while providing easy access when actual alarm occur. Retention of the guard in the closed position is provided by a protrusion of the guard mounting bracket. Simply lifting up from the allows the guard to pivot on its top mounted hinge and provides access to the station activation handle. Plate Dimensions Dimensions Wire Diameter Type Boxes Surface Mount Boxes 1: General 5/16 ” H x 4 W x 0.050″ Thick (160 mm x 117 mm x 1.3 mm) H x 4 W x 1 D (152 mm x 117 mm x 44 mm) (2.36 mm) 2: Mounting Compatibility use with surface or semi-flush mounted manual stations (not recessed or double gang electrical box, select depth per station requirements 5 3/16″ H x 4″ W (132 mm x 102 mm) Boxes are smaller than guard assembly, guard plate will overlap. , 5″ H x 3 W (127 mm x 98 mm) product is not presently agency listed. Contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 7 12/ 2019 station guard will fit onto surface mounted or semi-flush mounted manual stations. Flush mounted boxes, providing a semi-flush mounted station, typically preferred since that mounting arrangement allows the guard to rest against the wall surface. manual station and mounting box not included 1: 2099-9800 Wire Guard 2019 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 7 12/ 2019

UL, C-UL Listed * mechanical and electrical features: Rugged cast metal construction Terminal connections for In/Out Wiring Visible break rod provides status indicator; optional, not required for 1/2 in. deep Standard operation station will mount semi-flush on a single gang box, Operation is compliant with ADA requirements Listed to UL Standard 38 are available with: Single action operation with SPST contacts Dual action PUSH operation with SPST contacts Explosion-proof/weather-proof operation with DPDT contacts 2975-9211, weather-proof surface mount cast aluminum box, provides Type 3R rating** 2975-9212, indoor operation surface mount box metal construction: For applications requiring cast metal these non-coded manual stations provide a variety of and operations. Single action stations are operated by pulling handle. Dual action stations require that you push the top “PUSH” to grab the “PULL” lever. and reset: When pulled, the alarm condition is mechanically and indicated by the extended handle. You can reset by and opening the enclosure. An Autocall key controls the rods: Stations include an optional replacement break rod. Break status is visible from the front of the station. The use of a break rod be a deterrent to vandalism without interfering with the minimum requirements needed for activation. surface mount boxes match the contours of the stations provide an attractive appearance. Model A2099-9144 includes both and enclosure. Use of the 2975-9211 weatherproof box provides NEMA rating. NEMA enclosures are for outdoor use, primarily for against rain and sleet, and ice formation on the exterior. Peripherals Manual Stations, Cast Metal Construction 1: Single Action Manual Station 2: Dual Action Manual Station 3: Explosion-Proof Weather-Proof Manual Station NEMA 3R rating is achieved when used with weatherproof mounting box 2975-9211 and supplied gaskets. Rev 1 02/2021 Manual Stations, Cast Metal Construction selection 1: Manual station models Action Station; SPST, N.O. contact Action Station with PUSH Lever; SPST, N.O. contact ** Explosion-Proof & Weather-Proof Station with Enclosure; DPDT contacts; NEMA 4X rated; UL listed, FM and CSFM Approved for: Groups B, C, and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G; also FM approved for Class III Groups E, F, and G key for manual station reset UL, C-UL listing, and CSFM approval is under model numbers shown except as noted. For other listing agencies, reference Signal Communications (SIGCOM), model Series SG-32. Accepted for use City of New York Department of Buildings MEA 382-94-E Volume II (SIGCOM). For listings, reference Signal Communications Corporation (SIGCOM) model Series SGX-32; CSFM ref. 7151-1408:0112. 2: Accessories (model A2099-9144 includes enclosure, separate box is not required) Weatherproof Box; cast aluminum construction with gasket kit, required for NEMA 3R rating Surface Mount Box; stamped steel construction replacement break rods ratings (resistive) with 2975-9211 box with 2975-9212 box ratings range connections and handles information 3: Standard application stations C-UL, & CSFM = 1 A @ 30 VDC or 125 VAC; FM = 1 A @ 30 VAC/VDC range = -40 to 150 (-40 to 66 suitable for outdoor applications; NEMA 3R range = 32 to 140 (0 to 60 intended for indoor applications range = up to 90% RH at 90 (32 4: Explosion-Proof & Weather-Proof (Model A2099-9144) A @ 30 VDC, resistive; 10 A @ 120 VAC, resistive to 302 (-55 to 150 suitable for outdoor applications; rated NEMA 4X 5: General specifications (all models) blocks for IN/OUT wiring, up to 14 AWG (2.08 mm2) zinc; both PUSH and PULL handles housings with white levers and white raised lettering to

Datasheet Peripherals Non-Addressable Manual Stations; A2099 Series Single and Double Action ULC, CSFM Listed, FM fire alarm stations for general purpose applications: Operation complies with ADA requirements Pull lever protrudes when alarmed Break-rod is supplied, use is optional Screw terminals for wiring connections Tamper resistant reset key lock (keyed same as Autocall fire alarm types include: Single action Double Action, Breakglass or Push Type Institutional Model, key operated only Optional NO GRIP Single Action Retrofit Kits are available with a more operated pull lever for applications where anticipated users may the standard station lever difficult to activate Optional Local Alarm cover Optional pre-signal and annunciator contacts mounting options: Surface or semi-flush with standard boxes or matching Autocall boxes Flush mount adapter kit listed to Standard 38 of the Autocall single action manual stations requires a downward pull to activate the alarm switch. Completing the action an internal plastic break-rod which is visible below the pull lever, is optional. The use of a break-rod can be a deterrent to vandalism interfering with the minimum pull requirements needed for easy The pull lever latches into the alarm position and remains out of the housing to provide a visible indication. Action Stations (Breakglass) require the operator to strike front mounted hammer to break the glass and expose the recessed lever. The pull lever then operates as a single action station. Action Stations (Push Type) require that a spring loaded plate, which is marked PUSH, be pushed back to access the lever of the single action station. reset requires the use of a key to reset the manual station lever deactivate the alarm switch. If the break-rod is used, it must be testing is performed by physical activation of the pull lever. testing can be also performed by unlocking the station housing activate the alarm switch. 1: Station 2: Action (Push Type) 3: Action (Breakglass) 4: Fire Cover Option 5: Station with Cover 6: GRIP Retrofit kit Stations activate by key operation only allowing access manual alarms to be initiated by authorized personnel. Operation key insertion and opening of the station cover. Action Station NO GRIP Retrofit Kit A4099-9805. For such as California Building Code, Title 24, which requires and operating mechanisms shall be operable with one hand shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist” the A4099-9805 Retrofit kit provides a more easily operated pull lever to standard stations. Option activates when the lever is pulled. General alarm requires a key to activate a keyswitch located behind the pull Reset requires the use of a key to reset the manual station and deactivate the alarm switch. If the break-rod is used, it must be requires physical activation of the pull lever, except for stations. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7150-2269:0515 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 21 03/2021 Non-Addressable Manual Stations; A2099 Series Single and Double Action Operation reference to NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, and all applicable local codes for complete requirements for manual stations. following summarizes the basic requirements. Stations shall be located in the normal path of exit and distributed in the protected area such that they are unobstructed and readily accessible. Mounting shall be with the operable part not less than 42 in. (1.07 m) and not more than 48 in. (1.22 m) above floor level. At least one station shall be provided on each floor. Additional stations shall be provided to obtain a travel distance not more than 200 ft (61 m) the nearest station f

No text preview available.

AUTOCALL NOTIFICATION PRODUCTS WAYS TO AND PEOPLE AN EMERGENCY GUIDANCE IT MOST fire strikes, your number-one priority is to alert people the danger and guide them to safety. You can risk wasted or unclear direction. Autocall notification appliances speakers give you the efficiency and clarity you need these high-stakes situations. Engineered for exceptional and reliability, Autocall notification products help ensure orderly evacuations and protect lives. CHOICE GREATER facility and its environment are unique. To optimize the configuration, cost and maintainability of your fire system, you need access to the broadest range of products. Autocall fulfills that need with offerings conventional notification appliances to state-of-the-art products that deliver the ultimate in reliability, and ease of maintenance. FEATURES DELIVER MORE more efficient design and installation. With the ability to T-tap and install more appliances run, TrueAlert ES appliances can be less costly to install. The functionality of each TrueAlert appliance can be individually programmed, so installers can fine-tune each system to the needs of each space in a facility. SELF-TESTING CAPABILITY. With TrueAlert ES, building owners and can test all of their notification appliances in seconds. They can test and how it most convenient for them, and they can reduce disruption and costly, after-hours manual testing. The Self-Test feature has earned the Verification Mark which means that is has been independently tested and by Underwriter Laboratory. APPLICATION VERSATILITY. TrueAlert ES notification products are suited to handle any application. They include multi-tone appliances that meet NFPA 72 requirements low-frequency notification in certain environments. COMPACT DESIGN AND GREATER ENERGY EFFICIENCY. Thanks to LED TrueAlert ES LED appliances are smaller, more energy efficient, and less obtrusive others. MEET PULSE WIDTH REQUIREMENTS. Autocall TrueAlert ES 5900 Series are the first LED appliances in the industry to meet NFPA 72 2016 edition appliance pulse width requirements. LEDs and strobes can be mixed on the network. AUTOCALL FAMILY matter what your notification requirements are strobes, energy efficiency, NFPA 72 compliance, messaging or more products can them. TRUEALERT ES PRODUCTS. Autocall offer the industry most advanced with addressable TrueAlert ES appliances. conventional products, these intelligent operate under constant electronic providing additional assurance of reliability performance. Should a product malfunction, it is detected by the panel and a trouble alert generated so that it can be quickly replaced. ES APPLIANCES. configurable appliances meet NFPA 72 requirements for notification in certain offer revolutionary capability. to provide higher quality output, improved aesthetics and emergency message delivery. ES 5900 LED ADDRESSABLE APPLIANCES. and efficient, with revolutionary capability that helps reduce costs and ensure that systems in top working order. MESSAGING BOARD. LED text messaging display and supervised by the fire system. PRODUCTS. A full range of wall and mount appliances ensures that there is an Autocall product right for your application. innovation is focused on delivering benefits, from design to installation ongoing operation. Each product is engineered support customized fire detection systems that easy to install, flexible to program, and simple manage while delivering reliable protection of and property. THAT SAVE LIVES notification products are part of a complete family products, including control panels, detection products and that excel at sensing fires accurately, aler

AUTOCALL NOTIFICATION PRODUCTS WAYS TO AND PEOPLE AN EMERGENCY GUIDANCE IT MOST fire strikes, your number-one priority is to alert people the danger and guide them to safety. You can risk wasted or unclear direction. Autocall notification appliances speakers give you the efficiency and clarity you need these high-stakes situations. Engineered for exceptional and reliability, Autocall notification products help ensure orderly evacuations and protect lives. CHOICE GREATER facility and its environment are unique. To optimize the configuration, cost and maintainability of your fire system, you need access to the broadest range of products. Autocall fulfills that need with offerings conventional notification appliances to state-of-the-art products that deliver the ultimate in reliability, and ease of maintenance. FEATURES DELIVER MORE more efficient design and installation. With the ability to T-tap and install more appliances run, TrueAlert ES appliances can be less costly to install. The functionality of each TrueAlert appliance can be individually programmed, so installers can fine-tune each system to the needs of each space in a facility. SELF-TESTING CAPABILITY. With TrueAlert ES, building owners and can test all of their notification appliances in seconds. They can test and how it most convenient for them, and they can reduce disruption and costly, after-hours manual testing. The Self-Test feature has earned the Verification Mark which means that is has been independently tested and by Underwriter Laboratory. APPLICATION VERSATILITY. TrueAlert ES notification products are suited to handle any application. They include multi-tone appliances that meet NFPA 72 requirements low-frequency notification in certain environments. COMPACT DESIGN AND GREATER ENERGY EFFICIENCY. Thanks to LED TrueAlert ES LED appliances are smaller, more energy efficient, and less obtrusive others. MEET PULSE WIDTH REQUIREMENTS. Autocall TrueAlert ES 5900 Series are the first LED appliances in the industry to meet NFPA 72 2016 edition appliance pulse width requirements. LEDs and strobes can be mixed on the network. AUTOCALL FAMILY matter what your notification requirements are strobes, energy efficiency, NFPA 72 compliance, messaging or more products can them. TRUEALERT ES PRODUCTS. Autocall offer the industry most advanced with addressable TrueAlert ES appliances. conventional products, these intelligent operate under constant electronic providing additional assurance of reliability performance. Should a product malfunction, it is detected by the panel and a trouble alert generated so that it can be quickly replaced. ES APPLIANCES. configurable appliances meet NFPA 72 requirements for notification in certain offer revolutionary capability. to provide higher quality output, improved aesthetics and emergency message delivery. ES 5900 LED ADDRESSABLE APPLIANCES. and efficient, with revolutionary capability that helps reduce costs and ensure that systems in top working order. MESSAGING BOARD. LED text messaging display and supervised by the fire system. PRODUCTS. A full range of wall and mount appliances ensures that there is an Autocall product right for your application. innovation is focused on delivering benefits, from design to installation ongoing operation. Each product is engineered support customized fire detection systems that easy to install, flexible to program, and simple manage while delivering reliable protection of and property. THAT SAVE LIVES notification products are part of a complete family products, including control panels, detection products and that excel at sensing fires accurately, aler

No text preview available.

Datasheet Accessories Mounted Digital Alarm Communicating Transmitters with Serial Communications ULC, CSFM Listed, FM 864 listed per NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling for Central Station Service: Operation is listed to UL Standard 1459 Telephone Equipment Registered to FCC Part 68 telephone line interface: Requires Data Certified POTS lines Also compatible with DACT to Ethernet connection interfaces (refer to DACR Compatibility Reference) internally to Autocall models: 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES For Network applications, select a 4100ES node for Network SDACT reporting when available specific building event information: Communicates point status changes, phone line status, and other off- information Reports up to ten events per phone call programmable control for: Automatic 6 hour test Power fail report delay status indicators include: Panel LCD indicates off-normal status Module LEDs provide service diagnostics DACT. serial digital alarm communicating transmitter (SDACT) monitor the status of the host fire alarm control panel and its to the Central Station monitoring location. When status require information to be reported, the SDACT provides messages that can assist the Central Station in accurately the required response. Typical information reports include troubles, and supervisory conditions. Model series 4007ES, and 4100ES provide specific point information. modules directly communicates with the fire alarm control panel and are custom programmed for the specific requirements of the Station and the connected fire alarm control panel. 1: Application Diagram Reporting Formats ID (CID). CID is the preferred format for SDACT operation. It a four digit account code followed by a three digit event code, a (hex) digit group number, and a three (hex) digit contact number, all which are used to encode specific point identification. Pulse. A three digit account code followed by a one digit reporting Transmissions are sent as a double round at a rate of 20 PPS per second). Reporting codes are programmable. Pulse. Similar to 3/1 except for a four digit account code and a two reporting code. Transmission is sent as a double round at 20 PPS. codes are programmable. Three digits of account code and two digits of reporting code in single transmission of constant tones. The format has built-in error so that a double round is not required. Reporting codes are Security Industry Association (SIA) Digital Communication The SDACT provides level 1 compatibility which includes tonal basic reports only, and fixed reporting codes. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7165-2269:0542, 7165-2269:0541 7165-2269:0536 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest Rev. 9 03/2021 Mounted Digital Alarm Communicating Transmitters with Serial Communications (SDACT) Product Selection and Reference Alarm Control with EPS 1: SDACT Product Selection and Reference Location 2 in. slot module side of CPU bay end support or left of an expansion bay D right corner of cabinet mounted with included 650-1838 mounting Data Sheet Alarm with Serial (SDACT) Capacity SDACT Capacity Temperature Humidity Registration Type 2: General Specifications VDC, from panel = 30 mA; Report Mode = 40 mA points maximum received is determined by capability of the digital alarm communicating receiver (DACR) and format used. to 2, A100-6052 SDACTs can be selected to 120 (0 to 49 RH @ 85

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Fire Control Panels Mounted LED/Switch and LED Modules, LED/Switch Controllers, and Panel Mounted mounted annunciation modules for use with 4100ES Fire Control Panels, Remote Annunciators, and Network Units (NDU): Modules mount on front of panel bay providing convenient access and visibility function status modules Panel monitors switches for user input and controls LED indicators to Compact 64 LED/64 switch controller modules mount on back of LED/ Modules: Raised momentary switches provide tactile feedback Alternate action operation provides on/off functions High intensity LEDs provide clear status annunciation Slide-in labels provide custom on-site labeling (label kit is ordered LED, 8 Switch Modules: One status LED per switch Available as all red LEDs or all yellow LEDs LED, 8 Switch Modules: Two status LEDs per switch Available with two LEDs per switch as: red/yellow, yellow/yellow, red/ or green/yellow LED, 16 Switch Modules: One status LED per switch in 2″ (51 mm) module Available as all red LEDs, or 8 red and 8 yellow Two configurations are available, one with pluggable LEDs, refer to Module Detail Reference and LED/Switch Module Product (panel mounted switches are momentary pushbutton) LED, 24 Switch Modules: Double slot module with one red status LED per switch (Hand-Off-Auto) Switch Modules: Eight controls in a double slot module, each control has three switches status selection and one LED per switch position Switch selection is On/Hand, Off, and Auto with three HOA Module LED Options: On/Hand (green LED), Off (red LED) and Auto (green LED) On/Hand (green LED), Off (red LED) and Auto (white LED) to comply International Building Code (IBC) requirements On/Hand (green LED), Off (yellow LED) and Auto (green LED) for requiring no red LEDs Available with or without switch buttons labels (On, Off, Auto) Modules with 8 or 16 pluggable LEDs: 8 LED Module has red LEDs, 16 LED module has 8 red with 8 yellow Red, yellow, green, or blue LEDs are available in packages of eight (8) to color on-site per application requirement (ordered separately) 1: 2-Bay Fire Alarm Control Panel Sample of Available LED/Switch Modules Point I/O Module for external connections: Each point is selectable as either a switch input (momentary or or lamp/relay driver output Multiple switch monitoring modes are available mounted printer (see SKU A100-1293 Panel Mount Printer and Printer Specifications for details): Records system events and provides 20 visible lines to: UL Std. 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), and Smoke Control (UUKL) UL Std. 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX) UL Std. 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar (APOU) UL Std. 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-2269:0542 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Please refer to specific product on pages 4 and 5. Rev. 17 03/2021 Mounted LED/Switch and LED Modules, LED/Switch Controllers, and Panel Mounted Printer Options. fire alarm panels support a variety of switch input and LED status indicators to complement the information and controls available at the interface. These modules provide a convenient interface efficiently packaged onto the front panel space of the cabinet bay. Additionally, the mounted printer can conveniently record system status without requiring a separately located printer. Interface. are alternate action ON/OFF (depending on programming selection) using a tactile feel, raised rubber button. High efficiency LEDs provide status annunciation readily visible through the glass door. Functions. functions, LED status indications, and printer output is selected when the control panel CPU is customized for site specific requirements. Slide- labels are locally printed to indicate th

Multi-Application Peripherals and Accessories Smoke Detectors 2098-9715 Wire Guard ULC Listed* Wire guard for protection of photoelectric or ionization smoke detectors Use to help protect detectors where they may be subjected to damage Large enough to accommodate detectors of various sizes Constructed of spot welded chrome plated steel, wire diameter is 0.125″ (3.2 mm) 1: Dimensions Rev. 5 12/2019 2019 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 5 12/2019

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM A4098-9757 QuickConnect2 sensor design provides: TrueAlarm photoelectric analog sensing and IDNet two-wire communications combined into one assembly Quick and easy connection to a A4098-9788 base (required, ordered Operation for ceiling or wall mounting Operation for use with Autocall models 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES with 2 and IDNet 2+2 Modules UL listed to Standard 268 sensors communicate to the control panel provide the following TrueAlert analog sensing operation Smoke sensitivity that is accurately maintained at the selected level by the control panel) 4007ES, 4010ES, and compatible 4100ES/4100U Series control panels seven levels of sensitivity from 0.2% to 3.7%/ft of obscuration to page 2 for application details) Sensitivity monitoring that satisfies NFPA 72 sensitivity testing integrity Automatic environmental compensation Automatic, once per minute individual sensor calibration check verifies Ability to display and print detailed sensor information in plain English Tracking of excessive dirt accumulation base provides stationary wiring terminals and quick sensor connections: Mounting is on a 4″ square, 4″ octagonal, or single gang box (supplied 4098-9832 Adapter Plate is available for retrofit and certain mounting (refer to page 2) and architecturally styled chamber enclosure details: Louvered design enhances smoke capture by directing flow to Entrance areas are minimally visible when ceiling mounted Chamber is easily accessible for cleaning Designed for EMI compatibility Internal magnetic test feature that activates alarm red LED (with red lens) indicates: Power-on when pulsing, Alarm or Trouble when steady on (a remote is not supported) Refer to data sheet AC4098-0019 for sensor bases that support LED connections and additional TrueAlarm analog detection Analog Sensing TrueAlarm Analog Photoelectric Sensor 1: QuickConnect2 Sensor Mounted in A4098-9788 Base applications that only require basic TrueAlarm features, the QuickConnect2 sensor provides addressable analog in a cost-effective compact package. The control panel monitors maintains the selected sensitivity of the A4098-9757 as well as automatic compensation for environmental conditions such as dirt, and component degradation, and TrueAlarm data capture for sensor. Mounting. connections are made to the A4098-9788 base which provides secure and quick connection for the A4098-9757 sensor. Sensor and electronics are contained in the A4098-9757 sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indication. control panel also determines when individual sensors need Dirty sensors, or other sensor troubles, will automatically be at the control panel and that sensor LED will light steadily. an alarm condition, the alarmed sensor LED will light steadily. (LED is controlled by the panel. During system alarm, a sensor that was lit to indicate trouble will return to pulsing to conserve power as long as it is not in alarm.) Locations locations should be determined only after careful consideration the physical layout and contents of the area to be protected. Refer NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code. On smooth spacing of 30 ft (9.1 m) may be used as a guide. detailed installation information, refer to 574-709AC, A4098 Sensors, and Bases Application Manual. For mounting base installation instructions, defer to 574-706AC, A4098 Smoke/ Base Installation Instructions. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0508 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 9 03/2021 TrueAlarm Analog Photoelectric Sensor Sensor Product Selection TrueAlarm Sensor base for A4098-9757

Datasheet Alarm Fire Alarm Systems Emergency Telephone Equipment 2084 Series Firefighter Telephones Listed* telephones provide direct communications with the Telephone Control’s master phone and provide the following When you use the remote phones to call the master, a call tone provided to verify that the request is in process. The exact may vary depending on the master phone equipment. Two-wire telephone circuits are supervised and power-limited Units are compatible with 4100ES Series Autocall Firefighter Telephone assemblies are available for the following applications: Surface or flush mounting Backbox is ordered separately Separate phone sets for plugging into dedicated remote phone jack Models available with armored cable to minimize vandalism. The voice ear caps are sealed with adhesive. Phone in Locked Cabinet red cabinet has the words FIRE FIGHTER’S TELEPHONE on the of the door breakglass. The phone is available with either an cable, or a retractable cable. See Figure 1. Remote Phone Jack Stations are mounted on a single gang plate for use with pluggable phones. station has the words FIRE EMERGENCY PHONE on the front. An call LED indicator is available. No additional circuits are required operate the call-in LED when the remote phone is connected to a fire fighter phone system. See Figure 2. Red Pluggable Phone A2084-9014 emergency telephone is ruggedly constructed of Type T, a thermal ABS material. The unit also has a coiled line and jack. The cord length is 5 ft. (1524 mm). Figure 3. 1: 2084-9103-C Breakglass Door Assembly 2: A2084-9001 Remote Phone Jack Station 3: A2084-9014 Pluggable Phone listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Westminster. AC12084-0001 Rev. 9 02/2022 view of a typical cabinet Emergency Telephone Equipment 2084 Series Firefighter Telephones 4: Interior view of a typical remote phone cabinet Emergency Phones ordering, select one item each from Table 1, Table 2, and Table 3 and Table 4. 1: Doors with breakglass Surface Door Flush Door Steel Flush Door 2: Phone assemblies Phone Assembly with armoured cable Phone Assembly with retractable cable 3: Back boxes Back Box available for pre-installation Back Box without knockouts 4: Glass insert glass insert 5: Accessories 1/2 in. x 10 1/4 in. mm x 260 mm in. x 12 in. mm x 305 mm x W x D in. x 9 9/16 in. x 3 1/2 in. mm x 243 mm x 89 mm Phone Jack, single gang mount, requires a minimum of 2 in. (51 mm) box depth. Red Phone with 5 ft. (1.5 m) long cable 2022 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, the product names listed in this material are marks or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 9 02/2022

Datasheet Alarm Fire Alarm Systems Emergency Telephone Equipment A2084 Series Firefighter Telephones 4: Door and Trim, Surface Mount 5: Door and Trim, Flush Mount Pull Handle and Break-Rod ULC, CSFM Listed* telephones provide direct communications with the Telephone Control master phone: When remote phones call the master, a call tone is provided to verify the request is in process (exact performance may vary depending master phone equipment) Two-wire telephone circuits are supervised and power-limited Compatible with 4100ES Series Autocall Firefighter Telephone Controls assemblies are available for the following: Surface or flush mounting Backbox is ordered separately Or as separate phone sets for plugging into dedicated remote phone stations options: Break-rod door latch allows access during emergencies Armored cable models to minimize vandalism (voice and ear caps are with adhesive) Push-to-talk (PTT) phones provide input control at the remote phone Magnetic latch models with “Fire Warden Station” marking and LED call Additional options are listed in Table 2 and Table 3. Accessories: Replacement break-rod Listed to Standard 864 telephone systems provide two-way communications facilities where radio communications may not be available or are They are typically used during active firefighting conditions, a fire alarm investigation, or during fire alarm system inspection test. requires a dedicated two-wire circuit, typically using twisted, pair wiring (TSP) to minimize electrical noise pickup from wiring. Depending on the master control, up to 6 remote and the master can be in simultaneous use. For additional refer to installation instructions 579-226AC, and datasheet which describes 4100ES Master phone control operation. 1: Phone Station 2: Phone Station 3: Jack 976200 This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 6912-2269:0545 for allowable and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 12 4/2021 Emergency Telephone Equipment A2084 Series Firefighter Telephones phones are typically stored in a cabinet at the central control area where they would be conveniently located for fire fighters other authorized personnel. They are compatible with commercially storage cabinets. Red Pluggable Phone, Push-to-Talk. This phone is the as the A2084-9014, except it is equipped with a large and easily push-to-talk switch located on the inside handle between the and transmitter. 7: A2084-9014 Pluggable Phone phone jacks and Mounting. Phone jacks are mounted on a stainless steel plate for use with pluggable phones. The front is marked red “FIRE EMERGENCY PHONE” lettering. Mounting requires a electrical box, 2 in. (51 mm) minimum depth. In/out wiring is color-coded 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads. A2084-9001 is standard. Model A2084-9023 is similar to but also provides an LED indicator powered from the phone wiring. The LED is activated when “Call-Out” is selected the Master phone, a request for the responding personnel to plug in phones and communicate with the master. phones, cabinet mounted Information. Doors and trim are painted red and available surface or flush mounting. The doors are silk-screened in white with FIRE EMERGENCY PHONE” or other options, see Table 2. Door Option. This mounting type provides a glass break- similar to those used in manual fire alarm stations. The break-rod positioned inside the door such that pulling the door handle breaks rod and allows the door to open. A standard lock is also provided to authorized entry without breaking the rod. Options. Armored cable phones include voice and ear caps with adhesive to minimize vandalism. They are also available with switches that allow the user to mute the transmitter until is required. Phone handsets are constructed of Cycolac type T, a ABS material. Fire Warden Station. This moun

No text preview available.

UL, ULC Approved* Accessories, LED Annunciators Electromagnetic Door Holder; Wall Mounted or Floor Mounted door holders from RSG (Reliable Security Group) four mounting types: Semi-flush wall mount for shallow box applications Surface wall mount with matching box Flush wall mount with recessed magnet for low profile applications Floor mount, for single or double doors finish options: High luster plating of chrome, brass, or dark bronze Powdercoated in chrome or dark bronze current, multi-voltage design reduces power supply and demands: Models are available for operation with 24 VDC, 24 VAC, or 120 VAC Internal full wave rectifier allows AC or DC operation and provides transient suppression Low residual magnetism allows easy door release for compatibility with pressure door closers (49.8 kg) Rated holding force ranges from 20 lbs (9 kg) minimum; to up to 110 and easy installation: Self-adjusting swivel catch plate adjusts to door alignment changes Adhesive mounting templates assure alignment Required mounting hardware is supplied with each door holder Magnet catch plates can be screwed to wooden doors or drilled and attached to a mounting bracket Floor mount door holders include drills and anchors for mounting to floors and hardware for mounting to wooden floors Front plates provide convenient grounding screw location accessories: Extension rods are available in multiple lengths to allow proper including a 4 (102 mm) long pivoting rod Drilling fixture for accurate repetitive installation listed to Standard 228 holders are normally energized to magnetically hold doors open. the event of a fire emergency, the fire alarm control panel or other control means will release the magnet allowing the door to to prevent the spread of smoke. Doors may be manually closed or when the door holder is energized. Product reference images are shown without screw hole caps in 1: Semi-Flush Wall Door Holder Magnet Catch Plate Assembly 2: Surface Mount Door Magnet Supplied Box 3: Floor Mount Door Holder with Supplied Bracket and (Single door mount model available for double doors) Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 2 8/2012 Electromagnetic Door Holder; Wall Mounted or Floor Mounted Selection 1: Mounting Types Type Mount (partially magnet) Mount (fully recessed Mount (ground) Mount for single with single magnet (ground) Mount for door with double Included assembly, catch plate with bracket, screw hole caps, and mounting hardware assembly, catch plate with bracket, screw hole caps, and mounting hardware assembly, catch plate with bracket, screw hole caps, matching box, and required mounting hardware assembly with electrical box, catch plate with bracket, floor bracket, screw hole caps, and required mounting hardware drills and anchors for concrete floors surface mount magnet assemblies with electrical box, each with box; two catch plates with brackets, screw hole caps, and mounting hardware including drills and anchors for concrete Door Holder Accessories Box Requirement gang box, 1 deep minimum separately) gang box, 2 deep minimum separately) is supplied with door holder: 4 H 2 W x 1 D (117 x 70 mm x 54 2: Catch Plate Models plate extender rod, 1 (25.4 mm) long plate extender rod, 1 (38 mm) long plate extender rod, 2 (51 mm) long plate extender rod, 3 (76 mm) long plate with adjustable extender rod, 4 (102 mm) long with center pivot 3: Miscellaneous Accessories extender rod two DHW wrenches Fixture, provides convenient alignment for repetitive installation

Seismic Applications Guide Warnings, and Regulatory Information AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Follow the instructions in this installation manual. These instructions must be followed to avoid damage to product and associated equipment. Product operation and reliability depend upon proper installation. NOT INSTALL ANY AUTOCALL PRODUCT THAT APPEARS DAMAGED Upon unpacking your Autocall product, inspect the of the carton for shipping damage. If damage is apparent, immediately file a claim with the carrier and notify an authorized product supplier. HAZARD Disconnect electrical field power when making any internal adjustments or repairs. All repairs should be by a representative or an authorized agent of your local Autocall product supplier. HAZARD Static electricity can damage components. Handle as follows: Ground yourself before opening or installing components. Prior to installation, keep components wrapped in anti-static material at all times. RULES AND REGULATIONS PART 15. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. REACCEPTANCE TEST AFTER SOFTWARE CHANGES To ensure proper system operation, this product must be tested in accordance NFPA72 after any programming operation or change in site-specific software. Reacceptance testing is required after any change, addition or of system components, or after any modification, repair or adjustment to system hardware or wiring. components, circuits, system operations, or software functions known to be affected by a change must be 100% tested. In addition, to ensure that operations are not inadvertently affected, at least 10% of initiating devices that are not directly affected by the change, up to a maximum of 50 must also be tested and proper system operation verified. 72 is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association. Applications Guide Seismic Applications Guide (SAG) document is meant to provide the reader with basic information pertaining to control panels and sub- that have been tested for seismic compliance under the State of California Office of Statewide Health and Development (OSHPD) Special Certification (SSC) program guidelines. This document designates how to determine whether specific equipment has been certified as being compliant and elaborates on the aspects of control panel mounting and labeling and highlights specific special considerations. Special Seismic Certification the years the State of California has become more and more concerned about seismic activity. California considers it essential that hospital as well the hospital equipment infrastructure retain structural and functional integrity following seismic events. Hospitals need to be capable treating personal injuries resulting from seismic events and continue to care for patients on hand prior to these events. Several Tyco products have seismically tested and certified under the State of California Office of Statewide Health and Development (OSHPD) Special Seismic Certification program guidelines. order to qualify for certification, many of our control panels and sub-assemblies have been subjected to testing under the conditions specified by ICC-ES AC 156 Acceptable Criteria For Seismic Certification By Shake-Table Testing of Nonstructural Components. Seismic testing involves setting fully populated control panels on a shake table and demonstrating pre-test functionality. The equipment is then subjected to three axis shaking prescribed forces and frequencies for a designated duration. The test is concluded by demonstrating post test functionality. It is permissible to the equipment after the shaking. panels and peripheral equipment weighing more than twenty pounds must be seismically tested by an ISO 17025 certified test laboratory. must be conducted under the supervision of a State of California licensed structural engineer. In addition, test reports must be reviewed and by an independent State of California licensed structural engineer unless, they were prepared by one. Certified Equipment

Navigator Updates Released Configurators Make Designing Systems Easier, Faster to be Retired at the end of December the last several months we been working to add a new suite of configuration tools to Selection I proud to announce that we have completed the first group of these labor saving enhancements they are now available for you to use within the Selection Navigator environment. what you need to know: Configuration Tools Now Available: Configure the following panels and circuits directly within Selection Navigator: 4007ES Hybrid 4007ES IDNAC 4010ES with Conventional NACs 4010ES with IDNAC 4006 Conventional 4009 NAC Extender Addressable IDNAC Conventional NACs Conventional IDC Repeater Create system reports: A panel, NAC extender or IDNAC repeater will create a battery calculation report A circuit such as an IDNAC or MX Digital Loop will create a cable calculation report Web-based solution that works on any PC (Windows, Mac OSX, Linux) with Chrome browser No more downloading and updating software on your machine Eliminates problems with hardware, software or language compatibility 2019 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. 2, 2020 New Features Are On The Way: development team is hard at work on creating new panel and circuit configurators to help make Selection even more powerful. Based on current progress, the MX loop configurator should be ready for in December, 2019 and the 4100ES configurator in mid-year 2020. For now, 4100ES configurations be completed using the standalone SmartPanel configurator and then uploaded into Selection Training and Performance Support is Available new features are added to Selection Navigator, our training department is hard at work developing to support you. Selection Navigator training material can be found on the Autocall web site by clicking (login to the Autocall web site is required). The Autocall Knowledgebase also contains helpful articles and aids. Videos demonstrating how to use Selection Navigator are available on the uLearn interactive video which you can access through the Selection Navigator platform. To access uLearn: Log into the Selection Navigator platform From the Applications tab, select Training Clicking the uLearn Application will open uLearn in a new browser window you are logged into uLearn, you can find the Selection Navigator instructional videos in the Autocall Tool container. The Navigator System Selector series of videos focuses on the new tools. first five videos in the series are now available and we will be adding more soon. Be sure to subscribe to Autocall container (using the bookmark icon in the top right corner) to receive alerts when new content is Platform To Be Retired at the End Of December the global deployment of Selection Navigator we will be discontinuing the ePrice platform and as of 31, 2019 Customer Service will no longer accept orders placed using ePrice. If you are still using we strongly recommend that you begin the transition to using Selection Navigator right away. can access Selection Navigator using the following link: https://www.hvacnavigator.com 2019 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. 2, 2020 you have questions or encounter any difficulties please reach out to your sales manager. They will be to help and arrange additional training and familiarization sessions as necessary. response to the switch from ePrice has been overwhelmingly positive and the global team is finding Navigator to be a big step forward in convenience and performance. The addition of these new makes Selection Navigator even more powerful and we trust you will find they help make configuring ordering Autocall systems easier than ever. your email for more Selection Navigator news and upcoming new feature releases. Crouch Program Director Fire Detection Products Controls +1 (978) 340-8195 2019 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. 2, 2020

AUTOCALL TRUEALERT ES ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION: REVOLUTIONIZING APPLIANCE TESTING the Difference: Addressable Self-Testing Versus Conventional Testing TrueAlert ES appliances bring the bene of fully addressable technology to alarm noti systems. The result? Three new revolutionary options that can improve safety and simplify your operations–saving time, money and labor in comparison to conventional noti testing. TESTING TESTING all your noti in seconds when and how it convenient disruption and costly after-hours accurate test reports the panel not individually or supervised testing: and disruptive testing: and labor intensive report generation is and potentially appliances a circuit must turned on at the time. is noisy disruptive so usually done at cost. appliances a circuit must on until has been AUTOMATIC the panel to test a group of or every one on system. Each appliance beep and/or and the will inform you of the appliance results. SCHEDULED the panel to test at a time. sure your system is in order you sleep! MANUAL the system into test mode and one device at a time the handheld magnet. technician, appliance at a time disruption. 2020 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. learn more about Autocall detection products, visit www.autocall.com US Fire Detection Systems

Small Business, Big Protection: Common-Sense Steps Can Take Now to Keep Going When Fire Strikes news headlines about devastating fires have left building owners and small business proprietors like concerned about what a fire loss would do to their and operations. Unlike larger organizations, you have the luxury of employing risk management and prevention experts to analyze your risk and develop to ensure business continuity. don have the budgets that large companies spend protecting their businesses, either. As a percentage of your cost of compliance with fire code regulations higher than that of big enterprises. Despite that, you can emulate the successful habits of these big companies. key is to be judicious about how and where you allocate resources to protect your business. white paper provides practical advice on how best to your business protect itself and recover quickly a fire. #1: DON PUT ALL YOUR FAITH IN smaller businesses see their insurance policies as ultimate protection against fire losses, according to Art of Carmel Fire Protection Associates, fire protection and a former firefighter and fire marshal. of the fire protection systems that are installed are there because the building or business owner wouldn a certificate of occupancy without them, says Black. they think, my building burns down, insurance cover it and we get it all back. Black asserts, that view is shortsighted and irresponsible. depending on your coverage, your insurance policy may for replacement of your property and the restoration of facility. But some things cannot be restored. Consider revenue lost while your business is disrupted. What your loyal customers forced to take their business in your absence some of whom may never when your operations resume? A fire can also essential files and records upon which your business moral? Even if you have insurance, making a reasonable in time and resources to prevent a fire can ensure your business remains in operation, major are averted, and valuable customer relationships preserved. #2: DON NEGLECT YOUR FIRE AND SPRINKLER SYSTEMS some building owners and small businesses, fire alarms sprinkler systems represent a large cost with appreciable benefit. That why many of them are only to pay for the absolute minimum fire protection required to achieve compliance. widespread attitude is not going to happen to and the perceived value of a fire protection or sprinkler is low because it just sits there, says Black. you share that perception, the last thing you want to do investing in a fire protection system is to pay even money to have it maintained. like it or not, fire and local codes mandate regular and maintenance. Even though they may seem to working perfectly, fire protection and sprinkler systems regular maintenance to ensure proper operation. devices gather dust, gradually becoming less and effective. Over time, water in sprinkler systems stagnate and turn into a smelly black sludge. how can you keep those systems working without paying arm and a leg? Art Black recommends that you talk to your contractor ensure they provided you with all the information and you need to test and maintain the systems. With information, you can then decide how you want to testing and maintenance. Do you want to perform yourself? Do you have a staff member who can take on responsibilities? What process will you put in place to testing and maintenance happen on schedule and all are properly maintained? the do-it-yourself approach seems too onerous, Black has better idea. an annual service contract, he recommends. will be than worth the cost. Black points out, when you engage a service provider, offloading the responsibility of maintaining the system an expert. Who better to ensure it gets done right? are many other benefits to a service contract that it money well spent. For starters, it ensures that you code-compliant which means you will avoid citatio

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM* Notification Appliances 2-Wire Operation, Non-Addressable Electronic Chime rate current, 24 VDC Autocall SmartSync operation electronic provide: Private mode chime tone for applications requiring audible notification trained personnel Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housings, available red with white “FIRE” lettering or white with red “FIRE” lettering Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity, supervised control Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) two-wire control of audible and visible notification provides: SmartSync control of chime tone as Temporal Pattern, March Time (at 60 BPM), or on continuously (at 60 BPM); controlled from visible appliances on the same circuit Visible appliances on the same circuit operate at a synchronized 1 Hz Refer to page 2 for SmartSync control list and additional operation notification appliance design provides flexible, easy, convenient semi-flush or surface wall mounting: Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch square electrical In/out wiring terminals, 18 AWG to 12 AWG Rear of housing does not extend into box Accessories: Mounting adapters to cover surface mounted electrical boxes and to to 2975-9145 boxes Covers are available separately to change color or for replacement Listed to UL 464 for private mode applications mode audible notification appliances non-addressable chimes are private mode audible notification for applications requiring notification of trained personnel of the general public. Typical applications would be in medical areas where the softer chime tones are less disruptive than fire alarm audible notification. two-wire advantage selected for SmartSync mode, chimes follow control signals on the same two-wire NAC circuit as fire alarm strobes. Using a control can significantly reduce installation time and expense both retrofit and new construction. operation mode allows both the chime and strobe to be on the same NAC and then allow the chime to be silenced the strobe remains flashing. The chime operates as “on-until- while the strobe operation is “on-until-reset.” mounting can be semi-flush or surface mounted on a standard single double gang, or 4″ square (102 mm) electrical box. Optional are available to increase mounting and application flexibility. 1: Chimes are Available as White Red Lettering or Red with White Lettering Two-Wire Control operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to provide the ability activate both the chime and strobe on the same NAC and then allow chime to be silenced while the strobe remains flashing. The chime as while the strobe operation is Control Sources two-wire control is available from: IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet AC4009-0002 ) Control Module (SCM) Model A4905-9938 (refer to data sheet ) This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7125-2269:0527 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 2 1/2020 2-Wire Operation, Non-Addressable Electronic Chime Selection 1: Product Selection Lettering Description non-addressable electronic chime H x 5″ W x 1-1/2″ D (130 mm x 127 x 38 mm) 2: Adapters to cover 1-1/2″ deep surface boxes H x 5-1/4″ W x 1-5/8″ D (136 mm x 133 mm 41 mm) Total depth with chime = 3-1/8″ (79 mm) mount red adapter skirt mount white adapter skirt Plate, red, for mounting to box (typically for retrofit, may be vertical or horizontal) mounting box, requires Adapter Plate x 5-3/4″ x 0.060″ thick (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM* Notification Appliances 2-Wire Operation, Non-Addressable Multi-Tone Horns current, 24 VDC Autocall SmartSync operation electronic horns provide: Per appliance tone selection of: Horn, Bell, 500 Hz Horn, Canadian Slow Whoop, Siren, or Hi/Lo; selected using an on-board DIP (Note: 500Hz horn tone is not compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency Requirements for Sleeping Areas) Output level selectable as standard or high Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housings, available red with white lettering or white with red lettering Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity, supervised control Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) two-wire control of audible and visible notification provides: Control of horn and bell tones as Temporal Pattern, March Time or on continuously; controlled separately from visible on the same circuit Slow Whoop, Siren, and Hi/Lo tone selections sound their tones synchronized to each other, when receiving SmartSync commands SmartSync March Time pattern produces a 60 BPM output for the 500 Hz Horn, and the Bell tone Visible appliances on the same circuit operate at a synchronized 1 Hz Refer to page 2 for SmartSync control list and additional operation notification appliance design provides flexible, easy, convenient semi-flush or surface wall mounting: Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch square electrical In/out wiring terminals, 18 AWG to 12 AWG Rear of housing does not extend into box accessories Mounting adapters to cover surface mounted electrical boxes and to to Autocall 2975-9145 boxes UL listed wire guard UL/ULC listed sound damper for locations requiring attenuation of 5 to dBA (stairwells, small rooms, highly reverberant areas, etc.) Covers are available separately to change color or for replacement reference UL listed to Standard 464 ULC listed to Standard S525 rate 1: Multi-Tone Horns are Available as with Red Lettering or Red with White Lettering non-addressable multi-tone horns provide a flexible of output tones for fire alarm audible notification. Tone and output level is set per appliance, allowing notification to be tailored to specific area requirements. (See Table 5.) Tone Selection. DIP Switch selection determines the local tone A separate DIP Switch position allows selection of a standard or high output sound level, selectable appropriate to the location. (See 5.) mounting. Multi-tone horns can be semi-flush or surface on a standard single gang, double gang, or 4 square (102 mm) box. Optional accessories are available to increase mounting application flexibility. two-wire control operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to provide the ability activate both the horn and strobe on the same NAC and then allow horn to be silenced while the strobe remains flashing. The horn as while the strobe operation is control sources two-wire control is available from: 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Fire Alarm Control (refer to individual product data sheets for more information) 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model A4905-9938 This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7125-2269:0524, 7125-2269:0525 and 7135-0026:0334 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local supplier for the latest status. Rev. 5 2/2020 2-Wire Operation, Non-Addressable Multi-Tone Horns selection 1: Sound damper and adapters Sound Damper; package of 20; field installed adhesive backed output attenuator; reduces output 5 to 6 dBA After Sound Damper installation, measure sound level to ensure with applica

Datasheet Notification Appliances Adapter Module for Non-Addressable Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) A4905-9815 CSFM Listed, FM Approved* the Autocall SmartSync NAC (notification appliance into separate 24 VDC audible and visible appliance Power and communications are supplied by the SmartSync operation You can connect up to two SmartSync Adapter Modules to a SmartSync Operation is compatible with SmartSync control from Autocall fire control panels and from 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders Operation modes are: visible and audible appliances both on; or visible only with activation determined by the connected control On-board circuit limits appliance inrush current and provides self- overcurrent protection Wiring to audible and visible appliances is supervised with conventional polarity operation; opens or shorts are reported to the control diagnostics: A visible status LED lights if a wiring fault is detected by either of the output notification appliance supervision circuits output ratings: Regulated 24 DC appliance power; audible output is rated for up to 30 visible output is rated for up to 180 mA Special Applications appliance ratings; audible output is rated for up to mA, visible output is rated for up to 250 mA mechanical features: Mounts in standard 4 11/16 in. (119 mm) square electrical box Cover plates, required, are available for surface or flush mount, separately Covers provide status LED viewing Screw terminals for wiring connections listed to Standard 864 Notification Requirements. Standard SmartSync operation appliances activate horns or strobes in response to received from the SmartSync operation control source using two-wire connection. For applications where appliances other than the SmartSync appliances are required, the SmartSync Adapter provides a separate audible and visible output controlled by the operation control source. applications are for connection to special weather-proof appliances with particular sound output characteristics, bells or chimes, or for connection to appliances that are required satisfy specific aesthetic requirements. SmartSync operation System Advantages. With the Adapter Module, you can control non-SmartSync appliances still benefiting from the SmartSync operation ability to provide audible and visible control using a two-wire connection. additional information refer to 4905-9815 SmartSync Adapter Instructions 579-391AC. 1: SmartSync Adapter Module, One-Line Wiring Reference Wiring Details with circuit protectors. When connected to remote up to 200 ft from the adapter, that exit the building and may exposed to harsh electrical environments, the notification appliance is compatible with Autocall circuit protectors. Compatible are listed in Specifications . Connect both where the wiring the building and where it connects to the appliances. for shielded wire. For applications where notification wiring may be exposed to electrical noise, twisted, shielded is recommended. The adapter wiring terminal block has for connecting the shields. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-2269:0535 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. AC4905-0005 Rev. 7 08/2021 Adapter Module for Non-Addressable Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) Model A4905-9815 Adapter Product Selection 1: TrueAlert Adapter Product Selection Adapter Module; requires surface or flush mount cover plate Resistor Harness (ref. 733-894AC); 10 k 1/2 W; two required, one each for audible and visible output Mount Cover Plate Mount Cover Plate one for each A4905-9815; painted beige

TrueAlert Notification Appliances Control Module and Strobe Synchronization Modules Control Module (SCM) A4905-9938 SCM (SmartSync Control Module) converts two NAC inputs into a SmartSync two-wire NAC output. One can be programmed to operate as “on-until-silenced” and would designated as the horn control (non-coded, on continuously during A second NAC would be programmed to provide “on-until-reset” and would be for the visible appliance (strobe) control (also on continuously during alarm). Power is supplied by the control NAC. Horn output and Synchronized Strobes. In addition to the strobe and the horn independently, the SCM can be switch to operate the horns as temporal coded, march time coded beats/minute), or on continuously. Strobes are activated with 1 Hz flashes. SCM Features Mode. Up to eight SCMs can be interconnected to system notification. Interconnected SCMs are supervised proper circuit connection. The horn input NAC powers the Multi-Sync NAC Inputs. Both NAC inputs are isolated from each other can be supplied from different control panels. B (Style Y) and Class A (Style Z) output operation are both fault detection is provided by the strobe control NAC during mode. additional information refer to Installation Instructions 574-719AC. Flash Modules A4905-9914 and A4905-9922 add the required control to activate synchronized strobes for NACs that do not provide that control. horns or other compatible 24 VDC notification appliances the same circuit ignore strobe synchronization and operate when the is in alarm. additional information refer to Installation Instructions 579-232AC. ULC, CSFM Listed, FM* 1: SmartSync Control Module 2: A Synchronized Flash Module conventional Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) into circuits or synchronized strobe circuits: Autocall SmartSync Control Modules combine separate horn and NAC inputs into a 2-wire control that can silence horns while synchronized strobe operation Synchronized Flash Modules provide a 2-wire synchronized strobe that also operates compatible 24 VDC conventional reverse notification appliances Control Module (SCM) provides two-wire control to activate horns and strobes: Operation allows “on-until-silenced” and “on-until-reset” on the same pair while maintaining supervision continuity SmartSync horns sound as Temporal or March Time pattern, or controlled separately from strobes on the same circuit Strobes on the same circuit operate at a synchronized 1 Hz flash rate Output is either Class B or Class A strobe synchronization models: Encapsulated package with color coded wire leads provides 1 Hz synchronization and maintains supervision continuity Conventional horns and other DC appliances operate on the same 2- circuit Models are available with Class B or Class A output Small size allows convenient mounting listed to Standard 1971 This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7125-2269:0520, 7320-2269:0501, 7125-2269:0523, 7125-2269:0532, 7300-2269:0504, 7125-2269:0566, 7125-2269:0524, 7125-2269:0527, 7125-2269:0525, 7135-2269:0518 and 7135-0026:0334 for values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 5 1/2020 Control Module and Strobe Synchronization Modules Selection Control Module, Class A or Class B B Synchronized Flash Module A Synchronized Flash Module plate to fit 4 11/16″ (119 mm) square electrical box Details 4″ x 4-1/8″ x 1-1/4″ D (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm); mounts in 4″ (102 square box 1-3/8″ x 2-7/16″ x 13/16″ D (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm); epoxy with 8″ (203 mm) in/out 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads; rated for 2 A requires 5 mA for power Range Range 1: General Specifications to 122 F (0 to 50 C) to 93%, non-condens

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Multi-Candela Notification Appliances Operation Audible/Visible Notification with Chime and Synchronized Flash, Non- audible/visible notification appliances have a private mode chime and a high output xenon strobe, and are for wall or ceiling mount. Operation is compatible with ADA requirements, see Chime/strobe Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housings are in red or white with clear lens notification appliances operates over a two-wire Autocall circuit to provide the following features. Private mode chime tones controlled separately from strobes on the two-wire circuit SmartSync chime activation of Temporal pattern, March Time pattern 60 BPM), or on continuously (at 60 BPM) Strobe appliances on the same circuit operating at a synchronized 1 Hz rate See SmartSync control sources for SmartSync control list and operation information mount chime/strobes features Wiring terminals accessible from the front of the housing providing access for installation, inspection, and testing Covers are available separately to convert housing color adapters and wire guards Wall mount adapters are available to cover surface mounted electrical and to adapt to Autocall 2975-9145 boxes UL listed red wire guards are available for wall or ceiling mount chime/ notification appliance (strobe) 24 VDC xenon strobe; intensity is selectable as 15, 30, 75, or 110 with visible selection jumper secured behind strobe housing Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output and provides inrush current Listed to UL 1971 and to CSA standards for general signaling use in (non-fire alarm applications) notification appliance (chime) Low current, 24 VDC electronic chime with volume and tone frequency Listed to UL 464 for private mode signaling and to CSA standards for signaling use in Canada (non-fire alarm applications) 1: and ceiling mount chime/strobes TrueAlert chime/strobes provide private mode notification for applications requiring notification of trained instead of the general public. Typical applications would be in patient areas where the softer chime tones are less disruptive conventional fire alarm audible notification. designs are both impact and vandal resistant, and provide a strobe intensity selection. Since each model can be selected strobe intensity output, on-site model inventory is minimized and encountered during construction can be easily accommodated. conveniently uses standard electrical boxes. mount chime/strobe housings are a one-piece assembly (including that mounts to a single or double gang, or 4 in. square standard box. The cover can be quickly removed (a tool is required) and are available separately for color conversion. mount chime/strobe housings install using standard 4 in. boxes. The model number determines color choice. intensity selection installation, a selection plug at the back of the housing the desired strobe intensity. An attached flag with black on a highly visible yellow background allows the selected intensity be seen at the side of the strobe lens. application selection selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy, local codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire Alarm (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building code: ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the Americans Disabilities Act (ADA). This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7125-2269:0527 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status Rev. 4 3/2021 Operation Audible/Visible Notification with Chime and Synchronized Flash, Non-Addressable strobes strobes multiple strobes and their reflections can be seen from one location, synchronized flashes reduce the probability of photo-sensitive reactions well as the annoyance and possible distraction of random flashing. The multi-candela

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed, FM Multi-Candela Notification Appliances Operation Audible/Visible Notification with Horn and Synchronized Flash, Non- (A/V) notification appliances with efficient horn and high output xenon strobe, available for wall ceiling mount Operation is compatible with ADA requirements (refer to important information on page 3) Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housings are in red or white with clear lens over a two-wire SmartSync circuit to provide: Horns that are controlled separately from strobes on the same two- circuit rate “On-until-silenced” and “on-until-reset” operation on the same two-wire SmartSync horn activation of Temporal pattern, March Time pattern (at BPM), or on continuously Strobe appliances on the same circuit operating at a synchronized 1 Hz Class B operation requires connection to a compatible SmartSync NAC to SmartSync Control Module (SCM) A4905-9938 Class A operation when connected to the A4905-9938 SCM or fire alarm control panel NACs mount A/Vs features: Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the housing providing access for installation, inspection, and testing Covers are available separately to convert housing color Available UL listed sound damper for locations requiring attenuation of to 6 dBA (stairwells, small rooms, highly reverberant areas, etc.) adapters and wire guards: Wall mount A/V adapters are available to cover surface mounted boxes and to adapt to Autocall 2975-9145 boxes UL listed red wire guards are available for wall or ceiling mount A/Vs notification appliance (strobe): 24 VDC xenon strobe; intensity is selectable as 15, 30, 75, or 110 with visible selection jumper secured behind strobe housing UL listed to Standard 1971 Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output and provides inrush current notification appliance (horn): Low current, 24 VDC electronic horn with harmonically rich sound suitable for either steady or coded operation (Temporal or 60 March Time pattern) UL listed to Standard 464 1: and Ceiling Mount A/Vs TrueAlert A/Vs with horn and synchronized strobe convenient installation to standard electrical boxes. The designs are both impact and vandal resistant and provide a strobe intensity selection. Since each model can be selected strobe intensity output, on-site model inventory is minimized and encountered during construction can be easily accommodated. mount housings are a one-piece assembly (including lens) that mounts to single or double gang, or 4″ square standard electrical box. The cover be quickly removed (a tool is required) and covers are available for color conversion. mount install using standard 4″ electrical boxes. Color choice is by model number. Intensity Selection installation, a selection plug at the back of the housing the desired strobe intensity. An attached flag with black on a highly visible yellow background allows the selected intensity be seen at the side of the strobe lens. Application Selection selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy, local codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire Alarm (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building code: ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the Americans Disabilities Act (ADA). This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7125-2269:0532 and for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 8 03/2021 Operation Audible/Visible Notification with Horn and Synchronized Flash, Non-Addressable Strobes Strobes. When multiple strobes and their reflections can be seen from one location, synchronized flashes reduce the probability of photo- reactions as well as the annoyance and possible distraction of random flashing. The multi-candela strobes of these A/Vs are synchronized by controlling SmartSync operation NAC.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Multi-Candela Notification Appliances Operation Audible/Visible Notification with Multi-Tone Horn and Synchronized Non-Addressable and visible wall mount notification appliances with multi-tone horn and high output xenon strobe: Strobe operation is compatible with Americans with Disbilities Act requirements. See important installation information in Table 5. Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housings are in red or white with clear lens. over a two-wire Autocall SmartSync circuit to provide: Horn tones controlled separately from strobes on the same two-wire with On until silenced and On until reset operation on the two-wire pair Strobe appliances on the same circuit operating at a synchronized flash rate. See Product Selection for additional SmartSync control and panel compatibility. notification appliance (multi-tone horn): Low current, 24 VDC electronic multi-tone horn with a selection of for each appliance: Horn, Bell, 500 Hz Horn, Slow Whoop, Siren, Hi/Lo. Use the on board DIP Switch to select the tone. Slow Whoop, Siren, and High and Low tone selections sound their continuously, synchronized to each other, when receiving continuous commands SmartSync March Time pattern produces a 60 BPM output for the 500 Hz Horn, and the Bell tone. Output level selectable as standard or high. Refer to sound output on Table 5. Listed to UL 464 and ULC S525 notification appliance (strobe): 24 VDC xenon strobe; intensity is selectable as 15, 30, 75, or 110 with visible selection jumper secured behind strobe housing Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output and provides inrush current Listed to UL 1971 and ULC S526 mount multi-tone horn and strobes features: Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the housing providing access for installation, inspection, and testing Covers are available separately to convert housing color Optional UL and ULC listed sound damper for locations requiring of 5 to 6 such as stairwells, small rooms and highly areas. Adapters are available to cover surface mounted electrical boxes and adapt to Autocall 2975-9145 boxes UL listed red wire guards are available* TrueAlert multi-tone horn and strobes provide wall mounted installation to standard electrical boxes. Tone and output level is set for each appliance, allowing notification to be tailored to specific area requirements. See tone output in Table 5. Tone Selection: DIP Switch selection determines the local tone A separate DIP Switch position allows selection of a standard or a output sound level, selectable appropriate to the location. See Table for sound output ratings. designs are both impact and vandal resistant and provide a strobe intensity selection. Since each model can be selected strobe intensity output and specific tone output, on-site model is minimized and changes encountered during construction be easily accommodated. mount multi-tone horn and strobe housings are a one-piece including lens, that mounts to a single or double gang, or 4 in. standard electrical box. The cover can be quickly removed using tool and covers are available separately for color conversion. intensity selection installation, a selection plug at the back of the housing the desired strobe intensity. An attached flag with black on a highly visible yellow background allows the selected intensity be seen at the side of the strobe lens. application selection selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy, local codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire Alarm (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building code: ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the ADA. strobes Strobes: When multiple strobes and their reflections can be from one location, synchronized flashes reduce the probability photo-sensitive reactions as well as the annoyance and possible of random flashing. The multi-candela strobes of these multi- horn and strobes are synchronized by the controlling SmartSync NAC. two-wire control operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to provide the ability activate both the mul

UL, ULC Listed* Appliances Two-Wire Operation, Non-Addressable Mini-Horns current, 24 VDC electronic mini-horn provides the following Operation with Autocall SmartSync two-wire horn or strobe control Small profile horn packaged in a rugged, high impact, flame retardant housing, available in red or white Snap-on cover presents a clean and neat appearance. Removal of the cover requires a tool. Convenient mounting to a single gang electrical box, flush or surface two-wire control of audible and visible notification provides the following functions: Control of mini-horn tone as Temporal Pattern, March Time pattern, or continuously; controlled separately from visible appliances on the circuit Visible appliances on the same SmartSync circuit operate at a Operation that allows On until silenced and On until reset on the 1 Hz flash rate two-wire pair reference Listed to Standard 464 Listed to Standard S525 provide a loud and penetrating notification sound controlled SmartSync two-wire operation. The compact package allows in a variety of convenient locations. An output level switch selection of low or high sound output as required for the location. specifications for details. operation mode uses a two-wire circuit to activate the horn strobe on the same Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) and then horn can be silenced while the strobe remains flashing. The horn as On until silenced while the strobe operation is On until two-wire control is available for the following models: 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Fire Control Units (FACUs). Refer to individual product data sheets for information. 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders. Refer to the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender for with IDNet Communications or Conventional NACs AC4009-0002 sheet. SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model A4905-9938. Refer to the Control Module and Strobe Synchronization Modules data sheet. 1: and side view of the red mini-horn selection 1: Product selection mini-horn mini-horn 2: Specifications voltage range 16 VDC to 33 VDC mA maximum rating 1/2 in. H x 2 3/4 in. W x 1 1/4 in. D or 114 mm x mm x 32 mm to 122 or 0 to 50 to 93%, non-condensing at 100 or 38 blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG or 0.82 to 3.31 mm two wires per terminal for in or wiring 3: Sound output ratings range range Level Test chamber test, per UL 464 10 ft or ~3 m chamber test, each ULC S525 at 3 m or ~10 ft dispersion reference for each ULC Level Selection dBA dBA dBA dBA dBA at 40 off-axis dBA at 85 off-axis UL output ratings below 75 dBA are for NFPA 72 Private Mode ULC output ratings below 85 dBA are for use in applications each applicable local codes. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Rev. 3 2/2020 reference additional information, refer to A4901 TrueAlert Non-Addressable Mini-Horn Installation Instructions 579-870AC. Two-Wire Operation, Non-Addressable Mini-Horns 2: reference 2020 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without notice. listings may be applicable, contact your local Autocall product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Tyco Fire & Security GmbH, and the names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are registered of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Rev. 3 2/2020

Datasheet Analog Sensing Base A4098-9794 for use with TrueAlarm Photoelectric and Heat Sensors ULC, CSFM Listed, FM TrueAlarm sensor base with built-in electronic alarm Piezoelectric sounder provides high output (88 dBA) with low current (20 mA) separately) For use with interchangeable TrueAlarm photoelectric or heat sensors Operation is for ceiling or wall mounting operation details: Powered from 24 VDC or from a compatible Notification Appliance (NAC) Synchronized via communications or by the NAC, if NAC powered** Sounder can be manually activated from the control panel Sensor and sounder operation is listed to UL Standard 268 Sounder operation is also listed to UL Standard 464 as an audible appliance analog sensing operation: Analog sensor information is digitally communicated to the control via IDNet two-wire communications Sensor information is processed by the control panel to determine status use with the following Autocall products: 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Series control panels features: Louvered smoke sensor design enhances smoke capture by directing to chamber; entrance areas are minimally visible when ceiling Designed for EMI compatibility Magnetic test feature is provided Optional accessories include remote LED alarm indicator and output base reference: For standard bases, refer to data sheet AC4098-0019 For